MAINTENANCE

MANUAL

Full-Color Inkjet Printer

VJ-1624

VJ1624E-M-03
 General Table of Contents VJ1624E-M-03

1 Safety Instruction 3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 3.2.6 Removing IH Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.2.7 Removing Cartridge cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
1.3 Warning Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 3.2.9 Removing Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 3.2.10 Removing Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
2 Troubleshooting 3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
2.1.1 Troubleshooting with Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
2.1.2 Operation Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
2.1.3 Errors with Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires). . . . . . . . . . 3-27
2.1.5 Error Messages During File Transmission. . . . . . . . . 2-30 3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 3.3.4 Replacing Cover R cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
2.2.2 Media Feed Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
2.2.3 Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
2.2.4 Noise Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 3.4 Replacing Board Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
2.2.5 Online Function Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 3.4.1 Opening Board box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
2.2.6 Other Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
2.2.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance . . . . 2-61 3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
3 Parts Replacement 3.4.5 Replacing CNT-relay FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.4.6 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3.4.7 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy. . . . . . . 3-48
3.2 Removing Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.4.8 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） . . . . 3-49
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN{in Paper guide F (Upper)} . . 3-51
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3.4.10 Replacing SODIMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
General Table of Contents P.1
 General Table of Contents VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-104
3.4.12 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56 3.6.3 Replacing CR Return Pulley Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108
3.4.13 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57 3.6.4 Replacing T fence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-110
3.4.14 Replacing FUSE (H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy . . . . 3-58 3.6.5 Replacing CR Origin Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112
3.4.15 Replacing Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59 3.6.6 Replace CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . 3-114
3.4.16 Replacing AC Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60 3.6.7 Replacing Steel Bare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115
3.4.17 AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy . . . . . . . 3-62 3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-117
3.4.18 Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-121
3.4.19 Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 3.6.10 Replacing Pressure Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-130
3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
3.7 Replacing Cursor Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-131
3.4.21 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-131
3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-132
3.4.23 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-133
3.5 Replacing X Rail Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72 3.7.4 Replacing CR Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134
3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72 3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-136
3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75 3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy (VJ1624)
3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 （Removing Bracket） 3-138
3.5.4 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley 3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . 3-140
3-80 3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Assy and Solenoid Spring Assy
3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83 3-141
3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor Cable . . . 3-85 3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-143
3.5.7 Replacing Heater, Thermistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87 3.7.10 Replacing Print Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-148
3.5.8 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、 After thermistor relay 3.7.11 Replacing Head_FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-153
Assy 3-91 3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge Sensor Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-155
3.5.9 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay 3.7.13 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-157
Assy 3-92 3.7.14 Replacing Carriage Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-159
3.5.10 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape . . . . . . . . . . . 3-94 3.7.15 Replacing Cutter Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-163
3.5.11 Replacing Media Holder 2 Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-164
3.5.12 Replacing Flushing Sponge （L side） . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-164
3.6 Replacing Y Rail section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97 3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-165
3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97 3.8.3 Replacing Wiper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-166

General Table of Contents P.2

 General Table of Contents
3.8.4 Replacing Cap Head Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.6 Replacing Wiper origin sensor cable Assy . . . . . . .
3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9 Replacing IH Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9.3 Replacing 2 way Solenoid Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9.4 Replacing 2 way solenoid Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . .
3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy . . . . . . . .
3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10 Replacing Leg Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-185
3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level
Switch 3-185
3.11 Replacing Roll media holder Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-187
3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) . . . . . . . . . . 3-188
3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-188
3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-190
3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-191
3.12.4 Replacing Scroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-192
3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy. . . . . . . . . . 3-194
3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor
3-202
3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy . 3-
204
4 Adjustment
4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.2 Adjustment Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
General Table of Contents
VJ1624E-M-03
3-167 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software. . . . 4-5
3-168 4.3.1 Parameter Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
3-171 4.3.2 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
3-172 4.3.3 Required Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.3.4 Updating Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
3-174
4.3.5 Editing Media Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
3-174
4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
3-176
4.3.7 Updating main firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
3-177
4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
3-179
4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
3-180
4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
3-181
4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
4.3.14 Sending Authorization code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
4.3.17 Initializing activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
4.3.18 Version Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
4.3.19 Terminating Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
4.4.1 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . 4-52
4.5.1 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
4.5.2 Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
4.6 Head Accuracy Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
P.3
 General Table of Contents
4.7 Head Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
4.7.1 Jigs and tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
4.7.2 Head Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.9 Cutter position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
5 Self-Diagnosis Mode
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.2 Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.2.1 Preparations on Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.2.2 Starting Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.5 IInspection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5.5.1 Memory Size Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.5.2 Version Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.5.3 Operation Panel Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.5.4 Sensor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.5.5 Encoder Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5.5.6 Fan Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
5.5.7 Record Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
5.5.9 SPECTROVUE Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5.5.10 Time Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5.6 Ink Charging Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
General Table of Contents
VJ1624E-M-03
5.7 Adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
5.7.3 Skew Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
5.7.6 Bi-D Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
5.7.8 Test Printing Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
5.7.9 Longstore Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
5.7.10 Longstore2 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
5.7.11 Software Counter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
5.7.13 Solid Print Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
5.8 Cleaning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
5.9 Sample Printing Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
5.10 Parameter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
5.11 Servo Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
5.12 Endurance Running Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
5.12.1 CR Motor Assy Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
5.12.2 PF Motor Assy Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
5.12.5 Head Lock Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
5.12.6 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu. . . . . . . . 5-75
5.12.7 General Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
5.12.8 Endurance Running Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
P.4
 General Table of Contents
5.13 Media Feed Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
5.14 ExControl Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
5.14.1 Version Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
5.14.2 Sensor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
5.14.3 Heater Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
5.15 PaperInitial Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
6 Maintenance Mode 2
6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6.3.3 Counter Print Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
7 Maintenance
7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.2 Periodical Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement . . . . . . 7-4
7.3 Part Life Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.4 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.4.1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
General Table of Contents
VJ1624E-M-03
7.5 Lubrication/Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
7.6 Transportation of Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
8 Product Overview
8.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.2 Part Names and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.2.1 Front Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.2.2 Rear Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
8.2.3 Operation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.3 Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8.3.1 Operating Status Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
8.3.2 Switching Operating Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
9 Specifications
9.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
9.2 Product Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
9.3 Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
9.4 Options/Supplies List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
9.4.1 Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
10 Appendix
10.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
P.5
 General Table of Contents VJ1624E-M-03

10.2 Maintenance Part List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

General Table of Contents P.6

 Important Notice VJ1624E-M-03

Important Notice

1. For Users in Europe

• No part of this product or publication may be reproduced, copied, or transmitted
in any form or by any means, except for personal use, without the permission of
Important: MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD.
This is a Class A product approved for industrial environ- • The product and the contents of this publication may be changed without prior
ments. In a domestic environment this product may cause
notification.
radio interference in which case you may be required to take
adequate measures. • MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. has made the best efforts to keep this publication
free from error, but if you find any uncertainties or misprints, please call us or the
shop where you bought this equipment.
2. For Users in the United States • MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. shall not be liable for any damages or troubles
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, resulting from the use of this equipment or this manual.
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

3. Trademark Mentioned in this Manual

• MUTOH, ValueJet, VJ-1624 are registered trademarks or product names of MUTOH
INDUSTRIES LTD.
• Windows95, Windows98, Windows98SE, Windows NT4.0, Windows2000, Windows XP,
Windows Vista, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks or product names of Microsoft
Corporation.
• Intel and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
• Other company and product names may be registered trademarks or product names.

P.1
 Warranty Limitations VJ1624E-M-03

Warranty Limitations About this Manual

1. MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. warrants part repair or replacement as a sole measure only if a
failure is found in the system or in the materials and workmanship of the product the seller
produced.
However, if the cause of failure is uncertain, decide the action after due mutual consultation.
2. The warranty shall not apply to any direct or indirect loss, or compensation for the loss due to the
product that has been subject to misuse, neglect, or improper alternation.
1. Purpose and Target Readers
This manual explains preparations needed before maintaining and checking operations for
MUTOH Full Color Ink Jet Printer (VJ-1624).
This manual is prepared for the maintenance personnel of this printer.
Before using this printer, fully understand the contents and directions in this manual.

3. The warranty period is described in the warranty certificate. 2. Manual Configuration

Section Contents
1 Safety Instructions Explains types of warnings, cautions and warnings labeled on the printer
for the both operators of the printer and maintenance personnel.
2 Troubleshooting Explains troubles that may occur when using the printer and how to solve
them.
3 Parts Replacement Explains the procedures of replacement and removal of the service parts
of the printer.
4 Adjustment Explains the adjusting procedures of the printer parts.
5 Self-Diagnostic Mode Explains the self-diagnostic functions of the printer.
6 Maintenance Mode 2 Explains the maintenance mode2 of the printer.
7 Maintenance Explains daily maintenance of the printer.
8 Product Overview Explains the features, part names, and functions of the printer.
9 Specifications Explains the specifications of the printer.
10 Appendix Explains the maintenance information and the exploded views for this
printer.

Use the built-in self-diagnostic program to locate a defective part and adjust/check during
maintenance.

P.2
 About this Manual VJ1624E-M-03

3. Manual Notation
The following symbols are used in this manual for easier understanding of the information.

Symbol Meaning
Must be followed carefully to avoid death or serious bodily injury
WARNING

Must be observed to avoid slight or moderate bodily injury or damage

CAUTION to your equipment

Contains important information and useful tips on the operation of the

NOTE
NOTE product

Indicates useful tips for operating or understanding the equipment

TIP

Indicates reference pages in this manual

4. Establishment Date of This Document

This document was established on Jan. 30, 2012.

5. Firmware version covered by this document

Firmware version: V.2.00

P.3
 Revision history VJ1624E-M-03

Revison Reason Chapter Section Contents Page No. Errata Remarks

00 - - - new - - -
01 Revising All All Modified the header and footer. - - -
01 undocumented 2 2.1 Add Errors to “Error with massage”. P2-3 - -
01 undocumented 2 2.2 Add “E016 Flash ROM”. P2-20 - -
01 undocumented 2 2.2 Add E140,141,142,146,147,176,177,178,179 P2-28~29 - -
01 Modification 3 3.2.4 Modified the illustration in STEP 2. P3-10 - -
01 Modification 3 3.2.6 Modified the illustration in STEP 1. P3-12 - -
01 Modification 3 3.2.10 Modified the illustration in STEP 7. P3-17 - -
01 Modification 3 3.2.11 Modified the illustration in STEP 5. P3-20 - -
01 Modification 3 3.2.12 Modified the procedurs. P3-21 - -
01 Modification 3 3.4.12 Modified the illustration in STEP 3. P3-54 - -
01 Modification 3 3.4.14 Modified the illustration in STEP 2. P3-56 - -
01 Modification 3 3.5.5 Modified the illustration in STEP 7. P3-75 - -
01 undocumented 3 3.2.8 Add “Replacing procedure”. P3-82 - -
01 undocumented 3 3.2.9 Add “Replacing procedure”. P3-83 - -
01 Modification 3 3.6.10 Modified the length of Ink tube. P3-111 - -
01 undocumented 3 3.7.6 Add “Replacing procedure”. P3-127~128 - -
01 undocumented 3 3.7.7 Add “Replacing procedure”. P3-129 - -
01 undocumented 3 3.7.8 Add “Replacing procedure”. P3-130~131 - -
01 Modifications 3 3.7.10 Add notification to “NOTE” in STEP16. P3-140 - -
01 Modifications 3 3.11 Modified the procedure. P3-172 - -
01 Modifications 4 4.8 Modified the “Rear/Edge sensor Adjustment” P4-15~16 - -
01 undocumented 4 4.9 Added “Cutter position adjustment”. P4-17 - -
01 Modifications 5 5.3.2 Added “S/C Log” P5-5 - -
01 Modifications 5 5.5 Added “Exhaust fan” and “S/C Log”. P5-7 - -
01 Modifications 5 5.5.10 Added “S/C Log” and “S/C Log Init.” P5-16 - -
01 Modifications 5 5.8 Modified “Rear/Edge sensor adjustment” P5-26~27 - -

Revision history P.4

 Revision history VJ1624E-M-03

Revison Reason Chapter Section Contents Page No. Errata Remarks

01 Modifications 5 5.8.4 Modified Items of adjustment s. P5-37 - -
01 Modifications 5 5.8.5 Added “Bi-D Copy” P5-44 - -
01 Modifications 5 5.8.7 Modified “Test Printing Menu” P5.47 - -
01 Modifications 5 5.8.8 Modified “Long tore Menu” P5-48 - -
01 Modifications 5 5.12 Modified “Servo setting Items” P5-65 - -
01 Modifications 7 7.5 Modified “Lubrication List” P7-8~9 - -
01 Modifications 8 8.3.3 Added “Length setting” P8-9 - -
01 Modifications Exploded XRailAssy1 Modified “AC Inlet” P4 - -
View
01 Modifications Exploded Cursor Assy 1 Modified the length of C-110. P10 - -
View
02 Revising ALL Header,Footer VJ1624E-M-01 → VJ1624E-M-02 - - -
02 Omitted 2 2.2 Added E093, E118 to E121 P2-28 - -
02 Revising 4 4.2 02 or later → 03 or later P4-2 - -
02 Revising 4 4.3 02 or later → 03 or later P4-4 - -
02 Omitted 5 5.5 Added “S/C LogInit.” to the contents in the P5-7 - -
“Record”
02 Omitted 5 5.5.2 Added the description to “TIP” P5-10 - -
02 Modification 5 5.7.4 Modified the description in STEP 1. P5-38 - -
02 Modification 5 5.7.5 Modified speed P5-40 - -
02 Omitted 5 5.7.7 Modified the discription in “How to print” P5-48 - -
02 Modification 5 5.7.11 Added “Counter for plugging / unplugging 1L P5-53 - -
adapter”
02 Modification 5 5.10.2 （3) Modified adjusting values of the margin. P5-64 - -
02 Modofication 5 5.10.2 (2) Modified Speed P5-61 - -
03 Revising ALL Header,Footer VJ1624E-M-02 → VJ1624E-M-03 - - -
03 F/W Ver. Up 2 2.2.3 E075 Err Head Cable → 　 Head Temp P.2-26 - -
03 F/W Ver. Up 2 2.2.3 E079 Err Commu → Board Commu P.2-27 - -
03 Revising 3 ALL Add Maintenance parts and Jigs - - -

Revision history P.5

 Revision history VJ1624E-M-03

Revison Reason Chapter Section Contents Page No. Errata Remarks

03 Modification 3 3.4.11 Modified the procedures of repalcing MAIN P.3-53 - -
Board Assy
03 Omitted 3 3.4.6 Added the procedures. P.3-47 - -
03 Omitted 3 3.4.7 Added the procedures. P.3-48 - -
03 Omitted 3 3.4.12 Added the procedures. P.3-56 - -
03 Omitted 3 3.4.13 Added the procedures. P.3-57 - -
03 Omitted 3 3.4.14 Added the procedures. P.3-58 - -
03 Cacography 3 3.5.10 （VJ1624-M-02) Deleted the procedure of replacing adsorption - - -
fan.
03 Cacography 3 3.6.4 Modified the procedure of replacing T fence. P.3-110 - -
03 Cacography 3 3.6.3(VJ1624E-M-02) Deleted the procedures (CR motor Cable Assy). - - -
03 Cacography 3 3.7.8 Added the procedures. P.3-141 - -
03 Cacography 3 3.7.9 Modified the illustrations. P.3-145 - -
03 Cacography 3 3.7.14 Modified the procedures of replacing Cariage P.3-159 - -
Assy.
03 Addition of 3 3.7.15 Added the replacement procedures of Cutter P.3-163 - -
Maintenance part spring.
03 Cacography 3 3.9.1 （VJ1624-M-02) Deleted the removement procedure of IH cover - - -
U.
03 Cacography 3 3.9.1 Modified the procedures of replacing Cartridge P.3-174 - -
Holder Assy.
03 Compliant with 4 4.3 Added of the usage of MSA. P.4-5 ～ P.4-49 - -
MSA 3.0.0
03 Cacography 4 4.7.1 Modified the illustration. P.4-58 - -
03 Change of Jig 4 4.9 Modified the adjustment procedure of cutter P.4-61 - -
holder.
03 F/W Ver. Up 5 5.1 Ver.1.00 → 2.00 P.5-3 - -
03 F/W Ver. Up 5 5.4 • Modified the message of panel. P.5-6 - -
• Modified NOTE.
03 Cacography 5 5.5.4 Modified 「Sen.4 ： Cover」 P.5-12 - -
03 F/WVer.Up 5 5.5.7 Modifiied the contents of Effect. P.5-20 - -

Revision history P.6

 Revision history VJ1624E-M-03

Revison Reason Chapter Section Contents Page No. Errata Remarks

03 F/W Ver. Up 6 6.1 Ver.1.00 → 2.00 P.6-2 - -
03 F/W Ver. Up 6 6.3.1 Modified the contents of Effect. P.6-9 - -
03 Cacography 10 10.2 DF-49472 → DF-49672 P.10-2 - -
(MAIN-CNT Cable Assy)
03 Cacography 10 10.2 Vacuum Fan Assy → Vacuum Fan P.10-2 - -
03 Not to change 10 10.2 Deleted the manitenance parts （Heater, P.10-2 - -
thermistor and cable) for Platen.
03 Cacography 10 10.2 Modified the configurations of VJ1624 Cursor P.10-5 - -
Assy.
03 New 10 10.2 Added Cutter spring. P.10-6 - -
03 Cacography 10 10.2 Added VJ1624 Cursor Assy. P.10-6 - -
03 Maintenance 10 10.2 Waste Fluid Level Switch Assy P.10-6 - -
parts are changed. → Waste Fluid Level Switch 2 Assy.
DG-41091
→ DG-43469
03 - Exploded ALL • Paper size is changed into A4 from A3. - - -
View • Rev.A → B、 Rev.B → C
03 Cacography Exploded Self Diagnosis function Modified Controller Menu P.Ex-2 - -
View Configuration 3
03 Cacography Exploded Electric Wiring Diagram • Modified MAIN Board J32. P.Ex-3 - -
View • Modified Maintenance part number （MAIN-
CNT Cable Assy）
03 F/W Ver. Up Exploded Maintenance Mode 2 Modified the Effect Menu P.Ex-2 - -
View Diagram
03 Cacography Exploded Y Rail Assy Modified CR motor (Direct Pulley) Assy and P.Ex-7 - -
View CR Return Pulley Assy.
03 Not to change Exploded Platen Deleted the manitenance parts （Heater, P.Ex-8 - -
View thermistor and cable) for Platen.
03 Omitted Exploded Platen Added A-158,A-159,A-350. P.Ex-8 - -
View
03 Omitted Exploded Cursor Assy1 • Added VJ tube 2-3. P.Ex-10 - -
View • Modified VJ1624 Cusor Assy
03 Omitted Exploded Cursor Assy2 Added VJ tube 2-3. P.Ex-11 - -
View

Revision history P.7

 Revision history VJ1624E-M-03

Revison Reason Chapter Section Contents Page No. Errata Remarks

03 Change of Exploded Cursor Assy3 • Solenoid Spring Assy P.Ex-12 - -
Maintenance View → Strong Solenoid Spring.
parts • Added VJ1624 Cursor Assy.
• Added Cutter spring.
03 Omitted Exploded I/HAssy1 Listed the length of tube. P.Ex-14 - -
View （Cartridge）
03 Omitted Exploded I/HAssy2 Listed the length of tube. P.Ex-15 - -
View （Sub Tank）
03 Maintenance Exploded Cover Assy （R） Added H-96, H-97. P.Ex-17 - -
parts are changed. View
03 Change of parts Exploded Roll Media Holder Assy Changed the configuration of parts. P.Ex-19 - -
View
03 Maintenance Exploded Stand Waste Fluid Level Switch Assy P.Ex-20 - -
parts are changed. View → Waste Fluid Level Switch 2 Assy.
DG-41091
→ DG-43469
03 Change of Jig Exploded Other Modified the illustrations of Cutter adjustment P.Ex-21 - -
View Jig.
03 Omitted Exploded Take Up 1 Added Manitenance parts name. P.Ex-22 - -
View
03 Omitted Exploded Take Up 2 Added Manitenance parts name. P.Ex-23 - -
View
03 Omitted Exploded Folding direction Added of the Head_FFC. P.Ex-24 - -
View
03 Omitted Exploded Folding direction Added of the CR_FFC. P.Ex-25 - -
View
03 Omitted Exploded Folding direction Addedf the Panel _FFC. P.Ex-26 - -
View
03 Omitted Exploded Folding direction Added of the JUNC_FFC. P.Ex-27 - -
View

Revision history P.8

 VJ1624E-M-03

1 Safety Instruction
1.1 Introduction .................................................................. 1- 2

1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings .............................. 1- 2

1.3 Warning Labels............................................................. 1- 3

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels .............................. 1-3

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels................. 1-3

P.1-1
 1.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

1.1 Introduction
This chapter explains the installation of this printer, the warning terms that operators need to know, the
caution items and warning labels on the main unit.

WARNING

Make sure to follow all instructions and warnings on this manual when installing,
operating, or maintaining the equipment.

1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings

Safety terms in this manual and the contents of warning labels attached to the printer
are categorized into the following five types depending on the degree of risk (or the
scale of the accident).
Make sure to understand the meaning of the following warning terms, and follow
the instruction in this manual

Safety terms Details

Must be followed carefully to avoid death or serious bodily injury.
WARNING
Must be observed to avoid slight or moderate bodily injury or damage to
CAUTION the whole or each part of the product.
Contains important information and useful tips on the operation of the
NOTE product.

P.1-2
 1.3 Warning Labels VJ1624E-M-03

1.3 Warning Labels

No. Types of Warning Labels
This section explains the handling of warning label, pasting location and types.
1
Warning labels are attached to parts of the printer that need special caution.
Understand the locations and the descriptions of the danger associated with each
label before operating the printer.

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels

Make sure to note the following when handling the warning labels. 2
CAUTION
ᵈ‫ޓ‬ᗧ

NOTE ٟ⋥ធᯏ᪾ߦㅍ㘑ᯏ߿ⓨ⺞ⵝ⟎ߩ㘑ࠍᒰߡ
‫ߢ޿ߥޓ‬ਅߐ޿‫ޕ‬
̪㘑ߦࠃࠅࡋ࠶࠼ࡁ࠭࡞ౝߩࠗࡦࠢ߇࿕߹
ٟ૞↹ਛߪࡈࡠࡦ࠻ࠞࡃ࡯ࠍ㐿ߌߥ޿ߢ
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬
‫ޔߚ߹ޓ‬૞↹ਛߪ㐿ญㇱ߆ࠄᚻࠍ౉ࠇߚ
ٟDo not give a direct wind from a fan or
‫ޓ‬air conditioner to the machine.
̪A wind may dry the ink in the head
ٟDo not open the front cover while
‫ޓ‬printing.
‫ޓ‬Moreover. Do not touch the media while
‫࠼࠶ࡋࠅޓ‬᡿㓚ߩේ࿃ߦߥߞߚࠅ‫ࠢࡦࠗޔ‬ ‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊߢ޿ߥࠇ⸅ߦ⚕↪ࠅޓ‬ ‫ޓ‬printing.
‫ޓ‬nozzles causing clogging that affects
‫ޓ‬ᕁࠊߧࠤࠟࠍߒߚࠅ‫⦟ޔ‬ᅢߥ૞↹⚿ᨐ ‫ޓ‬Good printing result might not be
• Make sure that all warning labels can be recognized.If the text or illustrations cannot be
‫ߩޓ‬ฯ಴ߦᓇ㗀ࠍਈ߃‫ޔ‬ḩ⿷ߥශሼ⚿ᨐ߇ ‫ޓ‬ink jetting,and you will not be able to
‫ޓ‬ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬ ‫߇ޓ‬ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬ ‫ޓ‬obtained.
‫ޓ‬obtain satisfactory printing results.
̪㐳ᤨ㑆૞↹ࠍⴕࠊߥ޿ᤨߪ‫ࠍ⚕↪ޔ‬ᄖ ̪Please remove the media and hold the
seen clearly, clean or replace the label. ٟ㐳ᦼ㑆ࡊ࡝ࡦ࠲ࠍ૶↪ߒߥ޿႐วߪ‫ޔ‬
‫ޓ‬ㅳߦ৻ᐲࡁ࡯ࡑ࡞ࠢ࡝࡯࠾ࡦࠣࠍⴕߞߡ
‫⁁ࡊ࠶ࠕࠍ࡯ࡃ࡟࠼࡞࡯ࡎߒޓ‬ᘒߦߒߡ
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬
ٟNormal cleaning should be done once
‫ޓ‬a week if the printer is not used for a
‫ޓ‬lever up when not using for a long time.
‫ޓ‬Due to the environment conditions,
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬ ‫⦟ޓ‬ᅢߥ૞↹⚿ᨐ߇ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ ‫ޓ‬long period.
‫ޓ‬media float and wrinkle might happen
• When cleaning warning labels, use a cloth with water or neutral detergent. Do not use a ̪ࠢ࡝࡯࠾ࡦࠣࠍⴕࠊߕߦ᡼⟎ߔࠆߣ‫ޔ‬
‫࡞࠭ࡁ࠼࠶ࡋޓ‬ౝߢࠗࡦࠢ߇࿕߹ࠅࡋ࠶࠼
‫ޕߔ߹ࠅޓ‬ ̪If the printer is left without cleaning,the
‫ޓ‬ink will be hardened inside the head
‫ޓ‬that does not obtain the good result.
ٟࡅ࡯࠲࡯ߩ᷷ᐲ⸳ቯߦࠃࠅ‫ࡄ࡯ࡍޔ‬㧙
solvent or gasoline. ‫ޓ‬᡿㓚ߩේ࿃ߣߥࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬ ‫ޓ‬nozzle, and may cause the head ٟPaper guides,platen and paper holding
‫⚕↪ޔࡦ࠹࡜ࡊޔ࠼ࠗࠟޓ‬᛼߃ࡊ࡟࡯࠻ 
‫ޓ‬plate will become hot due to the heater
‫߇ޓ‬㜞᷷ߣߥࠆߚ߼‫ޔ‬Ἣ்ࠍߔࠆᕟࠇ߇ ‫ޓ‬trouble.
‫ޓ‬temperature setting.
‫ޕߔ߹ࠅ޽ޓ‬
• If a warning label is damaged, lost, or cannot be recognized, replace the label. ‫ޓ‬Beware of being burned.

3
1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels CAUTION
The locations of warning labels are shown in the following figure. ᵈ‫ޓ‬ᗧ
ٟSharp Edges
‫ޓ‬Do not touch steel belt.
̪You may be injured.
3 2 1
4 ٟࠬ࠴࡯࡞ࡌ࡞࠻ߪ┵߇㍈ߊውߞߡ
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊߢ޿ߥࠄ⸅ߢߩߔ߹޿ޓ‬
5
̪ߌ߇ࠍߔࠆᕟࠇ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬

ࠬ࠴࡯࡞ࡌ࡞࠻

4
4

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels P.1-3

 1.3 Warning Labels VJ1624E-M-03

No. Types of Warning Labels

5

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels P.1-4

 VJ1624E-M-03

2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Introduction .................................................................. 2- 2

2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages....................... 2- 7

2.2.1 Operation Status ................................................. 2-7

2.2.2 Errors with Message ......................................... 2-10

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot ................................... 2-17

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission ........ 2-30

2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages............... 2- 33

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems................................. 2-33

2.3.2 Media Feed Problems ....................................... 2-40

2.3.3 Printing Problems.............................................. 2-42

2.3.4 Noise Problems................................................. 2-55

2.3.5 Online Function Problems................................. 2-58

2.3.6 Other Problems ................................................. 2-59

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance 2-61

P.2-1
 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

2.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on possible causes of machine errors/damage and recovery actions.
If the machine is malfunctioning and an error message is displayed on Operation panel, refer to"2.1.1 Troubleshooting with Error Messages" p.2-7. If the machine is malfunctioning but no error messages are
displayed, refer to"2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages" p.2-33If cause of errors/damage and recovery actions are not found in this chapter, or the machine cannot restore to normal status, please
contact the distributor you purchased the product from or our customer support center.

Table 2-1 Error type

No. Trouble Contents Reference

1 When the message is displayed Trouble with an error message displayed on Operation panel when the "2.1.1 Troubleshooting with Error Messages"
printer is malfunctioning. p.2-7

2 When the message is not displayed Trouble without an error message displayed on Operation panel even "2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error
when the printer is malfunctioning. Messages" p.2-33

Table 2-2 When the message is displayed

Message type Contents Reference

Operation status Cover open "2.1.2 Operation Status" p.2-7
Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or R)
Set media
End of Roll
No media
Smart/C End

P.2-2
2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-2 When the message is displayed (Continued)

Message type Contents Reference

Error with message Undefined Media "2.1.3 Errors with Message" p.2-10
Media Slant
Ink NearEnd
Ink End
NoCartridges
S/C Read Err
S/C Ink Err
S/C Code Err
S/C Col. Err
Full wasteInk Tank
Media cut Err
Broken Chip
Check Life [Head ]
Check Life [Pump]
Check Life [CR Motor]
Check Life [PF Motor]
Error requiring restart E016 Error (CPU errors) [00] - [33] "2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot" p.2-17
E016 Errors (Mechanical errors) [065] - [152]
Errors while Transfer failed ******. "2.1.5 Error Messages During File Transmission" p.2-30
transmitting/
Boot transfer failed ******.
receiving data

P.2-3
2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-3 When the message is not displayed

Message type Contents Reference

Initial Operation Printer cannot be turned on "2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems" p.2-33
Problems

LCD display malfunction

Initial ink charge does not start

Initial ink charge started, but ink does not reach Head

Ink does not come out even after initial ink charge is completed
The printer does not operate after turned on.
The printer does not stop operation even when Front cover or
Maintenance cover is opened.
After the printer is turned on, "Initializing" is displayed and the
printer resets
Loading media does not start the initial operation
The printer does not operate even when Front cover or Maintenance
cover is closed.
The printer does not recognize the installed ink cartridges

Nothing can be input from Operation panel "2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems" p.2-33
Printing does not start even after receiving data.
Media Feed Problems Media slips during media initialization or printing. "2.2.2 Media Feed Problems" p.2-40

Media skews or meanders during media initialization or printing.

Media wrinkles during media initialization or printing.

Media tears during media initialization or printing.

Media size is not correctly detected after media initialization.

LCD display malfunction

P.2-4
2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-3 When the message is not displayed (Continued)

Message type Contents Reference

Printing Problems The printer does not print continuously. "2.2.3 Printing Problems" p.2-42

After printing, the printer feeds an extra amount of media.

Nozzles are clogged during printing
Cleaning does not mend the clogged nozzles or skewed ink
discharge.
Cannot print at all, a specific color is missing
The page is printed all black.
The page is printed blocky.
Images are printed unevenly.
Lines in the CR direction look split.
White or black lines appear on printed media
The printed borders are blurred.
There are unwanted dots (satellites).
Characters with jagged edges are printed.
Lines are printed blurry (messy printing result) "2.2.3 Printing Problems" p.2-42

Mixed color lines are not overlapped.

The printed results are uneven. (Vertical direction against the printer
unit)
The printed results are uneven. (Horizontal direction against the
printer unit)
Noise Problems Abnormal noise is heard when media is sucked "2.2.4 Noise Problems" p.2-55

Abnormal noise is heard during waiting time

Abnormal noise is heard while Head is moving laterally
Abnormal noise is heard when feeding media

P.2-5
2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-3 When the message is not displayed (Continued)

Message type Contents Reference

Online Function Other functions do not work correctly "2.2.5 Online Function Problems" p.2-58
Problems

Data or printing is garbled

Part of the data is not printed (missing)
Other Problems The printer hangs up "2.2.6 Other Problems" p.2-59

The power is shut down during printing

Ink cartridges cannot be inserted

Ink spills out of Waste fluid tank
Ink spills out of Flushing box
Ink spills around X rail
Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance does not start up "2.2.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance" p.2-61
MUTOH Service
Assistance
"Transfer failed (Data timeout)" is displayed during transfer.
"Main F/W data is invalid" is displayed during firmware transfer.
"No compatibility between main F/W data and printer" is displayed
during firmware transfer.
"F/W version downgrade is not available" is displayed during "2.2.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance" p.2-61
firmware transfer.
"Heater controller F/W data is invalid" is displayed during Heater
controller firmware transfer.
"No compatibility between Heater controller F/W data and printer is
displayed during Heater controller firmware transfer.

P.2-6
 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

2.1.1 Troubleshooting with Error Messages

This section describes the messages displayed in normal operation and upon an error occurrence as well as how to correct the error. The available messages are as follows.

2.1.2 Operation Status 　

This section describes the message contents, check items, and recovery actions for normal operation.
Table 2-4 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Cover open Front cover is open. 1. Is Switch board pressing the sensor while Fix Switch board so that it presses the sensor. "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32
Front cover is closed?
2. Is Switch board installed facing down? Reinstall it correctly.
3. Is Cover sensor Assy wobbly? Tighten the screw on Cover sensor Assy.

4. Are the cables of F cover R sensor Assy and Securely connect the cable of F cover R sensor
F cover L sensor Assy securely connected? Assy to MAIN board Assy connector and the
cable of F cover L sensor Assy to HEATER
RELAY board Assy connector.
Check if the interlock cable is securely connected
to MAIN board Assy
5. Are F cover R sensor Assy and F cover L Replace F cover R sensor Assy and F cover L
sensor Assy damaged? sensor Assy.
6. Check the operation of Front cover sensor Replace Front cover sensor Assy if it is not "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
Assy in “Sen 4: Cover” in the self-diagnosis working properly. "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32
function.
7. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy"
p.3-53
2 Mainte. Cover[*] Maintenance cover is 1. Is Maintenance cover sensor wobbly? Tighten the screw on Maintenance cover sensor "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy"
Open open. Assy. p.3-29
2. Check if the sensor is in the closed status Adjust the location of the sensor so that the sensor
Either L or R is
when Maintenance cover is closed. is in the closed status when Maintenance cover is
indicated in [*].
closed.
3. Check if the mounting direction of the sensor If the sensor’s open side is not facing the rear side
is inverted. of the printer, reinstall the sensor.

2.1.1 Troubleshooting with Error Messages P.2-7

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-4 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

　2 Mainte. Cover[*] Maintenance cover is 4. Is the cable of Maintenance cover sensor Securely connect the cable of Maintenance cover "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy"
Open open. securely connected? R sensor and the cable of Maintenance cover L p.3-29
Either L or R is sensor Assy.
indicated in [*].
5. Is Maintenance cover sensor damaged? Replace Maintenance cover sensor Assy.
(Continued)
6. Is Maintenance cover damaged? Replace Maintenance cover. -
7. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy"
p.3-53
3 Set media Media holding lever is 1. Does Pressurizing lever move smoothly? Lubricate pressure cam. "7.5 Lubrication/Bonding" p.7-8
raised.

　 2. Is the sensor portion of Lever sensor Assy Clean the sensor portion with a cotton swab, etc. "3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor and
dirty? Lever sensor Cable" p.3-85
3. Is Lever sensor Assy securely installed? Adjust the mounting position of Lever sensor
Assy.
4. Is the cable of Lever sensor Assy securely Securely connect Lever sensor cable Assy to
connected? MAIN board Assy connector J30.
5. Check the operation of Lever sensor in “Sen Replace Lever sensor Assy if it is not working "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
7: Lever” in the self-diagnosis function. properly. "3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor and
Lever sensor Cable" p.3-85
6. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy"
p.3-53
4 End of Roll Media has run out. 1. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor Assy placed Securely connect it. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy"
under Paper guide R securely connected? p.3-53
2. Check if there is paper in “Sen 9: PaperRear” If “No media” is displayed even when paper is "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
in the self-diagnosis function. loaded, check the item 5.

3. Paper rear sensor Assy may need adjustment Adjust Paper rear sensor Assy. "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment"
or it may be damaged. p.4-59
If the same error continues to be displayed,
replace Paper rear sensor Assy. "3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor" p.3-
83
4. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy"
p.3-53

2.1.2 Operation Status P.2-8

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-4 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

5 No media Media is not loaded. 1. Check if there is paper in “Sen. 9 : If “No media” is displayed even when paper is "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment"
PaperRear” in the self-diagnosis function. loaded, replace Paper rear sensor Assy. p.4-59

"3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor" p.3-

83
2. Does the media in use have low Instruct the user that media with low reflectance -
reflectance? cannot be used.
3. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor Assy placed Securely connect it. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy"
under Paper guide R securely connected? p.3-53
4. Paper rear sensor Assy may need adjustment Adjust P_REAR sensor. "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment"
or it may be damaged. p.4-59
If the same error continues to be displayed,
replace P_REAR sensor. "3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor" p.3-
83
5. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy"
p.3-53
6 Smart/C End The remaining amount of - - Operation Manual
ink in the Smart/C is low.

2.1.2 Operation Status P.2-9

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

2.1.3 Errors with Message

This section describes the contents of errors with messages as well as the check items and recovery actions.
These messages are displayed when an abnormal condition occurs while the printer is running.
Upon an occurrence of an error with message, the printer stops its operation at the same time.
The error can be cancelled by removing the error causes. After that, the printer will restart its operation.

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Media detection error Media detection has failed. 1. Is the media loaded outside the printing range
(not placed in the center or the width is smaller
than the minimum width)?
2. Is Paper edge sensor Assy securely installed?
3. Is Platen non-reflective tape damaged?
4. Are there taint or any foreign substances on the
surface of Platen and Paper edge sensor?
5. Is Paper edge sensor Assy damaged?
6. Is the cable of Paper edge sensor Assy placed on Securely connect it to CR board Assy connector
Head securely connected?
7. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor placed under
Paper guide R securely connected?
Instruct the user how to load media. Operation Manual
Install Paper edge sensor correctly. "3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge
Sensor Assy" p.3-155
Replace Platen non-reflective tape. "3.5.10 Replacing Platen
Non-Reflecting Tape" p.3-94
Remove any taint or foreign substances. Operation Manual
Remove any taint or foreign substances. "3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge
Sensor Assy" p.3-155
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134
Securely connect it to MAIN board Assy connector "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

　 8. Check the sensitivity of the sensor in “Sen 8: • Replace Paper edge sensor Assy. "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor
EdgeAD” in the self-diagnosis function. Adjustment" p.4-59

"3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge

Sensor Assy" p.3-155
9. Does the media in use have low reflectance? • Instruct the user that media with low reflectance -
cannot be used.
10. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? • Correctly plug the CR_FFC again. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134
11. CR_FFC may be damaged. • Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
117

2.1.3 Errors with Message P.2-10

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Media detection error Media detection has failed. 12. CR board Assy may be damaged. Replace CR board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
(Continued) Assy" p.3-134

　 13. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
14.
2 Media skew error Media is running 1. Reload media and check whether the same error If the error is due to the way the user loads the media, -
obliquely. occurs. instruct the user how to load media properly.

2. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test6: Check the connection of the connectors of the "5.5.6 Fan Menu" p.5-16
Fan” – “Fan1: Vacuum Fan” in the self-diagnosis following MAIN board assemblies. Replace Suction
function? FAN or the cable that is not working properly.
3. Is the pressure suitably adjusted for the media? Adjust the pressure so that there is no skew, horizontal -
banding, or mark left by pressurizing rollers.

2.1.3 Errors with Message P.2-11

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 [*******] Ink End Ink has run out. Printing 1. Check the ink in the ink cartridge. Replace the ink cartridge when there is no ink. -
*Up to seven colors operation stops
are indicated immediately. If there is sufficient amount of ink, refer to the check
simultaneously in [*] item 2.
by K,C,M, and Y
when no ink is
2. Check the ink cartridge with no ink in “15: Ink Insert or remove the cartridge and wait for more than "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
detected.
END KCMY” in the self-diagnosis function to three minutes to see if the same error is still displayed.
When there is no ink
see if the ink cartridge displayed is the same one
in any of Sub tanks,
with the error. If the same error continues to be displayed, refer to the
[ALL] is displayed.
check item 3.

3. Check the connection of the connectors of Sub Correctly plug the following connectors again "3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
tank control relay cable. Board Assy" p.3-66
JUNCTION Board Assy "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
*Check the connection of the connectors on the MAINBoardAssy Assy" p.3-53
path. "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
If the same error continues to be displayed even after CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
inserting the above connectors again, Sub tank control "3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board
relay cable or the cables on the path may be damaged. Assy" p.3-176
Replace it.

If the same error continues to be displayed after

4. Is there ink leakage or bleeding around the
connection area of Ink tube?
5. Has the ink cartridge been left removed?
6. Check if Solenoid valve is functioning normally Two-way valve may be damaged.
in “Ctrl2 : Test” - “Test2: Sensor" - "Sen.19:
TankValve" in the self-diagnosis function.
7. HEATER JUNCTION board may be damaged.
replacing it, refer to the check item 4.
Check the connection of Ink tube. -
Replace GB connector. -
"5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
"3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank
If the same error continues to be displayed after Assy" p.3-181
replacing it, MAIN board Assy may be damaged.
Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
"3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
Board Assy" p.3-66
Replace HEATER JUNCTION board.

2.1.3 Errors with Message P.2-12

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

4 [*******] Ink cartridge is not 1. Are Ink cartridges used dedicated ink cartridges? Instruct the user to use the dedicated ink cartridges. -
No cartridge inserted.
*Up to seven colors
are indicated 2. Is the message displayed after turning off the When the message is displayed: Refer to the check -
simultaneously in [*] printer and turning it back on? item 3 for action.
by K,C,M and Y
when no ink is
detected.
When there is no ink
in any of Sub tanks,
[ALL] is displayed.

3. Check if there are ink cartridges in ”13:Ink NOT Insert or remove the cartridge and wait for more than "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
” in the self-diagnosis function to see if the ink three minutes to see if the same error is still displayed.
cartridge displayed is the same one with the error. "3.9.3 Replacing 2 way
• If the same error continues to be displayed, adjust Solenoid Assy" p.3-177
the mounting position of Ink bag control cable.

• If the same error continues to be displayed after

adjustment, check the connection.

• If the same error continues to be displayed after

checking the connection, Ink bag control cable may
be damaged. Replace it.

• If the same error continues to be displayed after

replacing it, refer to the check item 4.
4. Check the connection of the connector of Ink Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
sensor cable. Board Assy" p.3-66
JUNCTION Board Assy "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
5. JUNCTION board Assy may be damaged.
MAIN Board Assy Assy" p.3-53
"3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board
If the same error continues to be displayed even after Assy" p.3-176
inserting the above connectors again, Ink sensor cable
or the cables on the path may be damaged. Replace it.

If the same error continues to be displayed after

replacing it, MAIN board Assy may be damaged.
Replace it.

Replace JUNCTION board Assy.

2.1.3 Errors with Message P.2-13

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

5 S/C Read Err A dedicated S/C card may 1. Check if the message is displayed after turning When the message is displayed: Refer to the check -
S/C Ink Err be malfunction. off the printer and turning it back on. item 2.
S/CCode Err
S/C Col. Err
2. Check if the dedicated Smart chip cards are used. Replace with the dedicated Smart chip cards. Operation Manual
Broken Chip
3. Check if the dedicated Smart chip cards are
broken or the chip portion is damaged.

4. Check if ink ID is correctly recognized in the "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12

self-diagnosis function.
6 Full wasteInkTank Waste fluid bottle is full. 1. Check if Waste fluid bottle is full. Dispose of waste fluid. -

2. Check the connection of the connector of Waste Correctly insert the following connectors again. "3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
fluid level switch. Board Assy" p.3-66
JUNCTION boardAssy ： J12
Connector on the Waste fluid bottle side.
3. Waste fluid level switch may be damaged. Replace Waste fluid level switch. "3.10.1 Replacing Waste
4. Check JUNCTION board Assy. Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid
If the same error continues to be displayed after Level Switch" p.3-185
replacing Waste fluid level switch:
JUNCTION board Assy may be damaged. "3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
Replace it. Board Assy" p.3-66
7 Life Times [Head] The operational life of Check the condition of Head. Replace Head as necessary. Clear the counter after "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Print head has almost replacing it. Head" p.3-148
expired. "6.3.2 Counter Initialization
Menu" p.6-11
8 Life Times [Pump] The operational life of Check the condition of Pump. Replace Pump as necessary. Clear the counter after "3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
Pump has almost expired. replacing it. Assy" p.3-168
"6.3.2 Counter Initialization
Menu" p.6-11
9 Life Times [CR The operational life of CR Check the condition of CR motor. Replace CR motor as necessary. Clear the counter "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor
Motor] motor has almost expired. after replacing it. Assy" p.3-104
"6.3.2 Counter Initialization
Menu" p.6-11
10 Life Times [PF The operational life of PF Check the condition of PF motor. Replace PF motor as necessary. Clear the counter after "3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor
Motor] motor has almost expired. replacing it. Assy" p.3-77
"6.3.2 Counter Initialization
Menu" p.6-11

2.1.3 Errors with Message P.2-14

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-5 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

　4 Media cut error Even though cutting 1. Does media dust accumulate in cutter groove? Remove accumulated media dust along groove. Operation Manual
operation is performed,
media is not cut off.
2. Is cutter cap securely installed? Reinstall cutter cap securely. Operation Manual

3. Check cutter sliding up/down operation. • When it does not rise: ―

Refer to action in check item No. 4.
4. When setting cutter, lower cutter with finger and
check that cutter rises to upper end only by spring • When it rises:
force. Refer to action in check item No. 5.

5. When setting cutter after removing cutter spring, •
does cutter lower to lower end by its own weight?
6. Check if solenoid goes up/down from "Life:
Cutter" of self-diagnosis function.
a) Goes up/down:
Check the position where cutter goes
down to cutter groove.
b) Does not go up/down:
When it lowers: "3.7.15 Replacing Cutter
Cutter spring may be defective. Replace cutter Solenoid Assy, Cutter Solenoid
spring referring to exploded views.
Spring Assy" p.3-133
• When it does not lower:
Cutter may be defective. Replace cutter.
- -
• OK:
Cutter has reached the end of life or be damaged. Operation Manual
Replace cutter with new one. "3.7.15 Replacing Cutter
Solenoid Assy, Cutter Solenoid
• NG:
Spring Assy" p.3-133
Adjust cutter holder position.
Connector may be poorly connected. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Check the connection of following connectors. Assy" p.3-101
"3.4.4 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-42

7. CR_FFC may be broken, solenoid Assy may be If solenoid goes up/down, replace CR_FFC. "3.11.3 Replacing CR_FFC"
defective, or each board Assy may be defective. p.3-154
a) Replace CR_FFC with new one.
b) Replace solenoid Assy with new one. (Check If solenoid goes up/down, replace solenoid Assy . "3.7.15 Replacing Cutter
by connecting connectors directly) Solenoid Assy, Cutter Solenoid
Spring Assy" p.3-133

c) Replace CR board Assy .
d) Replace MAIN board Assy .
After replacement, adjust sensor reflection amount "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
from "Sen: Edge AD" of "Test: Sensor" of self- Assy" p.3-101
diagnosis function.
Before replacing MAIN board, back up parameters "3.4.4 Replacing MAIN Board
and recover to new MAIN board Assy . Then start Assy" p.3-42
operation check.

2.1.3 Errors with Message P.2-15

2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE
• The square bracket pair in an error message indicates the applicable ink color.
• If no ink and no cartridge occur at the same time, no cartridge message has priority to be displayed.

2.1.3 Errors with Message P.2-16

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot

This section describes the contents of reboot-requiring errors as well as the check items and recovery actions.
These errors are issued when any of the following critical problems occur.
• Obstacle that prevents the machine's operation
• Damage of electric circuits (Boards, Motors, Sensors)
• Abnormal operation of control programs

When any of the above conditions occur, the machine follows the steps shown below before stopping its operation.
1. Turn OFF the driving system power automatically.
2. Flash all lamps on Operation panel and generate intermittent audible alarm.
3. Display the applicable error message on the LCD.
The error can be cancelled by removing the error causes and restarting the machine.

(1) CPU system serious error

　

Table 2-6 Symptoms and Check Items for CPU System Serious Errors

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 E016 Error
Interrupt ［00］
2 E016 Error
TLB Modif ［00］
Interruption exception 1. Check AC power supply and printer peripherals. • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
error:
2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even when
An anomaly is detected
there is no problem, turn off the printer and turn • Replace MAIN board Assy.
during interruption "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
it back on a few times to check.
process. Assy" p.3-53
3. Check if the firmware is the latest one.
Command border
exception/TLB exception 4. Check the serial number of the printer.
(load or command fetch) 5. MAIN board Assy may be damaged.
error:
An anomaly is detected in
command border.
Or TLB exception is
detected while loading
data or fetching data.

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-17

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-6 Symptoms and Check Items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 E016 Error Data border exception/ 1. Check AC power supply and printer peripherals. • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
TLB-L/I TLB exception error
2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even when
[02]
there is no problem, turn off the printer and turn
4 E016 Error Data border exception/ it back on a few times to check. • Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
TLB-S TLB exception (store) 3. Check if the firmware is the latest one. Assy" p.3-53
[03] error:
An anomaly is detected in 4. Check the serial number of the printer.
data border. 5. MAIN board Assy may be damaged.
Or TLB exception is
detected while storing
data.
5 E016 Error Address exception error
AddErr-L/I (load or command fetch):
[04] Address error is detected
while loading or fetching
command.
6 E016 Error Address exception error
AddErr-S (store):
[05] An address error is
detected while escaping.
7 E016 Error Pass exception error
BusErr-I (command fetch):
[06] Address error is detected
while loading or storing
command.

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-18

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-6 Symptoms and Check Items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

8 E016 Error Bus exception error (load 1. Check the serial number of the printer. • Contact your local MUTOH dealer Operation Manual
BusErr-L or store): "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
2. MAIN board Assy may be damaged.
[07] Bus error is detected while • Replace MAIN board Assy. Assy" p.3-53
loading or storing
command.
9 E016 Error System call exception
SystemCall error:
[08] An anomaly is detected in
system call.
10 E016 Error Break point exception
BreakPoint error:
[09] An anomaly is detected in
break point.
11 E016 Error Reserved command
Reserved exception error:
[10] An anomaly is detected in
reserved command.
12 E016 Error Coprocessor disabled
Copro exception error:
[11] An anomaly is detected in
coprocessor .

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-19

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-6 Symptoms and Check Items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

13 E016 Error Arithmetic overflow 1. Check AC power supply and printer peripherals. • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
Overflow exception error:
2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even when
[12] Overflow is detected.
there is no problem, turn off the printer and turn
14 E016 Error Arithmetic overflow it back on a few times to check.
Trap exception error: 3. Check the serial number of the printer.
[13] Overflow is detected.
4. MAIN board Assy may be damaged.
15 E016 Error Floating decimal point • Replace MAIN board Assy.
Floating exception error: "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
[15] An anomaly is detected in Assy" p.3-53
floating decimal point.
16 E016 Error Watch exception error:
Watch [23] An anomaly is detected in
Watch.
17 E016 Error Watchdog time-out
WatchDog [32] exception error:
A time-out is detected in
Watchdog.
18 E016 Error Abort error:
Abort Err [33] Abort is detected.
19 E016 Flash Rom[35] The content of flash ROM
may be destroyed.
20 E016 EXC error (undefined)
Exception 　 Err other than the above has
［XX］ occured.
E016 XX stands for a number.
Abort Err
［33］

NOTE
For the PC settings, refer to your PC's operation manual.

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-20

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Mechanical Serious Errors

　

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 E 065Err An anomaly is detected in 1. Check if the is paper jam around Grid Roller. • Remove paper jam.
PF motor PF motor (X-axis) during
2. Check the error record in “Test 7: Record” in the
printer operation. Check the connection of the following connectors
self-diagnosis function.
Displayed when there is a of MAIN board Assy. "5.5.7 Record Menu" p.5-17
E 067Err big difference between 3. Set the endurance time to more than 50 times in
2 PF encoder motor command value and “Life2: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis function • PF motor cable Assy connector "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
feedback from encoder. to see if any errors related to PF motor such as • PF_ENC Assy connector: Assy" p.3-53
“PF motor error” occurs.
• Connector that is connecting PF motor and PF
4. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check3: Test” – motor relay "5.12 Endurance Running
“Test5: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis function. Menu" p.5-69
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see if the "5.5.5 Encoder Menu" p.5-15
value displayed on the panel changes as follows.
• Front feed direction: Increase
• Back feed direction: Decrease
5. Check if DC42V is correctly supplied from
Power board Assy, using the tester.
"3.4.2 Replacing Power
If Main power board Assy is damaged, replace it.
Board Assy" p.3-41
6. PF encoder may be damaged. • Replace PF encoder Assy. "3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder
7. Check if PF encoder scale is installed facing the Assy" p.3-75
• Install PF encoder scale properly.
correct direction. "3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear
8. Check if PF encoder scale is dirty or misted over. Sensor" p.3-83
• Adjust PF belt tension. "4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt
9. Check if the tension of PF belt is appropriate.
Tension Adjustment" p.4-52
10. PF encoder Assy may be damaged. • Replace PF motor Assy.
11. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor
Assy" p.3-77
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-21

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 E069 Err An anomaly is detected in 1. Check the error record in “Test 7: Record” in the "5.5.7 Record Menu" p.5-17
PF Timeout media feed amount (X- self-diagnosis function. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
axis) during printer Check the connection of the following connectors of Assy" p.3-53
2. Set the endurance time to more than 50 times in
operation. MAIN board Assy.
“Life2: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis function
Displayed when Grid • PF motor cable Assy connector "5.12 Endurance Running
to see if any errors related to PF motor such as
roller has not reached the • PF_ENC Assy connector: Menu" p.5-69
“PF motor error” occurs.
designated position. • Connector that is connecting PF motor and PF
3. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check3: Test” – "5.5.5 Encoder Menu" p.5-15
motor relay
“Test5: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis function.
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see if the
value displayed on the panel changes as follows.
• Front feed direction: Increase
• Back feed direction: Decrease
4. PF encoder Assy may be damaged. "3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder
5. PF encoder Assy may be damaged. Assy" p.3-75
• Replace PF encoder Assy.
"3.4.2 Replacing Power
6. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. • If Main power board Assy is damaged, replace it.
Board Assy" p.3-41
• Replace PF motor Assy.
"3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor
• Replace MAIN board Assy.
Assy" p.3-77

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-22

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

4 　 E071 Err An overload condition is 1. Is the weight of the media used within the • Explain the user about the recommended media "5.5.7 Record Menu" p.5-17
PF Current detected in PF motor (X- recommended weight? weight.
5 axis) during printer • Remove paper jam, check if Media holder and Print "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
2. Is there paper jam around Grid roller?
E073 Err operation. head are damaged, and check if the same error Assy" p.3-53
PF2 Current occurs.
Check the connection of the following connectors of "5.12 Endurance Running
MAIN board Assy. Menu" p.5-69
• PF motor cable Assy connector
3. Check the error record in “Test 7: Record” in the • PF_ENC Assy connector "5.5.5 Encoder Menu" p.5-15
self-diagnosis function. "3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder
• Connector that is connecting PF motor and PF
4. Set the endurance time to more than 50 times in motor relay Assy" p.3-75
“Life2: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis function
to see if any errors related to PF motor such as "3.4.2 Replacing Power
“PF motor error” occurs. Board Assy" p.3-41

5. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check3: Test” –

“Test5: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis function.
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see if the "3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor
value displayed on the panel changes as follows. Assy" p.3-77
• Front feed direction: Increase
• Back feed direction: Decrease
6. PF encoder Assy may be damaged.
7. PF encoder Assy may be damaged. • Replace PF encoder Assy.

8. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. • If Main power board Assy is damaged, replace it.
• Replace PF motor Assy.

• Replace MAIN board Assy.

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-23

 2.1 Introduction
Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)
No. Message Event/symptom
6 E066 Err An anomaly is detected in 1.
CR Motor CR motor (Y-axis) during
printer operation.
2.
7 　 E068 Err CR Encoder Displayed when there is a 3.
big difference between
motor command value and
feedback from encoder.
4.
8 　 E070 Err CR Timeout A timeout is detected in the 5.
Head shift amount (Y-
axis) during printer
operation.
Displayed when Carriage
has not reached the
designated position.
2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot
VJ1624E-M-03
Check item Action Reference
Check if there is paper jam around Grid Roller or • After removing any foreign substances and "3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder
any foreign substances around the range of CR checking if the printer itself is not damaged, check Assy" p.3-136
movement. if the same error still occurs. "5.5.7 Record Menu" p.5-17
• Check if T fence is placed between CR encoders. If "3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-
Check the error record in “Test 7: Record” in the
not, reassemble CR encoder correctly. If T fence is 110
self-diagnosis function.
damaged, replace it.
Move Carriage from side to side while the • Clean and lubricate CR rail roller guide.
printer is turned off and see if there is anywhere • Check the connection of the following connectors. "7.5 Lubrication/Bonding"
Carriage does not move smoothly. p.7-8
Set the endurance time to more than 50 times in MAIN board Assy:
“Life1: CR Motor” in the self-diagnosis function • CR motor Assy connector
to see if any errors related to PF motor such as • CR_FFC connector
“CR motor error” occurs. CR board Assy: "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
• CR_FFC connector Assy" p.3-53
"5.12 Endurance Running
• Check the connection to CR motor is appropriate.
Menu" p.5-69
• Check if the tensions of CR speed reduction belt
and Steel belt are appropriate.
"4.4 Steel Belt Tension
Replace the following parts: Adjustment" p.4-50
• T fence
• CR encoder "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
• CR_FFC 117
• CR motor Assy
• CR board Assy "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor
• MAIN board Assy Assy" p.3-104
"3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
117
"3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor
Assy" p.3-104
Check if T fence is dirty or twisted. • When there is grease or dust on it: Wipe it with a dry "3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-
cloth. 110
• When there is ink on it: Damp a cloth with mild
detergent and lightly wipe off the ink.
• When it is too dirty and the adhered substance
cannot be removed: Replace T fence.
P.2-24
 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

　8 E070 Err A timeout is detected in the
CR Timeout Head shift amount (Y-
axis) during printer
(Continuted) operation.
Displayed when Carriage
has not reached the
designated position.
6. Check “Encoder: CR” in “Check3: Test” – When NG: "5.5.5 Encoder Menu" p.5-15
“Test5: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis function. a) Check the cable connection at the following places. "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor
• Mover Carriage to see if the values on the panel • CR board Assy connector Assy" p.3-104
increases/decreases as follows. b) Replace the following parts. "3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder
• CR encoder Assy" p.3-136
• CW direction: Increase • T fence "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
• CCW direction: Decrease 117
• CR motor Assy:
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
• CR_FFC Assy" p.3-134
• CR board Assy
7. Check the connection of Cover sensor and Make sure to connect it securely. "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch
Maintenance Cover Sensor. When the cables are disconnecting, replace it. Assy" p.3-29
When Carriage lock solenoid is malfunctioning,
8. Carriage lock solenoid may be damaged.
replace it.
(Check if “ON” is displayed when Carriage is
locked and “OFF” is displayed when Carriage is
moved in “Sen.1: CR Origin” in the self-
diagnosis function.)
9. Check the connection of HEATER RELAY Replace HEATER RELAY board Assy. "3.4.4 Replacing HEATER
board. RELAY Board Assy" p.3-44
10. HEATER RELAY board Assy may be damaged.
11. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

9 　 E072 Err An overload condition is

CR Current detected in CR motor (Y-
axis) during printer
10 E074 Err operation.
CR2 Current
11 E092 Err
CR Overload

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-25

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

12 E081 Err CR_HP cannot be 1. Check CR origin sensor in “Sen.1: CR Origin” in Check connection of CR origin sensor cable Assy "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
CR Origin detected. the self-diagnosis function. connector.
(Check if “ON” is displayed when Carriage is
locked and “OFF” is displayed when Carriage is
moved.)
2. CR origin sensor may be damaged. Replace it. "3.6.5 Replacing CR Origin
Sensor" p.3-112
3. Check the connection of MAIN board Assy . - "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
4. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace it.
13 E075 Err An anomaly is detected in 1. Check the connection of Head FFCs on the CR Correctly insert Head FFC to the connector again. " A necessary jigs and tools are
Head Temp Pre heater system board Assy side and the head side. as follows." p.3-153
(Thermistor, Heater). • Is Head FFC obliquely inserted? "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

2. Is Head FFC disconnected? Replace Head FFC. " A necessary jigs and tools are
as follows." p.3-153

3. Head thermistor may be malfunctioning. Replace Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148

14 E076 Err An anomaly is detected in Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector properly. "3.5.7 Replacing Heater,
Pre heat Pre heater system disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor Thermistor" p.3-87
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
(Thermistor, Heater). cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4 Replacing Board Base"
board.
damaged. p.3-39
3. Replace HEATER RELAY board Assy and "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
HEATER CONT board Assy. CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
4. Replace Heater.
15 E077 Err An anomaly is detected in Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector properly. "3.5.7 Replacing Heater,
Platen heat Platen heater system disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor Thermistor" p.3-87
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
(Thermistor, Heater). cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4 Replacing Board Base"
board.
damaged. p.3-39
3. Replace HEATER RELAY board Assy and "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
HEATER CONT board Assy. CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
4. Replace Heater.

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-26

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

16 E078 Err An anomaly is detected in Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector properly. "3.5.7 Replacing Heater,
After Heat After heater system disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor Thermistor" p.3-87
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
(Thermistor, Heater). cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4 Replacing Board Base"
board.
damaged. p.3-39
3. Replace HEATER RELAY board Assy and "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
HEATER CONT board Assy. CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
4. Replace Heater.
17 E090 Err Displayed when voltage Input voltage from AC inlet or HEATER CONTROL 1. Check the input voltage from AC inlet. "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
Heater Volt. exceeds the threshold level board Assy may be malfunctioning. CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
2. Replace HEATER CONTROL board Assy.
of 200V start up even
though the printer was
started with the voltage of
100V on HEATER
CONTROL board Assy.
18 E079 Err An anomaly is detected in • Communication cable may be malfunctioning.< 1. Check the connection between MAIN board "5.5.2 Version Menu" p.5-10
Board Commu. the serial communication • Firmware on HEATER CONTROL board Assy Assy and HEATER CONTROL board Assy. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
between MAIN Board may be malfunctioning. Service Assistance Software"
2. Check the connection between HEATER
Assy and HEATER • MAIN board Assy may be malfunctioning. p.4-5
JUNCTION board Assy and HEATER
CONTROL Board Assy • HEATER CONTROL board Assy may be "4.3 Working with MUTOH
CONTROL board Assy.
during printer operation. malfunctioning. Service Assistance Software"
• HEATER JUNCTION board Assy may be 3. Check the version of the firmware and install the p.4-5
malfunctioning. latest firmware. "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
4. Replace HEATER CONTROL board Assy or CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
5. Replace HEATER JUNCTION board Assy. "3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
Board Assy" p.3-66
19 E082 Err An anomaly is detected in Wiper sensor Assy and MAIN board Assy may be 1. Replace Wiper unit Assy. "3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
Wiper Sns. Wiper sensor. malfunctioning. Assy" p.3-168
2. Replace MAIN board Assy.
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
20 E085 Err An anomaly is detected in Head, Head FFC, or CR_FFC may be malfunctioning. 1. Replace Head FFC. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head Heat Head driver. Head" p.3-148
2. Replace CR_FFC.
3. Replace Print head.

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-27

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

21 E087 Err An anomaly is detected in Head transistor on MAIN board Assy may have 1. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
H trans Th. Head transistor. temperature anomaly or Thermistor sensor may be Assy" p.3-53
2. Check the connections of CR_FFC and Head
malfunctioning.
FFC. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
3. Replace Print head. Head" p.3-148

22 E093 Err Control Ver. An anormaly is detected in the version of H_CONT F/W might not be the latest. 1. Check the F/W version, and install the latest "4.3 Working with MUTOH
H_Cont F/W. version. Service Assistance Software"
p.4-5

23 E097 Err An anomaly is detected in - Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
NVRAM. NVRAM. Assy" p.3-53

24 E118 to E121 An anormaly is detected in Subtank LO sensor, Hi sensor, and/or JUNCTION Replace Subtank LO sensor. "3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank
SubTank Lo (KCMY) Subtank sensor L. board may be malfunctioning. Replace Subtank. Assy" p.3-181
Replace JUNCTION board.
25 E134 ～ E137 Subtank status shows that "3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
Err H sensor is detected and Board Assy" p.3-66
SubTank Lo sensor is not detected.
26 E140Err An anomaly is detected in 1. Thermistor connector may be malfunctioning. 1. Make sure to connect thermistor connector "3.4.7 Replacing HEATER
Pre heat Th. Pre Thermistor. securely. CONT Board Assy" p.3-
2. Thermistor may be disconnecting.
46 "3.5.6 Replacing Heater
27 E141Err An anomaly is detected in 3. 2. Replace Thermistor.
HEATER CONT board Assy may be Section" p.3-71
Platen heat Th. Platen Thermistor. malfunctioning. 3. Replace HEATER CONT board Assy.
28 E142Err An anomaly is detected in
After heat Th. After Thermistor.
29 E144 Err Failure is detected during 1. CR FFC’s connection may be faulty or it may be 1. Restart the printer to see if the same error still "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
Serial WR serial communication damaged. occurs.< 117
writing between MAIN
2. Check the connection of CR FFC. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
board Assy and CR board
Assy. 3. Replace CR FFC. Assy" p.3-134

2. CR board Assy may be malfunctioning. 4. Replace CR board Assy.

"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
3. MAIN board Assy may be malfunctioning. 5. Replace MAIN board Assy. Assy" p.3-53

30 E145 Err Failure is detected during

Serial RD serial communication
reading between MAIN
board Assy and CR board
Assy.

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-28

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-7 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

31 E146Err An anomaly is detected in 1. CR FFC’s connection may be faulty or it may be 1. Restart the printer to see if the same error still "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
Serial AD Cable1 Serial communication damaged. occurs.< 117
between MAIN board
2. Check the connection of CR FFC. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy and CR board Assy.
3. Replace CR FFC. Assy" p.3-134

2. CR board Assy may be malfunctioning. 4. Replace CR board Assy.

"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
3. MAIN board Assy may be malfunctioning. 5. Replace MAIN board Assy. Assy" p.3-53

32 E147Err
Serial AD Cable2
33 E148 Err A data read in by serial 1. CR FFC’s connection may be faulty or it may be 1. Restart the printer to see if the same error still "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
Serial Comp communication between damaged. occurs 117
MAIN board Assy and CR
2. Check the connection of CR FFC.
board Assy is different
from the required one. 3. Replace CR FFC.
2. CR board Assy may be malfunctioning. 4. Replace CR board Assy.
3. MAIN board Assy may be malfunctioning. 5. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

34 E152 Err The power-supply from 1. The fuse of CR board Assy may be blown. 1. Replace CR board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
CR Base Fuse the printer to Colorimeter Assy" p.3-134
may be disconnected.
35 E176~E179 Err An anomaly is detected in 1. Subtank Hi sensor may be malfunction. 1. Replace Subtank Hi sensor. "3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank
Subtank Hi Subtank Hi Sensor. Assy" p.3-181
2. 2 way solenoid may be malfunction. 2. Replace 2 way solenoid.
"3.9.3 Replacing 2 way
3. JUNCTION boar Assy may be malfunction. 3. Replace JUNCTION boar Assy. Solenoid Assy" p.3-177
"3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
Board Assy" p.3-66

2.1.4 Errors Requiring Reboot P.2-29

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

2.1.5 Error Messages During File Transmission

This section describes the error messages displayed when sending backup parameters and firmware using dedicated online software, as well as their recovery actions.
　

Table 2-8 Error Messages During File Transmission

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Transfer failed Firmware data format is Check if the transferred firmware was the correct file. After checking, reinstall the firmware. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Data format error wrong. Service Assistance Software"
2 Transfer failed The cancel button on the - Retransfer the firmware. p.4-5
Aborted by the HOST computer is clicked.

3 Transfer failed A communication time-out is Check the connection between the printer and After solving the problem, retransfer the firmware.
Data timeout detected. computer.
4 Transfer failed File checksum error is - 1. Retransfer the firmware.
Check-sum error detected.
2. If this does not solve the problem, check if the
transferred firmware was the correct file.
5 Transfer failed Received wrong-sized Check if the program file is correct. After checking, retransfer the data.
Wrong size data.
xxxxxxxx
6 Transfer failed Incompatible firmware is Check if the program file is correct. After checking, reinstall the firmware. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Incompatible F/W detected. Service Assistance Software"
p.4-5
7 Transfer failed ROM erase error is Board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Flash erase error detected. Assy" p.3-53
8 Transfer failed ROM writing error is Board may be damaged.
Flash write error detected.
9 Transfer failed ROM comparing error is Board may be damaged.
Flash compare error detected.
10 Transfer failed FROM with unknown This should not normally happen.
Unknown Flash size written method is detected. FROM may be damaged.
11 Internal Error No memory area is This should not normally happen. • Replace SODIMM.
Memory Exhausted available. SODIMM may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board Assy.

2.1.5 Error Messages During File Transmission P.2-30

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-8 Error Messages During File Transmission (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

12 Transfer failed Block reply timeout is Check the connection between HEATER CONTROL • Reconnect HEATER CONTROL board and MAIN "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
Block replay timeout detected during system board and MAIN board Assy. board Assy. CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
code transfer. • Replace the cable connecting HEATER
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
CONTROL board and MAIN board Assy.
• Replace HEATER CONTROL board. Assy" p.3-53
• Replace MAIN board Assy.

13 Transfer failed Received invalid value by

Block replay error xx block reply during system
code transfer.
14 Transfer failed Final reply timeout is
Final reply timeout detected during system
code transfer.
15 Transfer failed Received invalid value by
Final reply error xx final reply during system
code transfer.
16 Boot Transfer failed Opening sequence of boot • Check the connection between HEATER • Reconnect HEATER CONTROL board and MAIN "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
Opening seq. failed code transfer failed. CONTROL board and MAIN board Assy. board Assy. CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
• Check if the green LED is on HEATER CONTROL Or replace the cable connecting HEATER
board is on. CONTROL board and MAIN board Assy.
• Check if the red LED is on HEATER CONTROL • If the green LED is still off after turning on the "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
board is blinking. power, replace HEATER CONTROL board Assy. Assy" p.3-53
• If the red LED is blinking and there is no problem
on the connection between HEATER CONTROL "4.3 Working with MUTOH
board and MAIN board Assy, reinstall the Service Assistance Software"
firmware.
p.4-5

2.1.5 Error Messages During File Transmission P.2-31

 2.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-8 Error Messages During File Transmission (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

17 Boot Transfer failed AA did not reply to the Check the connection between HEATER CONT • Reconnect HEATER CONT board Assy and MAIN "3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
55-AA Timeout boot code transfer board Assy and MAIN board Assy. board Assy. CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
procedure 55. • Replace the cable connecting HEATER CONT
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
board Assy and MAIN board Assy.
• Replace HEATER CONT board Assy. Assy" p.3-53

18 Boot Transfer failed xx replied to the boot code • Replace MAIN board Assy.
55-AA reply error xx transfer procedure 55.
19 Boot Transfer failed Error (xx) replied to the
End code xx end of boot code transfer.
20 Boot Transfer failed An echo of the boot code
Echo timeout transfer procedure did not
reply.
21 Boot Transfer failed An invalid error (xx) of
Echo error xx boot code transfer
procedure replied.
22 Internal error Parameter writing failed. This should not normally happen. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Parameter save error FROM may be damaged. Assy" p.3-53

23 Transfer failed Received wrong year data. SODIMM or MAIN board Assy may be damaged. • Replace SODIMM. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Wrong year xxxx (xxxx). • Replace MAIN board Assy. Assy" p.3-53
24 Transfer failed Received wrong month
Wrong month xx data. (xx).
25 Transfer failed Received wrong date data.
Wrong day xx (xx).
26 Transfer failed Received wrong time data.
Wrong hour xx (xx).
27 Transfer failed Received wrong minute
Wrong min xx data. (xx).
28 Transfer not ready Transfer is not available. Check if the LED display on Operation panel is in Press an arbitrary button on Operation panel to set the "4.3 Working with MUTOH
standby state in Board manager mode. panel display in the standby state, and then reinstall. Service Assistance Software"
p.4-5

2.1.5 Error Messages During File Transmission P.2-32

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages

This section describes the symptoms of errors without an error message as well as the check items and recovery actions.

2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems

　

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Printer cannot be turned on
2 LCD display malfunction
1. Are the cables between Inlet and Power board and Power Connect Power cable securely. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
board and MAIN board securely connected? Board Assy" p.3-41
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
2. Is Power cable damaged?
Assy" p.3-53
If it is damaged, replace it.
3. Is the fuse blown? Replace Fuse. "3.4.16 Replacing AC Inlet"
p.3-60
4. Is FFC of Panel unit Assy cut or shorted out? Replace Panel FFC. "3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit"
p.3-26
5. Panel unit Assy may be damaged. Replace Panel unit Assy.
6. Inlet Assy may be damaged. Replace Inlet Assy. "3.4.16 Replacing AC Inlet"
p.3-60
7. Power board Assy may be damaged. Replace Power board Assy. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
Board Assy" p.3-41
8. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
1. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on the Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Panel unit Assy side and MAIN board Assy side. • Panel FFC Assy" p.3-53
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted?
2. Panel FFC may be damaged. Replace Panel FFC. "3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit"
3. Is LCD monitor of Panel unit Assy damaged? Replace Panel unit Assy. p.3-26

4. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

5. Power board Assy may be damaged. Replace Power board Assy. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
Board Assy" p.3-41

2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems P.2-33

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

3 Initial ink charge does not start
1. Is “Maintenance cover open” displayed on LCD monitor • MAIN board Assy connector "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch
while Maintenance cover is closed? Check the connectors of HEATER RELAY board Assy" p.3-29
Assy.
" Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or
• Check if Maintenance cover sensor is broken.
• Adjust the mounting position of Maintenance cover R)" p.2-2
sensor.
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor.
2. Is “Cover open” displayed on LCD monitor while Front cover • Adjust the mounting position of Cover sensor. "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-
is closed? • Replace Cover sensor. 32
" Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or
R)" p.2-2

　 3. Is “Lever up” displayed on LCD monitor while Media set Check if Lever sensor is correctly operating in "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
lever is lowered? “Check3: Test” - “Sen.4: Sensor” – “Test7: Lever” in
the self-diagnosis function.
4. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on the Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Panel unit Assy side and MAIN board Assy side. • MAIN board Assy: Assy" p.3-53
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted? • Panel unit Assy

5. Check the connection of MAIN board Assy connector. • MAIN board Assy connector "3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor
Check the connectors of HEATER RELAY board and Lever sensor Cable" p.3-85
Assy.
• Check if Maintenance cover sensor is broken.
• Adjust the mounting position of Maintenance cover
sensor.
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor.
6. HEATER RELAY board Assy may be damaged. Replace HEATER RELAY board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
"5.10.2 Parameter Update
Menu" p.5-59

2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems P.2-34

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
3 Initial ink charge does not start
(Continued)
4 Initial ink charge started, but ink 1.
does not reach Head
5 Ink does not come out even after 1.
initial ink charge is completed
　
2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems
VJ1624E-M-03
Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems (Continued)
Check item Action Reference
7. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate while • Follow the same procedure as when “[KCMY] Ink "2.1.3 Errors with Message"
specific ink bags are securely inserted? END” is displayed to take appropriate measures. p.2-10
• Ink detection in “15: Ink END” • After adjustment and replacement, perform Initial
"5.10.2 Parameter Update
ink charge in “Check3: InkCharg” – “InkCharge1:
Normal” in the self-diagnosis function. Menu" p.5-59
8. Does the dedicated cartridge status properly operate in “16: • Follow the same procedure as when “[KCMY] Not "2.1.3 Errors with Message"
INK ID” in the self-diagnosis function, while specified ink Original” is displayed to take appropriate measures. p.2-10
bags are securely inserted? • After adjustment and replacement, perform Initial
"5.10.2 Parameter Update
ink charge in “Check3: InkCharg” – “InkCharge1:
Normal” in the self-diagnosis function. Menu" p.5-59
9. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
• After replacement, perform Initial ink charge in Assy" p.3-53
“Check3: InkCharg” – “InkCharge1: Normal” in
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-
the self-diagnosis function.
25
Is Maintenance Assy damaged, or is Tube disconnected from • If Tube is disconnected, connect it again. "3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
Maintenance Assy? • Replace Maintenance Assy. Assy" p.3-168
• Replace two-way valve.
2. Is two-way valve damaged, or is Tube disconnected from "3.8 Replacing Maintenance
• Connect Pump motor connector securely.
Maintenance Assy? Section" p.3-164
3. Is Tube at Ink supply area disconnected? "3.9.3 Replacing 2 way
4. Is Pump motor connector securely connected? • Replace Solenoid head. Solenoid Assy" p.3-177
• Replace Print head.
5. Solenoid head may be damaged.
6. Replace Print head. "3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid
Head Assy" p.3-143
"3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148
Is Capping position appropriate? • Once the ink flow is confirmed, perform initial "5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-
charge again. 25
2. Are Solenoid head Assy, Ink tube, and joint screws loose? • Check Solenoid head Assy "3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid
Is ink bleeding? • Remove Side covers (L and R) and Cartridge cover Head Assy" p.3-143
Is O-ring properly mounted? and check Ink tube and joint screws of SUS pipe.
"3.2 Removing Covers" p.3-6
P.2-35
 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　5 Ink does not come out even after 3. Is there air leakage at the sealed part of Solenoid head Assy? • Replace Solenoid head Assy and see if the cleaning "3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid
initial ink charge is completed operation makes the ink flow. Head Assy" p.3-143
（Continued） • When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
charge again.

4. Is Ink tube in Maintenance Assy folded? • Replace Maintenance Assy and see if the cleaning "5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-
operation makes the ink flow. 25
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
charge again.
5. Is Wiper operating properly? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN board Assy "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
(Check On/OFF in “Check3: Test” – “Test4: Sensor” – again. Assy" p.3-53
“Sen.3: Wiper” in the self-diagnosis function. • Replace Wiper solenoid.
"3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
Assy" p.3-168

6. Is Pump working during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN board Assy "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
again. Assy" p.3-53
• Replace Pump.
"3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
• Replace MAIN board Assy.
Assy" p.3-168

7. Is Ink tube bent, or does it have scratches or air leakage? • Replace the damaged Ink tube and check if the "3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube" p.3-
cleaning operation makes the ink flow. 121
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-
charge again.
25

8. Check the following points and connections and of Head Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector again. " A necessary jigs and tools are
FFCs on the CR board Assy side and the head side. as follows." p.3-153
• Is Head FFC obliquely inserted? "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

9. Is Head FFC disconnected? Replace Head FFC. " A necessary jigs and tools are
as follows." p.3-153
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems P.2-36

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

5 Ink does not come out even after 10. Is Print head damaged? Replace Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
initial ink charge is completed Head" p.3-148
（Continued）
11. Is CR board Assy damaged? Replace CR board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

12. Check the connections of CR_FFC connector areas on the CR Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
board Assy side and MAIN board Assy side Assy" p.3-134
• Is Head FFC obliquely inserted? • CR FFC
• HeadFFC

"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board

Assy" p.3-53

13. Is CR_FFC broken? Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-

117

14. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

6 • The printer does not operate 1. Is “Cover open” displayed on LCD monitor while Front cover • Check the connectors of MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
after turned on. is closed? • Adjust the mounting position of Front cover sensor. Assy" p.3-53
• The printer does not stop Does Front cover sensor correctly operate in “Test4: Sensor” • Replace Front cover sensor Assy.
"(3) Front Cover section" p.3-
operation even when Front – “Sen.4: Cover” in the self-diagnosis function? • Securely connect HEATER RELAY board Assy .
cover or Maintenance cover is 32
opened. " Cover open" p.2-7
• After the printer is turned on,
"Initializing" is displayed and
the printer resets
• Loading media does not start
the initial operation
• The printer does not operate
even when Front cover or
Maintenance cover is closed.

2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems P.2-37

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
　6 • The printer does not operate
after turned on.
• The printer does not stop
operation even when Front
cover or Maintenance cover is
opened.
• After the printer is turned on,
"Initializing" is displayed and
the printer resets
• Loading media does not start
the initial operation
• The printer does not operate
even when Front cover or
Maintenance cover is closed.
（Continued)
2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems
VJ1624E-M-03
Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems (Continued)
Check item Action Reference
2. Is “Maintenance cover open” displayed on LCD monitor • Check MAIN board Assy connector. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
while Maintenance cover is closed? • Maintenance cover sensor R Assy" p.3-53
Does Maintenance cover sensor correctly operate in “Sen.5: • Maintenance cover sensor L
M. CoverL” – “Sen.6: M. CoverR” in the self-diagnosis • Adjust the mounting position of Maintenance cover
function? " Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or
sensor.
R)" p.2-2
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor Assy.
"3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch
Assy" p.3-29
3. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector areas on the Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Panel unit Assy side and MAIN board Assy side. • PanelFFC Assy" p.3-53
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted?
4. Is “Set media” displayed on LCD with pressure arm • Check Lever Sensor board Assy connector. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
lowered? • Replace Lever sensor Assy. Assy" p.3-53
"3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor
and Lever sensor Cable" p.3-85
5. Does Paper rear sensor Assy correctly detect in “Test4: • Check P_REAR Sensor Assy connector . "5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12
Sensor” – “Sen.9: Rear” in the self-diagnosis function • Replace Paper rear sensor Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
"3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear
Sensor" p.3-83
6. Is DC cable Assy between Power board Assy and MAIN • Reconnect DC cable Assy. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
board Assy correctly connected? • Replace DC cable Assy. Board Assy" p.3-41
7. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
8. Power board Assy may be damaged. Replace Power board Assy. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
Board Assy" p.3-41
P.2-38
 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
7 The printer does not recognize
the installed ink cartridges
8 Nothing can be input from
Operation panel
9 Printing does not start even after -
receiving data.
2.2.1 Initial Operation Problems
VJ1624E-M-03
Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems (Continued)
Check item Action Reference
1. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate while • Follow the same procedure as when “[KCMY] Ink "2.1.3 Errors with Message"
specific ink bags are securely inserted? END” is displayed to take appropriate measures. p.2-10
• Ink detection in “15: Ink END” "5.10.2 Parameter Update
• Cartridge detection in “14: Ink NOT KCMY” Menu" p.5-59
2. Does the dedicated cartridge status properly operate in “Ctrl2: • Follow the same procedure as when Error "2.1.3 Errors with Message"
Sensor” – “Sen.4 : etc” – “16: [KCMY] Ink ID” in the self- concerning “S/C” is displayed to take appropriate p.2-10
diagnosis function, while specified ink bags are securely measures.
"5.10.2 Parameter Update
inserted?
Menu" p.5-59
1. Is Operation panel cover damaged or defaced? Replace Operation panel cover. -
2. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on the Check the connection of the following connectors. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Panel unit Assy side and MAIN board Assy side. • Panel FFC Assy" p.3-53
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted? Replace Panel FFC.
• Panel FFC may be disconnected
3. Panel unit Assy may be damaged. Replace Panel unit Assy. "3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit"
p.3-26
4. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
- "2.2.5 Online Function
Problems" p.2-58
P.2-39
 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
2.2.2 Media Feed Problems
No. Symptom
1 Media slips during media 1.
initialization or printing.
2.
2 Media skews or meanders during 3.
media initialization or printing.
3 Media wrinkles during media 4.
initialization or printing.
4 Media tears during media 5.
initialization or printing.
6.
7.
8.
5 Media size is not correctly Are you using the media recommended by MUTOH?
detected after media
initialization.
2.2.2 Media Feed Problems
VJ1624E-M-03
Table 2-10 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Media Feed Problems
Check item Action Reference
When using roll media, are Flanges correctly attached? • Correctly insert Flanges into the media tube of roll Operation Manual
media. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Does Paper rear sensor Assy correctly detect in “Test4:
• Check the connection of the following connectors. Assy" p.3-53
Sensor” – “Sen.9: Rear” in the self-diagnosis function?
• MAIN board Assy:
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
• CR board Assy:
Assy" p.3-134
• Replace Paper rear sensor Assy.
"3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear
Sensor" p.3-83
Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test6: Fan” in the • Check the connection of the connectors of the -
self-diagnosis function? following MAIN board assemblies.
• Suction FAN relay Assy:
• Replace Suction FAN Assy.
• Replace the cable of Suction FAN that is not
working properly.
Is Heater temperature set correctly? Instruct the user that if the temperature is not set
properly, media gets wrinkled or curled.
Are you using media whose edges are curled up? Instruct the users to use the recommended media and Operation Manual
how to use Media holder.
Are the thickness of the loaded media and the value displayed If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered around
on Panel the same? Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft damp cloth.
Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure lever is
raised?
Is Paper guide greatly distorted, scratched, or containing any • If there are any foreign substances such as pieces of "3.2.12 Removing Paper
foreign substances? paper on Paper guide, remove them. Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
• Replace Paper guide.
"3.2.13 Removing Paper
guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
Reload the media recommended by MUTOH, and Operation Manual
check again.
If the media used is not recommended by MUTOH,
Paper sensor may have a reading miss and may not be
able to recognize media.
P.2-40
 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
6 LCD display malfunction
7 Initial ink charge does not start
8 Initial ink charge started, but ink 1.
does not reach Head
2.2.2 Media Feed Problems
VJ1624E-M-03
Table 2-10 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Media Feed Problems (Continued)
Check item Action Reference
1. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on the Insert the following connectors again to see if Panel "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Panel unit Assy side and MAIN board Assy side. FFC was inserted obliquely. Assy" p.3-53
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted? Panel FFC.
2. Panel FFC may be damaged. Replace Panel FFC. "3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit"
3. Is LCD monitor of Panel unit Assy damaged? Replace Panel unit Assy. p.3-26
4. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
5. Power board Assy may be damaged. Replace Power board Assy. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
Board Assy" p.3-41
1. Is "Maintenance cover open" displayed on LCD monitor • Check the connectors of MAIN board Assy and "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch
while Maintenance cover is closed? connectors of HEATER RELAY board Assy. Assy" p.3-29
• Check if Maintenance cover sensor is broken.
" Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or
• Adjust the mounting position of Maintenance cover
sensor. R)" p.2-2
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor.
2. Is "Cover open" displayed on LCD monitor while Front cover • Adjust the mounting position of Cover sensor. "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-
is closed? • Replace Cover sensor. 32
" Mainte. Cover[*] Open (*L or
R)" p.2-2
Is Maintenance Assy damaged, or is Tube disconnected from • If Tube is disconnected, connect it again. "3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
Maintenance Assy? • Replace Maintenance Assy. Assy" p.3-168
• Replace two-way valve.
2. Is two-way valve damaged, or is Tube disconnected from "3.8 Replacing Maintenance
• Connect Pump motor connector securely.
Maintenance Assy? Section" p.3-164
• Replace Valve head.
3. Is Tube at Ink supply area disconnected? • Replace Print head. "3.9.3 Replacing 2 way
4. Is Pump motor connector securely connected? Solenoid Assy" p.3-177
5. Solenoid head may be damaged.
6. Replace Print head. "3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid
Head Assy" p.3-143
"3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148
P.2-41
 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

2.2.3 Printing Problems

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 The printer does not print
continuously.
1. Check if you can print with a different data. Data may be faulty. -
2. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software"
p.4-5

3. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

2 After printing, the printer feeds 1. Check if you can print with a different data. Data may be faulty. -
an extra amount of media.

3 Nozzles are clogged during
printing
4 Cleaning does not mend the
clogged nozzles or skewed ink
discharge.
2. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software"
p.4-5
3. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
1. Ask the user if he/she is performing daily maintenance. If not, instruct him/her to perform daily maintenance. Operation Manual
2. Is ink accumulated in Flushing box?
Replace Flushing box.
3. Is cleaning sufficiently done? Perform cleaning twice in a row. Operation Manual
4. Is ink adhered on Wiper Assy? • After wiping the surface of Cleaning wiper with the Operation Manual
attached Cleaning stick, perform cleaning twice in a
5. Check if Wiper Assy correctly operates in “Sen.3: Wiper” in
row. " A necessary jigs and tools are
the self-diagnosis function.
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace it with
as follows." p.3-166
a new one.
6. Is Ink tube filled with ink? Perform Little charge. Operation Manual
7. Print out Nozzle check pattern in “Test 4: Adjustment” – “Adj If Nozzle check pattern is correctly printed, refer to "5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-
2: NozzleChk” in the self-diagnosis function. the check item 4 for action. 48

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-42

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

3 Nozzles are clogged during
printing
8. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connectors of MAIN board Assy "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
again. Assy" p.3-53
• Replace Pump.
• Replace MAIN board Assy.
"3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
Assy" p.3-168

4 Cleaning does not mend the
clogged nozzles or skewed ink
discharge.
(Continued)
9. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, and fix it " A necessary jigs and tools are
correctly. as follows." p.3-166
10. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the registered Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2 Parameter Update
rank? Menu" p.5-59

11. Is ink adhered on Print head surface or inside nozzles? Follow the procedure below to perform Head
cleaning.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-50
1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.9: HeadWash" in
the self-diagnosis function.
"5.10.2 Parameter Update
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update1: Head Menu" p.5-59
Rank”.

3. Check the printing status again.

12. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning operation "3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube" p.3-
makes the ink flow. 121
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-
charge again.
25

13. Is Print head damaged? 破 Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148

14. CR board Assy may be damaged. Replace CR board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Replace MAIN board Assy. Assy" p.3-134
15. MAIN board Assy may be damaged.
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-43

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

5 Cannot print at all 1. Check power supply voltage (DC42V). Replace Power board Assy. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
A specific color is missing Board Assy" p.3-41

2. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? Reinsert the connectors of CR_FFC. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

3. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-

117

4. Are Solenoid head Assy, Ink tube, and joint screws loose? • Replace Valve head Assy and see if the cleaning "3.7.2 Removing Carriage
Is O-ring properly mounted? operation makes the ink flow. Cover" p.3-132
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
charge again.
"3.2 Removing Covers" p.3-6

5. Is there air leakage at the sealed part of Solenoid head? • Replace Valve head Assy and see if the cleaning "3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid
operation makes the ink flow. Head Assy" p.3-143
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-
charge again.
25

6. Is Ink tube bent, or does it have scratches or air leakage? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning operation "3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube" p.3-
makes the ink flow. 121
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-
charge again.
25

7. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate while • Follow the same procedure as when “[KCMY] Ink "2.1.3 Errors with Message"
specific cartridges are securely inserted?< NOT” is displayed to take appropriate measures. p.2-10
• Ink detection in “15: Ink END” • After adjustment and replacement, perform Initial
"5.10.2 Parameter Update
• Cartridge detection in “14: Ink NOT” ink charge in “Update1: Head Rank” in the self-
diagnosis function. Menu" p.5-59

8. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connectors of MAIN board Assy "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
again. Assy" p.3-53
• Replace Maintenance Assy.
"3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
• Replace MAIN board Assy.
Assy" p.3-168

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-44

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　5 Cannot print at all 9. Check the connections of Head FFCs on the CR board Assy Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector again. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
A specific color is missing side and the Print head side. Head" p.3-148
(Continued) • Is Head FFC obliquely inserted? "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

10. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148

11. CR board Assy may be damaged. Replace CR board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

12. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

6 The page is printed all black. 1. Check the connections of Head FFCs on the CR board Assy Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector again. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
side and the Print head side. Head" p.3-148
• Is Head FFC inserted obliquely? "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

2. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? Reinsert the connectors of CR_FFC. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

3. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-

117

4. Head FFC may be damaged. Replace Head FFC. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148

5. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148

6. CR board Assy may be damaged. Replace CR board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

7. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-45

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

7 The page is printed blocky.
8 Images are printed unevenly.
9 Lines in the CR direction look
split.
10 White or black lines appear on
printed media
1. Ask the user of he/she is performing maintenance. If the plotter is used immediately after initial ink "9.5 Choosing a Place for the
replenishment is complete, the following results may Printer" p.9-5
2. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of
occur.
operating conditions? Operation Manual
3. Did you print immediately after initial ink charge? If the plotter is used immediately after initial ink
replenishment is complete, the following results may
occur.
• Printed lines become blurred.
• White lines appear in the printed media.
In such cases, perform cleaning two to three times
before printing, and then check the printing result.
If there is no improvement in the print result even after
performing cleaning, leave the plotter unused for an
hour or more.

4. Is the media feed compensation value correct? Set media feed compensation value to more than "5.13 Media Feed Menu" p.5-78
500mm to adjust.
5. Is Print head adjusted correctly? When replacing Print head, adjust it using the self- "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
diagnosis function (Excluding the input of Head
rank.)
6. Are the nozzles of Print head clogged? Perform cleaning. "2.2.3 Printing Problems"
If the nozzles are still detached, refer to the items 3 p.2-42
and 4 in 9.3.3.
7. Is a recommended print mode used? If the mode was set to Banner mode, instruct the user Operation Manual
that it is not guaranteed
8. Have the effects been changed?

9. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test6: Fan” in the • Check the connection of the connectors of the -
self-diagnosis function? following MAIN board assemblies.
• Suction FAN relay
• Replace the cable of Suction FAN that is not
working properly.
• Replace Suction FAN Assy.
10. Is the sealing material firmly fixed at the specified position? Reinstall it to the specified position.

7 The page is printed blocky. 11. If roll media is used, does Roll media holder rotate smoothly? Adjust the mounting position of Roll media holder "3.11 Replacing Roll media
(Continued) Assy. holder Assy" p.3-187

Replace Roll media holder Assy.

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-46

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
8 Images are printed unevenly.
(Continued)
9 Lines in the CR direction look
split.(Continued)
10 White or black lines appear on
printed media(Continued)
2.2.3 Printing Problems
VJ1624E-M-03
Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)
Check item Action Reference
12. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt
specified value? Tension Adjustment" p.4-52
13. Is Cleaning wiper operating properly? • Check the operation in Wiper endurance in the self- "5.12.8 Endurance Running
diagnosis function. Replace Wiper unit if it does not Check Menu" p.5-77
14. How is the condition of Cleaning wiper?
operate properly. Operation Manual
• After wiping the surface of Cleaning wiper with the
"3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
attached Poly-knit wiper, perform cleaning twice in
a row. Assy" p.3-168
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace it with
a new one.
15. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, and fix it " A necessary jigs and tools are
correctly. as follows." p.3-166
16. Is T fence dirty? • Clean T fence.
• If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or damaged,
replace it.
"3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-
110
17. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure lever is If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered around Operation Manual
raised? Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft damp cloth.
18. Is Pump motor rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN board Assy "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Is ink discharged? again. Assy" p.3-53
• Replace Maintenance Assy.
"3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
• Replace MAIN board Assy.
Assy" p.3-168
19. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning operation "3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube" p.3-
makes the ink flow. 121
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
charge again.
20. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the registered Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2 Parameter Update
rank? Menu" p.5-59
P.2-47
 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

7 The page is printed blocky. 21. Is ink adhered on the surface of Print head Assy or inside Follow the procedure below to perform Head "5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-50
(Continued) nozzles? cleaning.

1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.9: HeadWash" in

8 Images are printed unevenly.
(Continued)
the self-diagnosis function. "5.10.2 Parameter Update
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update1: Head Menu" p.5-59
Rank”.
3. Check the printing status again.
22. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148

9 Lines in the CR direction look 23. CR board Assy may be damaged. Replace CR board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
split. Assy" p.3-134
(Continued)
10 White or black lines appear on 24. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
printed media Assy" p.3-53
(Continued)
11 The printed borders are blurred. 1. Does cleaning remedy the situation? Perform cleaning twice in a row. Operation Manual
2. Are you using the media recommended by MUTOH? Reload the media recommended by MUTOH, and Operation Manual
check again.
3. Is Heater temperature set correctly? Set it to correctly. Operation Manual
4. Is Print head correctly adjusted? Perform the same adjustment as when changing Print "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
head.
5. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
117

6. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148

7. CR board Assy may be damaged. Replace CR board Assy. "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

8. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-48

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

12 There are unwanted dots 1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5 Choosing a Place for the
(satellites). operating conditions? Printer" p.9-5
Lines are printed blurry (messy
printing result)

2. Is there sufficient amount of ink left in the ink cartridges? Replace with the new ink cartridge. Operation Manual

3. Perform cleaning three times in a row. Print again. Operation Manual

4. Is the PG height compensation value set too large? Adjust the head height. "4.7 Head Height Adjustment"
Is PG set too high? p.4-58

5. Head rank may be malfunctioning. Check Head rank in the self-diagnosis function. "(2) Head Rank" p.5-60

6. Is Print head adjusted correctly? Perform the same adjustment as when changing Print "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
head.
7. Perform test printing.< Nozzle check pattern is correctly printed, refer to the
check item 6.
8. Did you print immediately after initial ink charge? After the initial ink charge, wait for more than six Operation Manual
hours before printing.
Print quality cannot be guaranteed until ink charge is
stabilized.
9. Check if CR encoder Assy and T fence are touching each • If they are touching, adjust the mounting positions "3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder
other. of CR encoder Assy and T fence. Assy" p.3-136
• If the situation is not improved after adjustment,
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
replace CR board Assy and T fence.
Assy" p.3-134
"3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-
110

10. Is Cleaning wiper operating properly? • Check the operation in Wiper endurance in the self- "5.12 Endurance Running
diagnosis function. Menu" p.5-69
11. How is the condition of Cleaning wiper?
Replace Wiper unit if it does not operate properly. Operation Manual
• Damp the attached Cleaning wiper cleaning cloth
" A necessary jigs and tools are
with the specialized cleaning fluid and wipe off the
surface of Cleaning wiper. as follows." p.3-166
After wiping off the surface of Cleaning wiper,
perform cleaning twice in a row.
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace it with
a new one.

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-49

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

12 There are unwanted dots 12. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, and fix it " A necessary jigs and tools are
(satellites). correctly. as follows." p.3-166
Lines are printed blurry (messy
printing result)
(Continued)
13. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the registered Input the correct Head rank. "3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-
rank? 110

14. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN board Assy "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
again. Assy" p.3-53
• Replace Pump.
• Replace MAIN board Assy.
"3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
Assy" p.3-168

15. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning operation "3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube" p.3-
makes the ink flow. 121
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial ink
charge again.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-
25

16. Is ink adhered on the surface of Print head Assy or inside Follow the procedure below to perform Head
nozzles? cleaning.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-50
1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.9: HeadWash" in
the self-diagnosis function.
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update1: Head "(2) Head Rank" p.5-60
Rank”.
3. Check the printing status again.
17. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.10 Replacing Print
Head" p.3-148

18. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-50

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

13 Mixed color lines are not 1. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the registered Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2 Parameter Update
overlapped. rank? Menu" p.5-59

2. Is there a problem with Head alignment? Adjust Head alignment and Head height. "4.7 Head Height Adjustment"
Is there a problem with Head height adjustment? p.4-58
"4.6 Head Accuracy
Adjustment" p.4-54

3. Is there a problem with CW adjustment? Perform CW Alignment. "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment

Menu" p.5-39

4. Is there a problem with bi-directional print alignment? Adjust bi-directional print alignment.

5. Check if CR encoder Assy and T fence are touching each • If they are touching, adjust the mounting positions "3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder
other. of CR encoder Assy and T fence. Assy" p.3-136
• If the situation is not improved after adjustment,
replace CR board Assy and T fence.
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

"3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-

110

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-51

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

14 The printed results are uneven.
(Vertical direction against the
printer unit)
1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5 Choosing a Place for the
operating conditions? Printer" p.9-5
2. Is T fence dirty? • Clean T fence. "3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-
• If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or damaged, 110
replace it.
3. The internal processing of MAIN board Assy may be Initialize parameters, re-input or readjust it, and then "5.7.13 Solid Print Menu" p.5-
faulty. check the operation again. 54

15 The printed results are uneven. 1. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test6: Fan” in the • Check the connection of the connectors of the -
(Horizontal direction against the self-diagnosis function? following MAIN board assemblies.
printer unit) • Suction FAN relay Assy
• Replace the cable of Suction FAN that is not
working properly.
• Replace Suction FAN Assy.
•
2. Is PF driving pulley loose? Replace PF motor Assy. "3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor
Assy" p.3-77

3. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt
specified value? Tension Adjustment" p.4-52

4. If roll media is used, does Scroller rotate smoothly? • Adjust the mounting position of Roll media holder "3.11 Replacing Roll media
Assy. holder Assy" p.3-187
• Replace Roll media holder Assy.
5. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure lever is If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered around Operation Manual
raised? Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft damp cloth.

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-52

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

16 The printed results are uneven.
(Vertical direction against the
printer unit)
1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5 Choosing a Place for the
operating conditions? Printer" p.9-5
2. Is the media feed compensation value correct? Set media feed compensation value to more than Operation Manual
500mm to adjust.
3. Is PF driving pulley loose? Replace PF motor Assy. "3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor
Assy" p.3-77
4. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt
specified value? Tension Adjustment" p.4-52
5. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure lever is If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered around Operation Manual
raised? Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft damp cloth.

6. Is the rough area on the surface of Grid roller partially pealed If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered around Operation Manual
off? Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft damp cloth.

7. Is Grid roller rotating heavily?< Clean the area other than the painted portion of Grid
Or does any part of Grid roller rumble when rotated? roller.

8. If roll media is used, does Scroller rotate smoothly? Adjust the mounting position of Roll media holder "3.11 Replacing Roll media
Assy. holder Assy" p.3-187
Replace Roll media holder Assy.
Change the media.

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-53

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

17 The printed results are uneven. 1. Is there a problem with Head alignment? Adjust the head alignment. "4.6 Head Accuracy
(Horizontal direction against the Adjustment" p.4-54
printer unit)
2. Is there a problem with bi-directional print alignment? Adjust bi-directional print alignment. "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment
Menu" p.5-39

3. Is T fence dirty? Clean T fence. "3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-

If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or damaged, 110
replace it.
4. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the registered Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2 Parameter Update
rank? Menu" p.5-59

5. Check if the vertical lines printed in “Adj.2: NozzleChk” in Replace Steel bearer. "3.6.7 Replacing Steel Bare"
the self-diagnosis function are connected, while the nozzle p.3-115
check pattern printed in “Adj.3: HeadSlant” shows it is
properly adjusted.
6. Is Carriage Assy wobbly? Replace Carriage Assy. "3.7.14 Replacing Carriage
Assy" p.3-159

7. Are the thickness of the loaded media and the value displayed If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered around
on Panel the same? Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft damp cloth.
8. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure lever is
raised?

2.2.3 Printing Problems P.2-54

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

2.2.4 Noise Problems

　

Table 2-12 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Abnormal noise is heard when 1. Are there any contact substances or foreign substances around Check the damage of the cable and connection of the -
media is sucked the rotating fin of Suction FAN Assy? connector.
2. Check the damage of the cable and connection of the If damaged, replace the part. -
connector.
3. Suction FAN Assy itself may be faulty. Replace Suction FAN Assy. -
4. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

5. Power board Assy may be damaged. Replace Power board Assy. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
Board Assy" p.3-41

2 Abnormal noise is heard during
waiting time
1. Are there any contact substances or foreign substances at the Remove any contact substances or foreign -
area where noise is coming from? substances.
2. Is the noise coming from Board Assy? • ・ If it is microvibration noise (which sounds like "3.4.2 Replacing Power
tinnitus) during standby, tell the user that it is the Board Assy" p.3-41
specification.
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
• If the above does not apply, replace the following
part(s): Assy" p.3-53
• Power board Assy "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
• MAIN board Assy Assy" p.3-134
• CR board Assy "3.7.10 Replacing Print
• Print head Assy Head" p.3-148
• HEATER RELAY board Assy
"3.4.4 Replacing HEATER
• HEATER CONT board Assy
JUNCTION board Assy RELAY Board Assy" p.3-44
"3.4.3 Replacing HEATER
CONT Board Assy" p.3-42
"3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION
Board Assy" p.3-66

2.2.4 Noise Problems P.2-55

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
No. Symptom
3 Abnormal noise is heard while
Head is moving laterally
2.2.4 Noise Problems
VJ1624E-M-03
Table 2-12 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems (Continued)
Check item Action Reference
1. Is the noise the sound generated by ink discharging during Explain the specifications. -
printing?
2. Is the traveling surface of Cursor rail roller dirty? • Clean Cursor rail roller with a dry cloth. -
• Remove any foreign substances on Carriage
3. Does Bearing have any foreign substances on it? bearing and Roller guide. -
• When cleaning Roller guide, make sure to camp a
cloth with Sumigrease spray to apply to the surface
of Roller guide.
4. Is the cause of the noise loose screw(s) on a cover? Retighten the screw(s). "3.2 Removing Covers" p.3-6
5. Does Carriage portion make clattery noise when moved • Remove any foreign substances on Carriage -
from side to side? bearing and Roller guide.
• When cleaning Roller guide, make sure to camp a
cloth with Sumigrease spray to apply to the surface
of Roller guide.
6. Is CR_FFC making noise? • Straighten and fix it. "3.2 Removing Covers" p.3-6
• If the noise is coming from between Steel bearer
and Tube guide, replace Tube guide.
7. Is the cable connected to CR board Assy on Carriage touching • If it is touching, adjust the mounting position of the "3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
CR board cover? relevant part. 117
• If the situation is not improved after adjustment,
replace the relevant part.
8. Is the noise coming from Bearing of CR following movement Replace CR following movement pulley. "3.6.3 Replacing CR Return
pulley? Pulley Assy" p.3-108
9. Is the noise coming from CR motor Assy? Replace CR motor Assy. "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor
Assy" p.3-104
P.2-56
 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-12 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

4 Abnormal noise is heard when 1. Is the gear jumping between speed reduction pulleys? Replace X speed reduction belt. "3.5.1 Replacing X Speed
feeding media Check Speed reduction belt tension. Reduction Belt" p.3-72

2. Is the noise coming from PF motor Assy? Replace PF motor Assy.

3. Is the rough area on the surface of Grid roller partially pealed If there is paper dust or pieces of paper on Grid Operation Manual
off? roller, clean it with a nylon brush
4. Is Grid roller rotating heavily?Or does any part of Grid roller
rumble when rotated?
5. Is PF scale dirty? Apply a damp and tightly squeezed soft cloth to wipe -
it off.
6. Is the mounting position of PF encoder correct? Install PF encoder properly. "3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder
Assy" p.3-75

2.2.4 Noise Problems P.2-57

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
2.2.5 Online Function Problems
No. Symptom
1 Other functions do not work
correctly
2 Printing position is incorrect
3 Data or printing is garbled
4 Part of the data is not printed
(missing)
2.2.5 Online Function Problems
VJ1624E-M-03
Table 2-13 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Online Function Problems
Check item Action Reference
1. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
1. Is there a problem with CW adjustment? Perform adjustment. "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment
Menu" p.5-39
2. Is there a problem with Paper edge sensor adjustment? Perform adjustment. "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor
Adjustment" p.4-59
3. Is Paper edge sensor correctly connected? Connect it securely. "3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge
4. Paper edge sensor may be damaged. Replace P_Edge sensor. Sensor Assy" p.3-155
5. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
1. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software"
p.4-5
2. Check if T fence is dirty or twisted. • When there is grease or dust on it: Wipe it with a dry
cloth.
• When there is ink on it: Damp a cloth with mild
detergent and lightly wipe off the ink.
• When it is too dirty and the adhered substance "3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-
cannot be removed: Replace T fence. 110
3. Check “Encoder: CR” in “Check3: Test” – “Test5: Encoder” • If NG, check the connection of the connector of CR "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
in the self-diagnosis function. board Assy. Assy" p.3-53
• Replace T fence.
"3.6.4 Replacing T fence" p.3-
• Replace CR motor Assy.
• Replace CR board Assy 110
• Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor
Assy" p.3-104
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134
"3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC" p.3-
117
4. Main board Assy may be malfunctioned. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
P.2-58
 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

2.2.6 Other Problems

　

Table 2-14 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 The printer hangs up 1. The internal processing of MAIN board Assy may be Initialize parameters, re-input or readjust it, and then "5.10.1 Parameter Initialization
faulty. check the operation again. Menu" p.5-57
"5.10.2 Parameter Update
Menu" p.5-59

2. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

2 The power is shut down during 1. Is Power cable short circuited? Check it with a tester. -
printing
2. Is there electrical leakage? Check if the cable film is peeling and touching the -
chassis.
3. Check power supply voltage (DC24V). Replace Power board Assy. "3.4.2 Replacing Power
4. Power board Assy may be damaged. Board Assy" p.3-41

3 Ink cartridges cannot be inserted 1.
2.
4 Ink spills out of Waste fluid tank 1.
Is it installed correctly? Install it correctly. Operation Manual
Are Ink bags used dedicated ink bags? Instruct the user to use the dedicated ink bags.
Check the operation of Waste fluid level switch in “Test 4: If Waste fluid level switch is damaged, replace it. "3.10.1 Replacing Waste
Sensor” – “Sen.2: WasteTank” in the self-diagnosis function.
Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid
Level Switch" p.3-185

2. Waste fluid level switch or Waste fluid bottle may be Replace Waste fluid level switch or Waste fluid bottle. "3.10.1 Replacing Waste
damaged.
Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid
Level Switch" p.3-185

5 Ink spills out of Flushing box 1. Are there any foreign substances or ink accumulated in • Remove the foreign substances. "3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box
Flushing box? • Replace Flushing box Assy. Assy" p.3-165

2. Flushing-box sponge may not be able to absorb ink. Replace Flushing-box sponge. "3.5.12 Replacing Flushing
Sponge （L side） " p.3-96

2.2.6 Other Problems P.2-59

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-14 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

6 Ink spills around X rail
1. Tubes of Flushing box or Maintenance Assy may be • Check if Tubes of Flushing box or Maintenance "3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box
disengaged. Assy are disengaged. Assy" p.3-165
• Replace Maintenance Assy.
"3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance
• Replace Flushing box Assy.
Assy" p.3-168

2. Is Waste fluid tube bent? Make sure that about 160mm of Waste fluid tube -
comes out downward from Leg holder base (exploded
view A-1).
3. Is Waste fluid tube clogged? Replace Waste fluid tube. -
4. Ink tube may be disconnected Replace Ink tube. "3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube" p.3-
121

5. Sub tank or Two-way valve may be damaged. Replace Sub tank or Two-way valve. "3.9.3 Replacing 2 way
Solenoid Assy" p.3-177

"3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank

Assy" p.3-181

6. Print head, MAIN board Assy, or CR board Assy may be After removing Ink cartridges, check if each Board is "3.7.10 Replacing Print
damaged. normal. Head" p.3-148
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53
"3.7.4 Replacing CR Board
Assy" p.3-134

7. MAIN board Assy may be damaged. Replace MAIN board Assy. "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board
Assy" p.3-53

2.2.6 Other Problems P.2-60

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

2.2.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance

　

Table 2-15 Problems in Using Dedicated Network Software

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 MUTOH Service Assistance
does not start up
2 "Transfer failed (Data timeout)" 1.
is displayed during transfer.
3 "The main F/W data is
incorrect." is displayed during
firmware transfer.
‐ Reinstall and perform initial settings. Network administration Manual
Are the printer and computer correctly connected with a LAN Yes: Proceed to (2). "4.3 Working with MUTOH
cable (when directly connected, use a cross cable and when No: Connect the printer and computer correctly. Service Assistance Software"
connected via a hub, use a straight cable)? p.4-5
2. Is the computer’s IP address correct? Yes: Proceed to (3).
No: From the computer’s network connection
settings, use the property of local area connection to
adjust the properties of TCP/IP.
The computer and printer must have the same sub net
addresses (such as 192.168.1.1/24 and 192.168.1.253,
etc).
3. Does the device connected to the hub have the same IP address Yes: Remove the relevant device from LAN. ‐
as the computer or printer? No: Proceed to (4).
4. Was the printer started in Board manager mode and only Yes: Proceed to (5). "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Power LED is lit? No: Start in Board manager mode. Service Assistance Software"
If there is nothing displayed on LCD monitor, p.4-5
MAIN board maybe faulty or firmware is not
installed (including a power shutdown due to power
outage during installation).
5. Is the computer’s IP address correct? Yes : Proceed to (6).
No: MAIN board Assy may be faulty.
6. Can the computer communicate with other devices via LAN? Yes: Connect the computer with other devices via -
LAN cable and check with ping command, etc.
No: The computer or MAIN board may be faulty.
Is the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred correct? Transfer the correct firmware data again. "4.3 Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software"
p.4-5

4 "The main F/W data is Does the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred match the printer Transfer the firmware date (*.jfl) that matches the
incompatible with the printer." is model? printer model again.
displayed during firmware
transfer.

2.2.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance P.2-61

 2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

Table 2-15 Problems in Using Dedicated Network Software (Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

5 "The F/W version cannot be Is the version of the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred older Make sure that the version of the firmware data (*.jfl) "4.3 Working with MUTOH
downgraded to the older than that of the printer? is newer than that of the printer and transfer it again. Service Assistance Software"
version." is displayed during p.4-5
firmware transfer.
6 "The heater controller F/W data Is the Heater controller firmware data (*.mfl) to be transferred Transfer the correct Heater controller firmware data
is incorrect." is displayed during correct? (*.mfl) again.
Heater controller firmware
transfer.
7 "The heater controller F/W data Does the firmware data (*.mfl) to be transferred match the printer Transfer Heater controller firmware data (*.mfl) that
is incompatible with the heater model? matches the printer model again.
controller of the printer." is
displayed during Heater
controller firmware transfer.

2.2.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance P.2-62

2.2 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1624E-M-03

2.2.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance P.2-63

 VJ1624E-M-03

3 Parts Replacement 3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit ......................................... 3-26

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires) .......... 3-27

3.1 Introduction .................................................................. 3- 5
3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy ............................ 3-29
3.2 Removing Covers......................................................... 3- 6
3.3.4 Replacing Cover R cable Assy .......................... 3-34
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover............................ 3-7
3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy........................... 3-35
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U ........................ 3-8
3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan....................................... 3-36
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover.................... 3-9
3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan cable Assy .................... 3-38
3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover ................................ 3-10
3.4 Replacing Board Base ............................................... 3- 39
3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover ................................ 3-11
3.4.1 Opening Board box ........................................... 3-40
3.2.6 Removing IH Cover........................................... 3-12
3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy ............................ 3-41
3.2.7 Removing Cartridge cover ................................ 3-13
3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy ........... 3-42
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover ............................... 3-15
3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy........... 3-44
3.2.9 Removing Front Cover ...................................... 3-16
3.4.5 Replacing CNT-relay FFC ................................. 3-46
3.2.10 Removing Top Cover ........................................ 3-17
3.4.6 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy ....................... 3-47
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) .................... 3-19
3.4.7 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy .... 3-48
3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) .................... 3-21
3.4.8 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） 3-49
3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower) ..................... 3-23
3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN{in Paper guide F (Upper)} 3-
3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover ..................................... 3-24 51
3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals .................................... 3- 26 3.4.10 Replacing SODIMM........................................... 3-52

P.3-1

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy............................. 3-53
3.4.12 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy..................... 3-56
3.4.13 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy ................... 3-57
3.4.14 Replacing FUSE (H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy 3-58
3.4.15 Replacing Fuse ................................................. 3-59
3.4.16 Replacing AC Inlet ............................................ 3-60
3.4.17 AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy ...... 3-62
3.4.18 Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy .................... 3-63
3.4.19 Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy ...................... 3-64
3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION Board Assy.................... 3-66
3.6
3.4.21 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable Assy....................... 3-68
3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC Assy.............................. 3-69
3.4.23 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy...................... 3-71
3.5 Replacing X Rail Section ........................................... 3- 72
3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt ................... 3-72
3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder Assy ............................ 3-75
3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor Assy.................................. 3-77
3.5.4 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction
Pulley 3-80
VJ1624E-M-03
3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor ................................. 3-83
3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor Cable.. 3-
85
3.5.7 Replacing Heater, Thermistor............................ 3-87
3.5.8 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、 After thermistor
relay Assy 3-91
3.5.9 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor
relay Assy 3-92
3.5.10 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape ............. 3-94
3.5.11 Replacing Media Holder 2 Assy ........................ 3-95
3.5.12 Replacing Flushing Sponge （L side）................ 3-96
Replacing Y Rail section............................................ 3- 97
3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt........................................... 3-97
3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor Assy ............................... 3-104
3.6.3 Replacing CR Return Pulley Assy ................... 3-108
3.6.4 Replacing T fence............................................ 3-110
3.6.5 Replacing CR Origin Sensor ........................... 3-112
3.6.6 Replace CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy ........... 3-114
3.6.7 Replacing Steel Bare....................................... 3-115
3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC ......................................... 3-117
P.3-2
 VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube .......................................... 3-121 3.7.15 Replacing Cutter Spring .................................. 3-163

3.6.10 Replacing Pressure Roller .............................. 3-130 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section.............................. 3- 164

3.7 Replacing Cursor Section ....................................... 3- 131 3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover ............... 3-164

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock................................. 3-131 3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box Assy .......................... 3-165

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover............................... 3-132 3.8.3 Replacing Wiper .............................................. 3-166

3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover............................. 3-133 3.8.4 Replacing Cap Head Assy............................... 3-167

3.7.4 Replacing CR Board Assy............................... 3-134 3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance Assy .......................... 3-168

3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder Assy ........................... 3-136 3.8.6 Replacing Wiper origin sensor cable Assy ...... 3-171

3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy (VJ1624) 3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor cable Assy.................. 3-172
（Removing Bracket） 3-138
3.9 Replacing IH Section................................................ 3- 174
3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy ........... 3-140
3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy .................... 3-174
3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Assy and Solenoid Spring
Assy 3-141 3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy........................... 3-176

3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy..................... 3-143 3.9.3 Replacing 2 way Solenoid Assy ..................... 3-177

3.7.10 Replacing Print Head ...................................... 3-148 3.9.4 Replacing 2 way solenoid Cable Assy............. 3-179

3.7.11 Replacing Head_FFC...................................... 3-153 3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy ....... 3-180

3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge Sensor Assy ............... 3-155 3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank Assy ............................... 3-181

3.7.13 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy.................. 3-157 3.10 Replacing Leg Section ............................................. 3- 185

3.7.14 Replacing Carriage Assy................................. 3-159 3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level
Switch 3-185

P.3-3
 VJ1624E-M-03

3.11 Replacing Roll media holder Assy ......................... 3- 187

3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) .............. 3- 188

3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm................................... 3-188

3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit .................................. 3-190

3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover ............................... 3-191

3.12.4 Replacing Scroller ........................................... 3-192

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy .......... 3-194

3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF

Sensor 3-202

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy

3-204

P.3-4
 3.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

3.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on removal and replacement of service parts.

WARNING

• Before starting part replacement, always perform the following operations.

• Turn OFF machine power.
• Remove Power plug from outlet.
Otherwise, you may suffer electric shock or system circuit may be damaged.
• Remove any Cables connected to the printer.
Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.

CAUTION
Components in the printer can be disassembled only if so instructed in this manual.
Do not disassemble frame components and other components that are not
instructed to disassemble in the manual.
The printer has been assembled in MUTOH factory with extremely high precision up
to 1/100mm. If disassembled inappropriately, it may not restore its normal
functionality.

NOTE
• After replacing any service parts, perform necessary lubrication and bonding the following
instructions in section "7.5 Lubrication/Bonding" p.7-8.
• The pictures and illustrations of the disassembly procedure are still under development
The specification of the parts that are not directly related to the procedure may not be up-to-
date.

P.3-5
 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2 Removing Covers No. Part name

This section describes the procedures to replace Covers. 1 Panel cover
Followings describe the list of Cover parts.
2 Maintenance cover R

8 5 3 Maintenance cover U_R

10 1
4 Side maintenance cover R

6 16 5 Side top cover R

9 6 Maintenance cover L
7 Maintenance cover U_L
8 Side top cover L
7
9 Side maintenance cover L
14 10 Front cover
11
2
12 11 Paper guideF (Upper)
4
3 12 Board Box
13 Rear side cover
14 Sub Tank cover R
15 Cartridge Cover

19 17 16 IH cover
17 Paper guide R(Upeer)
18 Paper guide R (lower)
19 Top cover
15

13

18

P.3-6
 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

NOTE
The procedure to remove Maintenance cover R is the same as that of Maintenance cover L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover R.

1. Open Maintenance cover.

2. Lift Maintenance cover in a direction of the red arrow to remove it

No. Part name

1 Maintenance cover

3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover P.3-7

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U 4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

NOTE
The procedure to remove Maintenance cover U_R is the same as that of Maintenance cover
U_L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover U_R.

1. Remove Maintenance cover.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Maintenance cover U.

No. Part name

1 Maintenance cover U
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

3. Remove Maintenance cover U in a direction of the red arrow (above figure).

3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U P.3-8

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover 3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

NOTE
Name Maintenan Remarks There are different types of screws on Side maintenance cover on L side.
ce Part No.
Side maintenance cover (L side)
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

Pan-head screw
NOTE Tapping screw M4˜12 with spring washer
P tight bind (black) and flat washer M4˜8
The procedure to remove Side maintenance cover R is the same as that of Side maintenance
cover L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover R.

1. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Side maintenance cover.

No. Part name

1 Side maintenance cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

2. Remove Side maintenance cover in a direction of the red arrow (above figure).

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover P.3-9

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 1

products

NOTE
• The procedure to remove Side top cover R is the same as that of Side top cover L.
The pictures used here are of Side top cover R
4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Side top cover.

No. Part name

1 Side top cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 10

3. Remove Side top cover in the direction of the arrow.

3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover P.3-10

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover

1
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
2
1. Remove Side maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 1 2
2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retainingRear side cover (lower).
No. Part name
1
1 Rear side cover

2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 10

4. Remove Rear side cover .

No. Part name

1 Rear side cover

2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 10

No. Part name
3. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retainingRear side cover.
1 Rear side cover

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover P.3-11

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.6 Removing IH Cover

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
Tilt Cartridge cover and remove IH cover.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 1

products
Tilt Cartridge cover.
1. Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining left and right of IH cover.
2

No. Part name

1 Cartridge cover

3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2
2

No. Part name

1 IH cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

2. Remove IH cover.

3.2.6 Removing IH Cover P.3-12

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.7 Removing Cartridge cover 6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cartridge cover.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side maintenance cover R. 2

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
2. Remove Side top cover.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
No. Part name
3. Remove IH cover.
1 Cartridge cover
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
2 Tapping screw M4 × 8 　 P tight bind
4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cartridge cover.

7. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cartridge cover （lower） .

1
2
2 2

No. Part name

1 Cartridge cover No. Part name

2 Tapping screw M4 × 8 　 P tight bind 1 Cartridge cover

2 Tapping screw M4 × 8 　 S tight bind
5. Put the Cartridge cover longways.
8. Remove Cartridge cover （lower） .
9. Put the Cartridge cover sideways.

3.2.7 Removing Cartridge cover P.3-13

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

10. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cartridge cover （upper） .

1

2 2

No. Name
1 Cartridge cover
2 Tappinng screwM4 × 8 　 Stight bind

11. Remove Cartridge cover （upper） .

12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
• Upper and lower side of Cartridge cover are the same shape, but check the direction of the
stickers so that they are installed correctly.
• Make sure that Ink tube is not nipped. If it is nipped, ink may leak.

3.2.7 Removing Cartridge cover P.3-14

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
2. Remove IH cover .
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Sub Tank cover .

1
2 2

No. Part name

1 Sub Tank cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

4. Remove Sub Tank cover R.

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover P.3-15

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.9 Removing Front Cover

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
Before reassembling Front cover, make sure to follow the instructions below to reassemble
Front cover axis.
Name Maintenan Remarks • Front cover axis (origin side): Move to left side
ce Part No. • Front cover axis (opposite side of the origin): Move to right side
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 2 1

CAUTION
Front cover removal must be done by two or more persons.

1. Remove the screws retaining left and right side of Front cover (4 pieces each).

2 2 No. Part name

1 Front cover axis (origin side)
2 Front cover axis (opposite side of the origin)

1 1

No. Part name

1 Front cover
2 Trusco screw M4 × 6

2. Remove Front cover.

3. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.9 Removing Front Cover P.3-16

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover No. Part name

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Exhaust fan cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 6. Open Front cover.

products 7. Remove the cable of Exhaust fan from the Exaust fan cable.

CAUTION
Top cover removal must be done by two or more persons.
2
1

1. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove IH cover R.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
3. Remove Side top cover L. No. Part name
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 1 Exhaust fan
4. Remove Rear side coverRemove Rear ｓ ide cover. 2 Exhaust fan cable
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
5. Remove the screws （4pieces) retaining Exhaust fan cover.
NOTE
1
Do not touch T fence.
2 2 If it has dust or scratches, it may affect print quality.

2 2

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover P.3-17

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

8. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the front side of Top cover. 9. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining the back of Rear top cover.

2 1

1
2

No. Part name

1 Top cover
2
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

10. Remove Top cover.

11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
No. Part name
1 Tappinng screwM4 × 6 　 Stight cup
2 Top cover

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover P.3-18

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) 2. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining Paper guide F (upper).

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 2

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION
• Before removing Paper Guide F(upper), make sure to unplug Power cable.There
may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
• Paper guide F (upper) removal must be done by two or more persons 1

No. Part name

1. Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining the bottom of Paper guide F (upper). 1 Paper guide F (upper)

2 2 Cup screw M3 × 6

3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining PGF cover R.

No. Part name

1 Paper guide F (upper)
No. Part name
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
1 PGF cover R
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

4. Remove PGF cover R.

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) P.3-19

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

5. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining PGF cover L. 9. Remove After Heater connectors (2 pieces) and After-thermistor connectors (2 pieces) located
inside of Paper guide F (upper).

1
2
2

No. Part name

1 PGF cover L No. Part name
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8 1 After Heater connectors
2 After-thermistor connector
6. Remove PGF cover L.
7. Lift up Media guide F (upper) in the direction of the red arrow 1. 3 Paper guide F (upper)

8. Move Media guide F (upper) in the direction of the red arrow 2 and turn it over. 10. Remove Paper guide F (upper).
11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
When reassembling Paper guide F (upper), make sure not to nip Cables.
Doing so may cause disconnecting.
1
2

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) P.3-20

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) 2

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

CAUTION
• Before removing Paper guide R （Upper), make sure to unplug Power cable.
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
• Media guide R (upper) removal must be done by two or more persons. No. Name
1 Paper guide R (upper)
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
1. Remove media.
2. Remove IH cover .
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12 NOTE
3. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining Rear side cover3. Cable is connected behind Media guide R (upper). Pull it out carefully so that it does not get
disconnected.

No. Name
1 P tight cup M4 × 6
2 Rear side cover 3

4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Paper guide R (upper).

5. Push backward Paper guide R (upper).

3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) P.3-21

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

6. Remove Pre-heater connectors (2 pieces) and Pre-thermistor connectors (2 pieces) located inside
of Paper guide R (upper).

1 4

No. Part name

1 Paper guide R (upper)
2 Paper guide R (lower)
3 Pre-heater connector
4 Pre-thermistor connector

7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
When reassembling Paper guide R (upper), make sure not nip Cables.
When Cable is installed while being nipped, it may cause disconnecting.

3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) P.3-22

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower) 5. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the middle of Paper guide R (lower).
6. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining the bottom of Paper guide R (lower).
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
2

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
1

CAUTION
• Before removing Paper guide R (lower), make sure to unplug Power cable. There
may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
• Paper guide R (lower) removal must be done by two or more persons.

No. Part name

1. Remove media. 1 Paper guide R (lower)

2. Remove IH cover . 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12 3 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3. Remove Sub tank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15 7. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
4. Remove Paper guide R (upper). 8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21

NOTE
NOTE When reassembling Paper guide R (lower), make sure not nip Cables.
• If roll media holder overlaps screw holes, displace Roll media holder. Doing so may cause disconnecting.
• If you remove screws, Paper guide R (lower) detach because of its weight. Remove the last
screw while holding Paper guide R (lower) down. Be careful not to get injured.

3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower) P.3-23

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover 1

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Front cover.

2. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7 2 2
3. Remove side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 No. Part name
4. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Stopper mounting plate R. 1 Panel cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
1
7. Remove Panel cover in the direction of the red arrow.
First pull Panel cover in the direction of the red arrow 1 and remove top part of Panel unit, and
slide it in the direction of the red arrow 2 to remove it.

1
1

2 2

No. Part name

1 Stopper mounting plate R 2
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

5. Remove Stopper mounting plate R. No. Part name

6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Panel cover. 1 Panel cover

2 Top part of Panel unit

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover P.3-24

3.2 Removing Covers VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE
When reassembling Panel cover, slide it after inserting the tab on a right edge of Panel cover
in the slit on Panel stay side.

No. Part name

1 Tab on the right side of Panel cover
2 Slit on Panel stay side

3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover P.3-25

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals 4. Remove Panel FFC from Panel unit.
5. Release Panel unit back tabs (4 pieces) from Panel stay.
This section describes the procedures to replace cover peripherals.
1
3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

1 3
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Pnael Unit Assy " Exploded View Cover Assy2(Rside)" p.11-
DG-42984
17
4 2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
No. Part name

CAUTION 1 Panel unit

• Before replacing panel unit, make sure to unplug Power cable. 2 Panel unit tab
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
3 Panel stay
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled). 4 Panel FFC
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. 6. Remove Panel unit.
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors, 7. Replace Panel unit.
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
• Plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure that FFC and
the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC is not plugged
obliquely.

1. Open Front cover.

2. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
3. Remove Panel cover.
"3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover" p.3-24

3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit P.3-26

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires) 5. Remove Panel FFC from Panel unit.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Pnael FFC Assy " Exploded View Cover Assy2(Rside)" p.11-
DG-42994 1
17

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

No. Part name

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Panel FFC Assy. 1 Panel FFC

In this section, it is referred to as Panel FFC. 6. Remove Side maintenance cover R.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
7. Remove IH cover .
• Before replacing panel FFC, make sure to unplug Power cable. "3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge. 8. Remove Sub Tank cover R.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of "3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
9. Remove Side top cover L.
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. "3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors, 10. Remove Rear side cover.
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector.
• After plugging it, make sure that FFC and the connector terminals are not 11. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
misaligned sideways and that FFC is not plugged obliquely. "3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
12. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23

1. Open Front cover. 13. Open Board box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
4. Remove Panel cover.
"3.2.14 Removing Panel Cover" p.3-24

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires) P.3-27

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

14. Remove Panel FFC from clamps on the path. 17. Make sure that Panel FFC does not get nipped by Board box.

3 3 2

Bend Penel FFC so that

it is does not get nipped
by Board box.

No. Part name

18. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1 Panel FFC
2 Flat clamp FCR35
3 Flat cable clip

15. Remove Panel FFC (J21) from MAIN board Assy.

㪧㪸㫅㪼㫃㪶㪝㪝㪚

16. Replace Panel FFC.

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC (Panel tape wires) P.3-28

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy

1
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
2

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cover Switch Assy " Exploded View Cover Assy2(Rside)" p.11-
17
DG-42956
" Exploded View Cover Assy3(L side))" p.11-
18

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products No. Part name
1 Cover switch Assy

NOTE 2 Cover R cable Assy

Cover switch Assy looks like the following. 6. RemoveCover switch Assy cable from clamps.
Open Close 7. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cover switch Assy.

1
(1) Maintenance Cover (R) section
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
No. Part name
2. Remove Mainternance cover U_R.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-8 1 Cover switch Assy

3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin). 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M2 × 12
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131 3 clamp
4. Remove Maintenance inner cover.
8. Replace Cover switch Assy.
"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-164
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
5. Remove Cover R cable Assy from Cover switch Assy.

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-29

3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

When closing Maintenance cover, confirm that the sensor indicates closed status in self-diagnosis
function of [Check2:Test]-[Test4:Sensor]-[Sen 6:M.cover R].
"5.5.4 Sensor Menu" p.5-12

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-30

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Maintenance Cover (L) section 8. Remove Cover L cable Assy from Cover switch Assy.

1. Remove media.
1
2. Remove Side maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 2
3. Remove Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
4. Remove Maintenance cover U_L.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-8
5. Remove flushing box (oposite side of origin).
6. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Pan holder.
No. Part name
1
1 Cover switch Assy
2 2 Cover L cable Assy

9. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cover switch Assy.

3 3 1

No. Name
1 Flushing Box
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8 2
4 Pan holder
No. Part name
7. Remove Pan holder. 1 Maintenance cover L sensor Assy
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M2 ×12

10. Replace Cover switch Assy.

11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
12. Perform various adjustment.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-31

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

(3) Front Cover section 4. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Switch cover R.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 1

1

Name Maintenan Remarks 2

ce Part No.
Cover Switch Assy " Exploded View Cover Assy1(Front)" p.11-
DG-42956
16

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP
No. Part name
The procedure to remove Cover switch Assy for Front cover is the same for both R and L.
This section describes the procedure to replace R. 1 Switch cover R
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
1. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 5. Remove Switch cover R.

2. Remove Cover R cable Assy from Cover switch Assy. 6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cover switch Assy.

3. Remove Cable of Cover switch Assy from clamps.

2
3
1
2

No. Name
1 Switch cover R
3 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M2 × 12
3 Square nut
No. Part name
1 Cover switch Assy 7. Replace Cover switch Assy.
2 Cover R cable Assy

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-32

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE
When reassembling Cover switch Assy, make sure to place it in the appropriate direction.
Cover open error is displayed when reassembling to the opposite direction.

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

9. Perform various adjustment.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy P.3-33

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

3.3.4 Replacing Cover R cable Assy No. Name

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 2 Cover R cable Assy

Name Maintenan Remarks 7. Remove Cover R cable Assy from MAIN Board Assy （J13） .
ce Part No.
Cover R Cable Assy " Exploded View Cover Assy2(Rside)" p.11-
DG-42956
17

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side top cover R. 1

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 1
2. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
3. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
4. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
No. Name
5. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23 1 Cover R cable Assy

6. Remove Cover R cable Assyfrom Cover switch Assy. 2 MAIN Board Assy

8. Remove Cable of Cover R cable Assy from the clamps on the path.
For Front Cover 1 For Maintenance Cover R
9. Replace Cover R cable Assy.
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2 11. Perform various adjustment.

2
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

No. Name
1 Connector

3.3.4 Replacing Cover R cable Assy P.3-34

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy 6. Remove Paper guide R (lower).

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
7. Remove Cover L cable Assy from Cover switch Assy （Front cover sensor,Maintenance cover L
sensor.
Name Maintenan Remarks "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy" p.3-29
ce Part No.
8. Remove Cover L cable Assy from MAIN Board Assy （J14） .
Cover L Cable Assy " Exploded View Cover Assy3(L side))" p.11-
DG-43033
18

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side top cover L.

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove Flushing box (opposite side of the origin).
1
3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Pan holder.

No. Name

3 1 Cover R cable Assy

3
2 MAIN Board Assy

9. Remove Cable of Cover L cable Assy from clamps on the path.

4
10. Replace Cover L cable Assy.
11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
No. Name
1 Flushing Box
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
4 Pan holder

4. Remove Pan holder.

5. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21

3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy P.3-35

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan 3. Remove Exhaust fan from Exhaust fan cable.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 2
1
Vacuum Fan " Exploded View Cover Assy1(Front)" p.11-
DG-40311
16

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

No. Name
TIP
1 Exhaust fan
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Vacuum Fan.
In this section, it is referred to as Exhaust fan. 2 Exhaust fan cable

4. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the Exhaust fan.

1. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Exhaust fan cover. 1
1

2 2

2
2

2 2

No. Name
1 Exhaust fan
No. Name
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer 4 × 40
1 Exhaust fan cover
5. Replace Exhaust fan.
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

2. Open front cover.

3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan P.3-36

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE
Install Exhaust fan so that the ventilator faces the slit (gap) of Exhaust fan cover.

Ventilator Slit

6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan P.3-37

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1624E-M-03

3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan cable Assy

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
Do not touch T fence.
If it has dust or scratches, it may affect print quality.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
6. Remove Exhaust fan cable Assy from clamps on the path.
Exhaust Fan Cable Assy " Exploded View Cover Assy1(Front)" p.11-
DG-43032
16 7. Remove Exhaust fan cable Assy from JUNCTION Board Assy （J2).

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
1

1. Remove Top cover.

"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-17
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 2
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
4. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
5. Remove cable of Exhaust fan from Exhaust fan cable Assy.
No. Name
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
2 Connector of Exhaust fan cable Assy
2
1 8. Replace Exhaust fan cable Assy.
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 Exhaust fan
2 Exhaust fan cable Assy

3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan cable Assy P.3-38

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4 Replacing Board Base

This section describes the procedure to replace Power supply, Board, etc.

Boards are arranged as follows.

Inside of media guide F (upper) Inside of board box

4
3

No. Name
1 HEATER RELAY Board Assy
2 HEATER CONT Board Assy
3 Power Board Assy
4 MAIN Board Assy

3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan cable Assy P.3-39

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.1 Opening Board box

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove AC Cables from the printer.

2. Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining Board box.

CAUTION
If you remove the screws retaining Board box, box opens downwards because of its
weight. Remove last screw while holding box by hand, or you may get injured.

1 1

No. Name
1 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2 Board box

3. Open Board box downwards.

4. To close unit, reverse opening procedure.

3.4.1 Opening Board box P.3-40

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy 4. Remove Power board Assy.

5. Replace Power board Assy.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Power Board Assy DG-43172 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION
If Power board Assy needs to be removed, remove Power cable and wait for 5
minutes or more before dismounting the Assy; this will discharge the residual
electrical charge of the electrolytic capacitor.
Touching Board before capacitor discharges may cause electric shock.

1. Open Board box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Remove connectors that are connected to Power board Assy.
3. Remove the screws (9 pieces) retaining Power board Assy.

No. Name
1 Power Board Assy
2 Cup screw M3 × 6

3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy P.3-41

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. No. Connec # of Color Connect to Remark
tor No. Pins
1 J1 - - Config CN Not in use
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 2 J2 - - FEED-M Unpopulated
HEATER CONT Board 2 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9 3 J3 - - FEED-S Unpopulated
DG-41105
Assy
4 J4 - - WIND-M Unpopulated
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
5 J5 - - WIND-S Unpopulated
products
6 J6 - - HEATER RELAY Board Assy (J3) FFC
7 J7 - - - FFC
TIP
8 J8 4 White - -
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, HEATER CONT Board 2Assy.
9 J9 8 Gray - Not in use
In this section, it is referred to as HEATER CONT Board Assy. 10 J10 8 Gray MAIN Board Assy(J6) -
11 J11 - - - Unpopulated
12 J12 - - - Unpopulated
CAUTION 13 J13 - - Unpopulated
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type cables, pull out 14 J14 - - Unpopulated
Power cable and leave it for a while.
If Power cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock 15 J15 - - Unpopulated
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge. 16 J16 - - Unpopulated
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements. 17 J17 - - Unpopulated
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of 18 J18 - - Unpopulated
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
19 J19 8 White MAIN Board Assy(J34） -
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. 20 J20 - - - Unpopulated
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors,
21 J21 - - - Unpopulated
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure 22 J22 2 White Terminal Stand -
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC 23 J23 2 White HEATER RELAY Board Assy (J1) -
is not plugged obliquely.

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19
2. Remove following connectors from HEATER CONT Board Assy.

3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy P.3-42

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining HEATER CONT Board Assy.

2 2

No. Name
1 HEATER CONT Board Assy
2 Cup screwM3 × 6

4. Remove HEATER CONT Board Assy.

5. Replace HEATER CONT Board Assy.
6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
7. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
8. Install the latest firmware on HEATER CONT Board Assy.
"4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software" p.4-5

3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy P.3-43

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. No. Conn # of Pins Color Connect to Remark
ector
No.
Name Maintenan Remarks
1 J1 2 White HEATER CONT Board Assy (J23) -
ce Part No.
2 J2 4 White Plt_Heat 1 Platen heater (the
HEATER RELAY 3 Board " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9
DG-43169 origin side)
Assy
3 J3 40 Black HEATER CONT Board Assy(J6) FFC
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 4 J4 2 White - Not in Use
5 J5 4 White Plt_Heat 2 Platen heater
(opposite side of the
TIP origin)
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, HEATER RELAY 3 Board Assy. 6 J6 2 White AC Inlet -

In this section, it is referred to as HEATER RELAY Board Assy. 7 J7 2 White Pre_Heat 1 Pre-heater
8 J8 2 White Pre_Heat 2 Pre Heater
9 J9 4 White Aft_Heat After Heater

CAUTION 10 J10 2 Blue Cooling FAN -

11 J11 - - - -
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type cables, pull out
Power cable and leave it for a while. 12 J12 2 White Platen_Thrm 1 Thermistor for
If Power cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock Platen heater (the
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge. origin side)
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
13 J13 2 Black Platen_Thrm 2 Thermistor for
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements.
Platen heater
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of (opposite side of the
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled). origin)
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. 14 J14 - - - -
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors, 15 J15 2 Red Pre_Thrm 1 Thermistor for pre-
causing a breakdown of on-board devices. heater (the origin
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure side)
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely.
16 J16 2 Yello Pre_Thrm 2 Thermistor for pre-
w heater (opposite side
of the origin)
1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper). 17 J17 3 White Aft_Thrm 1 Thermistor for After
"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19 Heater (the origin
side)
2. Remove following connectors from HEATER RELAY Board Assy.

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy P.3-44

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

No. Conn # of Pins Color Connect to Remark

ector
No.
18 J18 3 Black Aft_Thrm 2 Thermistor for After
Heater (opposite
side of the origin)
19 J19 3 Red Rev 1_Thrm Unpopulated
20 J20 3 Yello Rev 2_Thrm Unpopulated
w

3. Remove Hexagonal spacers (6 pieces) retaining HEATER RELAY Board Assy.

No. Name
1 HEATER RELAY Board Assy
2 Cup screwM3 × 6

4. Remove HEATER RELAY Board Assy.

5. Replace HEATER RELAY Board Assy.
6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy P.3-45

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.5 Replacing CNT-relay FFC 2. Remove CNT-relay FFC.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2 3

ce Part No.
CNT-relay FFC1(VJ26) DG-40321 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9 1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, CNT-relay FFC1 (VJ26).
No. Name
In this section, it is referred to as CNT-relay FFC.
1 CNT-relay FFC
2 HEATER RELAY Board Assy
3 HEATER CONT Board Assy
CAUTION
• Before replacing FFC, unplug Power cable and leave it for a while. If Power cable 3. Replace CNT-relay FFC.
is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock or damaged to 4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
Board due to residual electrical charge.
• When handling Board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands. The
element might be destroyed by static electricity.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely.

1. Remove Paper guide F (upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19

3.4.5 Replacing CNT-relay FFC P.3-46

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.6 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy 10. Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from HEATER CONT board Assy.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 1

ce Part No.
CNT_PS Cable Assy DG-43035 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9 2
" Electric Wiring Diagram" p.11-3

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19 No. Name
2. Remove IH cover. 1 CNT_PS Cable Assy
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
2 HEATER CONT board
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 11. Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
4. Remove Subtank cover R. 12. Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from MAIN board Assy.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
6. Remove rear side cover.
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
2
7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
1
8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
9. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 No. Name
1 CNT_PS Cable Assy
2 MAIN board Assy

13. Replace CNT_PS Cable Assy.

14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.6 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy P.3-47

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.7 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 2
Terminal_Block_CNT DG-43029 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9
Cable Assy " Electric Wiring Diagram" p.11-3

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper). No. Name

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19 1 Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy
2. Remove IH cover.
2 HEATER CONT board
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 11. Remove Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 12. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining terminal block_CNT Cable Assy to terminal block.
4. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 1
3
6. Remove rear side cover.
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21 2
8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
9. Open Board Box. No. Name
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 1 Screw
10. Remove Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy from HEATER CONT board Assy. 2 Terminal Block
3 Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy

13. Replace Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy.

14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.7 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy P.3-48

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.8 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） 4. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling FAN Bracket.
1
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cooling Fan 24V Assy DG-42943 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4 3

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP 2

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Cooling FAN (24V) Assy. No. Name

In this section, it is referred to as Cooling FAN. 1 Cooling FAN Bracket

2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
3 Clamps
1. Open Board box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 4 Cable of Cooling FAN

2. Remove connector of Cooling FAN from MAIN Board Assy （J30). 5. Remove Cooling FAN bracket.

NOTE
There is Cable inside Cooling FAN bracket. Do not pull it hard and disconnect it.
1

No. Name
1 Connector of Cooling FAN
2 MAIN Board Assy

3. Remove Cable of Cooling FAN from clamps.

3.4.8 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） P.3-49

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling FAN.

No. Name
1 Cooling FAN
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 30
3 Cooling FAN bracket

7. Replace Cooling FAN.

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
• When reassembling Cooling FAN, note the direction of label attached to Fan.
If it is reassembled on the opposite direction (inside/outside), the direction of ventilation
reverses
• Make sure that Cable does not get nipped.

3.4.8 Replacing Cooling FAN(For MAIN Board Assy） P.3-50

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN{in Paper guide F (Upper)} No. Name

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Cooling FAN
2 Cooling FAN mounting plate
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 3 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 6

Cooling Fan 24V Assy DF-49022 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9
4. Remove Cooling FAN bracket.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 5. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling FAN.
products
1

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Cooling FAN (24V) Assy.

In this section, it is referred to as Cooling FAN.

1. Remove Paper guide F(Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19
2
2. Remove connector of Cooling FAN from HEATER RELAY 3 Board （J10).

No. Name
NOTE 1 Cooling FAN
Cable of Cooling FAN is a stranded wire of red and black. 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 30

6. Replace Cooling.
3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling FAN mounting plate.
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
2 1

NOTE
When reassembling Cooling FAN, note the direction of label attached to Fan.
If it is reassembled on the opposite direction (inside/outside), the direction of ventilation
reverses.

3 4

3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN{in Paper guide F (Upper)} P.3-51

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.10 Replacing SODIMM 2. Open blue lock where both side of SODIMM to both sides

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 3 3

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
SODIMM128M Assy DF-49715 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 2

products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, SODIMM 128M Assy.
1
In this section, it is referred to as SODIMM.

No. Name
1 SODIMM
CAUTION 2 MAIN Board Assy
When handling Board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands. The element 3 Lock retaining the SODIMM
might be destroyed by static electricity.
3. Remove SODIMM.
4. Replace SODIMM.
1. Open Board box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
NOTE
Push in the SODIMM following notches until it clicks.

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.10 Replacing SODIMM P.3-52

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy 2. Change MSA to Technician mode.

"(11) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-14
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
3. Select “Board replacement wizard“ on the main window of MSA.
"4.3.10 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-25
Name Maintenan Remarks Follow the “Board Replacement Wizard“ afterwards.
ce Part No. Proceed Step 4 when “Attachment and Diagnosis of the alternative board“ window is
displayed.
MAIN Board Assy DG-42958 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type cables, unplug
Power cable and leave it for a while.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators 4. Open Board box.
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge. "3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements. 5. Remove SODIMM.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of "3.4.10 Replacing SODIMM" p.3-52
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in NOTE
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices. Make sure not to lose removed SODIMM that will be mounted to replaced MAIN board
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure Assy.
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely.
• Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.Dispose of used 6. Remove the following connectors from the MAIN Board Assy.
batteries according to the instructions.

Connect # of Color Connect to Remark

or No. Pins
J1 14 White Power Supply Not in Use
NOTE
J2 6 Black System Fpga Config_CN Not in Use
To replace MAIN Board Assy, MSA (MUTOH Service Assistance) which is compatible with
VJ1624 is required. J3 144 Black 128MB SODIMM -
• When replacing MAIN board Assy, Be sure you are using MSA (MUTOH J4 6 Black CLKDV JTAG Not in Use
Service Assistance) software and follow the board replacement wizard.
"4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software" p.4-5 J5 28 Black Panel unit (J1) FFC
J6 8 Silver LAN -

1. Excecute the MSA. J7 - - Option_IF Unpopulated

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy P.3-53

3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

Connect # of Color Connect to Remark Connect # of Color Connect to Remark

or No. Pins or No. Pins
J8 - - Option_IF Unpopulated J44 8 Black ISP JTAG Not in Use
J9 30 Black CR BoardAssy (J203) FFC J45 - - POW Unpopulated
J10 30 Black CR BoardAssy (J202) FFC J46 4 White HEATER CONT Board 2Assy(J19) -
J11 30 Black CR BoardAssy (J201) FFC J47 20 Power Board Assy[CN301] -
J12 4 White PFencoderAssy - J48 30 Black CR BoardAssy (J215) FFC
J13 - - USB Not in Use J49 - - USB （Colorimeter） Not in Use
J20 2 White PF Motor - J50 - - - Unpopulated
J21 3 White CR Motor Assy - J51 - - - Unpopulated
J22 4 White Wiper Solenoid Not in Use J52 - - - Unpopulated
J23 2 White Ink Pump Motor - J53 - - - Unpopulated
J24 3 White CR origin sensor （Photo interrupter） - J54 3 Black Maintenance R sensor -

J25 2 White Vacuum Fan Assy1 - J55 3 Red Maintenance L sensor -

J26 2 White Vacuum Fan Assy2 - J56 - - Motor driver IF Unpopulated

J27 3 Black Wiper origin sensor - J57 - - - Unpopulated

J28 2 Red Vacuum Fan Assy3 - J58 - - - Unpopulated

J29 2 Yellow Vacuum Fan Assy4 -

J30 3 Blue Lever sensor -
J32 2 White Cooling FAN_1 (5V) Not in Use
J33 3 Red Waste Fluid Switch -
J36 2 Red Cooling FAN 2 (24V) -
J37 - - - Unpopulated
J38 3 White F Cover R sensor Assy -
J39 - - - Unpopulated
J40 3 Blue Inter lock CableAssy -
J41 5 Black Debug CN Not in Use
J42 4 Black P_REAR sensor Assy -
J43 8 Silver LDVS → [HEATER CONT Board 2 LAN
Assy (J10)]

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy P.3-54

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

7. Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining MAIN board Assy.

No. Name
1 MAIN Board Assy
2 Cup screw M3 × 6

8. Remove MAIN Board Assy.

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
The window returns to Board Replacement Wizard. Follow the instructions displayed
on the “Attachment and Diagnosis of the alternative board“.
"4.3.10 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-25
When “Termination“ window is displayed, the wizard ends.

10. Set the various settings.

Make the settings according to the board replacement pattern.
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement
pattern" p.4-27

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy P.3-55

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.12 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
MAIN_DC Cable Assy DG-42993 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Remove MAIN_DC Cable Assy from MAIN board and Power board.

3
2

No. Name
1 MAIN_DC Cable Assy
2 Power board
3 MAIN board

3. Remove MAIN_DC Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

4. Replace MAIN_DC Cable Assy.
5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.12 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy P.3-56

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.13 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy 10. Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
MAIN-CNT Cable Assy DF-49672 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4 2
" Electric Wiring Diagram" p.11-3

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 1

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19 No. Name
2. Remove IH cover. 1 MAIN-CNT Cable Assy
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
2 MAIN board
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 11. Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
4. Remove Subtank cover R. 12. Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from HEATER CONT board.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
6. Remove rear side cover.
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
2
7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21 1
8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
9. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 No. Name
1 HEATER CONT board
2 MAIN-CNT Cable Assy

13. Replace MAIN-CNT Cable Assy.

14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.13 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy P.3-57

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.14 Replacing FUSE (H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy 10. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining FUSE (H side) - RLY AC Cable Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
FUSE (H side) - RLY AC DG-43040 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4 2
Cable Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper). No. Name

"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19
1 FUSE (H side) - RLY AC Cable Assy
2. Remove IH cover.
2 Screw (for retaining)
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
3. Remove Side Maintenance cover R. 11. Remove FUSE (H side) - RLY AC Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 12. Remove FUSE (H side) - RLY AC Cable Assy from HEATER RELAY board.
4. Remove Subtank cover R.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
1
5. Remove Side Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
6. Remove rear side cover. 2
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
7. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
8. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
No. Name
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
9. Open Board Box. 1 HEATER RELAY board
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 2 FUSE (H side) - RLY AC Cable Assy

13. Replace FUSE (H side) - RLY AC Cable Assy

14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.

3.4.14 Replacing FUSE (H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy P.3-58

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.15 Replacing Fuse 4

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 3

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Fuse DF-49683 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
1

CAUTION
• Before replacing the fuse, make sure to unplug Power cable. 2
There is a possibility of receiving an electric shock by residual electric charge.
• When replacing fuses, install the fuse which conforms to the specifications (250V- No. Name
15A, φ10.31 mm x 38.1 mm).
• There are fuses on the Live path and Neutral path behind AC inlet. 1 Fuse (MAIN side)
2 Fuse (HEATER side)
3 Fuse holder (MAIN side)
1. Open Board box.
4 Fuse holder (HEATER side)
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Replace the blown fuses. 3. Replace the blown fuses.
• There are 2 fuses per power source (4 in total).
CAUTION 4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

Don’t touch Cap of a fuse with bare hands.

TIP
The fuses are called F1, F2, F3, and F4 from the left. Their functions are as follows.

No. 役割
F1 MAIN LIVE
F2 MAIN NEUTRAL
F3 HEATER 1 LIVE
F4 HEATER 1 NEUTRAL

3.4.15 Replacing Fuse P.3-59

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.16 Replacing AC Inlet 3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining AC inlet.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

1

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
AC Inlet Assy DG-43177 " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION
Before replacing AC inlet, make sure to unplug Power cable.
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
2

No. Name

(1) Replacing AC Inlet （For MAIN Board Assy） 1 AC Inlet

1. Open Board box. 2 Countersunk head screw M3 × 6

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
4. Remove AC inlet from outside.
2. Remove connectors (3 pieces).
5. Replace AC inlet .
6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2
1

No. Name
1 AC Inlet
2 Connector

3.4.16 Replacing AC Inlet P.3-60

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Replacing AC Inlet (For Heater) No. Name

1. Open Board box. 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Remove connectors (3 pieces). 4. Remove AC inlet from inside.
5. Replace AC inlet.
6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2
1

No. Name
1 AC Inlet
2 Connector

3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining AC inlet.

No. Name
1 AC Inlet

3.4.16 Replacing AC Inlet P.3-61

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.17 AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
(2) AC Inlet (MAIN side)
AC Inlet (MAIN side)- " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4
DG-43039 1. Open Board box.
Fuse Box Cable Assy
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 2. Remove Connector (2 pieces).
3. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cables.
(1) AC Inlet (Heater side)
3
1. Open Board box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Remove Connectors （2 pieces） .
3. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cables.

No. Name
1 AC Inlet
1
2 Connector
2 3 screw (for retaining)

No. Name 4. Replace AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy.

1 AC Inlet
NOTE
2 Connector
Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.
3 screw (for retaining)

4. Replace AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy.

3.4.17 AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy P.3-62

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.18 Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy 7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

NOTE
Name Maintenan Remarks Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.
ce Part No.
Terminal Block - Power " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4
DG-43030
Cable Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Remove Connector of Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy from Power Board （CN001).
3. Remove Termimnal Block-Power Cable Assy from clamps.
4. Remove Connectors (2 pieces).
5. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cables.

5
3

No. Name
1 Power Board Assy
2 Clamps
3 Terminal Block － Power Cable Assy
4 Screw (for retaining)
5 Terminal Block

6. Replace Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy.

3.4.18 Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy P.3-63

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.19 Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy 4. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cables.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Fuse-Terminal Block " Exploded View Board Box" p.11-4
DG-43025
Cable Assy
2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40 No. Name

2. Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cables. 1 Screw (for retaining)

3 2 Terminal Block

5. Remove Cables from clamps on Cable protecting plate.

1 1
1
2

No. Name
1
1 Clamps
2 Cable protecting plate
2

No. Name
1 Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy
2 Screw (for retaining)

3. Remove Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy.

3.4.19 Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy P.3-64

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

6. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Cable protector on the side surface of Board box (on the
front side).

No. Name
1 Tappinng screwM3 × 6 　 Stight cup
2 Cable protecting Plate

7. Remove Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

8. Replace Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy.
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cable protector on the side surface of Board box (on
the front side).

3.4.19 Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy P.3-65

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION Board Assy No. Connector # of Col Connect to Remark
No. Pins ors
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
2 J2 2 Whi Exhaust FAN -
te
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 3 J3 8 Whi 2 way solenoid -
te
JUNCTION Board Assy " Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank)" p.11-
DG-42966 4 J4 6 Whi Sub Tank H/L sensor （K) -
15
te
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 5 J5 6 Whi SubtankH/L sensor （C) -
te
6 J6 6 Whi SubtankH/L sensor （M) -
CAUTION te
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type cables, unplug 7 J7 6 Whi SubtankH/L sensor （Y) -
Power cable and leave it for a while. te
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge. 8 J8 4 Whi INK SLOT1 　 (K) Cartridge NOT/END
te sensor
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements. 9 J9 4 Whi INK_SLOT2 （C) Cartridge NOT/END
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of te sensor
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled). 10 J10 4 Whi INK_SLOT3 （M) Cartridge NOT/END
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it te sensor
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices. 11 J11 4 Whi INK_SLOT4 （Y) Cartridge NOT/END
te sensor
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC 12 J12 3 Red Waste fluid sensor -
is not plugged obliquely.
13 J13 3 Whi Wiper sensor -
te
14 J14 3 Whi CR origin sensor -
1. Remove IH cover. te
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
15 J15 3 Whi Lever sensor -
2. Remove Subtank cover. te
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
16 J16 5 Whi INK ID Board （K) -
3. Remove connector connects to JUNCTION Board Assy. te
17 J17 5 Whi INK ID Board （C) -
No. Connector # of Col Connect to Remark te
No. Pins ors 18 J18 5 Whi INK ID Board （M) -
1 J1 30 - MAIN Board Assy JUNC_FFC te

3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION Board Assy P.3-66

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

No. Connector # of Col Connect to Remark

No. Pins ors
19 J19 5 Whi INK ID Board （Y) -
te
20 J20 8 Whi MAIN Board Assy JUNC_ID Cable Assy
te

4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining JUNCTIONBoard Assy.

2 2

No. Name
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
2 Cup screwM3 × 6

5. Replace JUNCTION Board Assy.

6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION Board Assy P.3-67

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.21 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable Assy 7. Remove JUNC_ID Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 8. Remove JUNC_IDCableAssy （J21) from MAIN board Assy.
9. Replace JUNC_ID Cable Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks 10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
ce Part No.
JUNC_ID Cable Assy " Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank)" p.11-
DG-43009
15

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
2. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
3. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
4. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
5. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
6. Remove JUNC_ID Cable Assy from JUNCTION Board Assy.

No. Name
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
2 JUNC_ID Cable Assy (J20)

3.4.21 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable Assy P.3-68

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC Assy 6. Remove JUNC_FFC Assy (J1)from JUNCTION Board Assy.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 1

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
JUNC_FFC Assy " Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank)" p.11-
DG-43037 15
" JUNC_FFC Folding instruction" p.11-27

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

2
CAUTION
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type cables, unplug No. Name
Power cable and leave it for a while.
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge. 2 JUNC_FFCAssy
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements. 7. Remove JUNC_FFC Assy from Flat Cable clip （2 pieces） .
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely.

1
1. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
2. Remove Subtank cover. 2
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
No. Name
3. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21 1 JUNC_FFC Assy

4. Remove Paper guide R (lower). 2 Flat Cable clip

"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
8. Remove JUNC_FFCAssy from Clamps on the path.
5. Open Board box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC Assy P.3-69

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

9. Remove JUNC_FFC Assy （J19) from MAIN board Assy.

No. Name
1 JUNC_ID CableAssy
2 Clamps
3 MAIN Board Assy

10. Replace JUNC_FFC Assy.

" JUNC_FFC Folding instruction" p.11-27
11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC Assy P.3-70

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1624E-M-03

3.4.23 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
MAIN_DC Cable Assy DG-42993 " Exploded View　Board BOX" p.Ex-4

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Board Box.

"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
2. Remove MAIN_DC Cable Assy from MAIN board and Power board.

3
2

No. Name
1 MAIN_DC Cable Assy
2 Power board
3 MAIN board

3. Remove MAIN_DC Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

4. Replace MAIN_DC Cable Assy.
5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.4.23 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy P.3-71

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5 Replacing X Rail Section 2. Loosen the screws (4 pieces） retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed Reduction
Belt from PF Motor.
This section describes the procedure to replace X rail section.
2
3
3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
X speed Reduction Belt " Exploded View X Rail Assy 3( PF Section)" 4
DG-43883
p.11-6

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Tension gauge Generic Max:40N(4,080gf)
products

2 1
CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor. No. Name
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself.
1 PF Motor
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
1. Remove Side Maintenance cover. 3 X speed reduction belt
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 4 PF Motor mounting plate

3. Remove the screws(3 pieces） retaining Grid Roller Presser.

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt P.3-72

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

2 No. Name
1 PF Scale Presser
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 8
3 PF encoder scale

1 4 PF Thrust spring

7. Remove PF Scale Presser.

8. Remove PF Encoder Scale.

NOTE
2
• When removing peripherals of PF encoder scale, do not deform PF encoder scale. Doing
so may affect print result.
No. Name
• When removing Encoder scale holder and PF encoder scale, wear gloves. Do not damage
1 Grid Roller Presser Encoder scale.
2 Tappinng screwM4 × 8
9. Replace X speed reduction belt.
4. Remove Grid Roller Presser.
5. PF Thrust Spring.
6. Remove the screws （4pieces） retaining PF Scale Presser.
2
2

1
4 No. Name
3 1 X speed reduction belt

10. Reassemble PF encoder scale.

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt P.3-73

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

15. To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.

NOTE • Hook Tension Gauge on PF Mounting Plate. （See the figure below.）
When reassembling PF encoder scale, make sure that characters printed to PF encoder scale • Pull Tension Gauge horizontally.Fully tighten the screws(4 pieces) which were lightly
reverse. tighten in the step 10 at 34.3N ± 3.4N （3500 ｇ ± 350 ｇ ） indicated on the scale.
If the characters are read ordinary, there may be a risk of reducing readout accuracy of PF
encoder.

Installation location
OK NG of Tension gauge
Tension gauge

Pull it sideways

Reversed

NOTE
Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF Motor.

11. Reassemble PF Scale presser.

16. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.
12. Reassemble PF thrust spring.
13. Assemble X speed reduction belt to PF Motor Assy.
14. Check if X speed reduction belt is put around correctly.

OK NG

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt P.3-74

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder Assy

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
4
Name Maintenan Remarks 3
ce Part No.
PF Encoder Assy " Exploded View X Rail Assy 3( PF Section)"
DG-43011
p.11-6
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 5
＋ Driver No.1 Generic For M2.6 screw
products 2

No. Name
TIP
1 PF Encoder Mounting Plate
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, PF Encoder Assy.
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
In this section, it is referred to as PF Encoder.
3 Cable of PF Encoder
4 Clamps
5 PF Encoder
CAUTION
After printing for a period of time, the motor gets very hot. DO not touch the motor to 8. Remove the screws(2 pieces） retaining PF Encoder.
avoid burning yourself.

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
2. Remove Rear ｓ ide cover. 2
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11 1
3. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
4. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
5. Open Board box. No. Name
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40
1 PF encoder
6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining PF Encoder Mounting Plate.
2 Tappinng screw M2.6 × 6
7. Remove PF Encoder Cable from the clamp.

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder Assy P.3-75

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

9. Remove PF Encoder Assy Cable from the clamp on the path.

10. Remove PF Encoder Assy Connector from MAIN Board Assy(J24).
11. Replace PF encoder Assy.
12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
Pay attention to the following points when installing PF Encoder
Mounting Plate.
• PF Encoder Scale is placed near the center of PF Encoder.
• PF Encoder Scale is not in contact with PF Encoder.
• PF Scale Guide is not deforming PF Encoder Scale.
• PF Encoder Scale is not in contact with PF Encoder even when rotating Grid Roller.

OK No Contact NG
PF Encoder scale

PF Encoder Assy

No distortion
PF scale guide

• If the installed PF Encoder Mounting Plate looks like one of the “NG” examples above,
adjust its installation position.
• After replacing PF encoder Assy, rotate Grid roller several times to check if Encoder
scale is not distorted.If it is distorted, reinstall PF encoder Assy.

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder Assy P.3-76

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor Assy 3. Loosen the screws (4 pieces） retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed Reduction
Belt from PF Motor.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
2
3
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
PF Motor Assy " Exploded View X Rail Assy 3( PF Section)"
DF-49020
p.11-6

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 4
Tension gauge Generic Max:40N(4,080gf)
products

CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, the motor gets very hot.
Do not touch the motor to avoid burning yourself. 2 1

No. Name
1. Initialize PF Motor counter. 1 PF Motor Assy
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-57
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 3 X speed reduction belt
4 PF motor mounting plate

4. Remove the screws (4pieces) retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate.

3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor Assy P.3-77

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

5. Remove PF Motor Assy Connector. 8. Replace PF Motor Assy.

2 2

1
1 3

No. Name
2
1 PF motor mounting plate
No. Name
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
1 PF motor mounting plate
3 PF Motor Assy
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
9. Fix PF Motor to PF Motor Mounting Plate.
3 PF motor Assy connector

6. Remove PF Motor Assy (with PF Motor Mounting Plate still fixed). NOTE
Before fixing PF Motor Assy, make sure that PF Motor Cable and the bent side of PF Motor
Mounting Plate are on the same side. （See the figure below.）

PF Motor Cable

PF Motor Assy The bent side of

PF Motor Mounting Plate

7. Remove the screws (2 pieces） retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate.

3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor Assy P.3-78

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

10. Lightly tighten the screws (4 pieces) retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate to install X Speed 12. To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.
Reduction Belt is correctly installed on PF Motor Assy. • Hook Tension Gauge on PF Mounting Plate. （See the figure below.）
2 • Pull Tension Gauge horizontally.Fully tighten the screws(4 pieces) which were lightly
3 tighten in the step 11 at 34.3N ± 3.4N （3500 ｇ ± 350 ｇ ） indicated on the scale.

Installation location
of Tension gauge
4
Tension gauge

Pull it sideways

1 NOTE
2
Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF Motor.
No. Name
1 PF Motor Assy 13. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 X speed reduction belt
4 PF motor mounting plate

11. Make sure that X Speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.

OK NG

3.5.3 Replacing PF Motor Assy P.3-79

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.4 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction

2
Pulley
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1
PF-ENC Scale " Exploded View X Rail Assy 3( PF Section)"
DG-43020
p.11-6
PF speed reduction pulley " Exploded View X Rail Assy 3( PF Section)"
DG-42991
Assy p.11-6

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 2
Tension gauge Generic Max:40N(4,080gf)
products
No. Name
1 Grid roller presser
TIP 2 Tappinng screwM4 × 8
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, PF-ENC scale and X
Speed Reduction Pulley. 3. Remove Grid Roller Presser.
In this section, they are referred to as PF Encoder Scale and PF Speed Reduction Pulley. 4. PF Thrust Spring.
5. Remove the screws （4pieces） retaining PF Scale Presser.

CAUTION 2

After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.

Motor is hot and you may burn yourself.

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover. 1

4
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
3
2. Remove the screws(3 pieces） retaining Grid Roller Presser.

3.5.4 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley P.3-80

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

No. Name NOTE

1 PF scale presser
Pay attention to the following points when installing PF Encoder Scale.
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 8 • Make sure that the printed letters on PF Encoder Scale are inverted.
3 PF encoder scale If PF Encoder Scale is installed incorrectly as shown in the “NG” sample below, the
reading accuracy of PF Encoder may be reduced.
4 PF thrust spring

6. Remove PF Scale Presser. OK NG

7. Remove PF Encoder Scale.

TIP
When replacing PF speed reduction pulley, refer to the step 11 onward.
Reversed

8. Attach the new PF Encoder Scale.

• After installing, rotate PF Encoder Scale a few times to fit it to Grid Roller.

Encoder Scale

Grid Roller

9. Install PF Scale Presser.When installing PF Scale Presser, make sure that the engraved side is
facing outward.
10. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.

3.5.4 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley P.3-81

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

12. Remove X speed reduction belt from PF speed reduction pulley.

NOTE
After fixing PF Scale presser, Rotate Grid Roller a few times to make sure that Encoder Scale
is not distorted.
If Encoder Scale is distorted, reinstall PF Encoder Scale.
2

11. Loosen the screws (4 pieces） retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed Reduction 1
Belt from PF Motor.

2
3
No. Name
1 X speed reduction belt
2 PF speed reduction pulley

13. Remove C ring.

4 14. Replace PF speed reduction pulley.

2 1
2
No. Name
1 PF motor Assy
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 X speed reduction belt
4 PF Motor mounting plate No. Name
1 C ring
2 PF speed reduction pulley

15. Fronm this point on ,to reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
16. Perform various adjustment. "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.5.4 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley P.3-82

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor 5. Remove connector of P_ Rear Sensor from MAIN Board Assy.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 1

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
P_REAR Sensor Assy DG-43010 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 2

＋ Driver No.1 Generic For M2 screw

products

TIP
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, P_REAR Sensor No. Name
Assy.
• In this section, it is referred to as P_Rear Sensor. 1 Connector of P_Rear Sensor
• P_RAER sensor Assy is located near the center of X rail.(Paintless part of Grid roller) 2 MAIN Board Assy

1. Remove media.
TIP
2. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
Cable of P_Rear Sensor Assy is a stranded wire of Red, Black, blue, orange.
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
3. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
6. Remove P_Rear Sensor from the clamps on the path.
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
4. Open Board box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor P.3-83

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

7. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining R sensor bracket. 8. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining P_Rear Sensor to R sensor bracket.

1 1

3
2

No. Name 3
1 P_Rear Sensor
No. Name
2 R sensor bracket
1 P_Rear Sensor
3 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
2 Cup screwM2 × 5
3 R sensor bracket

9. Replace P_Rear Sensor.

10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
11. Perform various adjustment. "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor P.3-84

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor Cable 8. Remove Lever sensor Cablefrom Lever sensor.
1
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
CR_HP Sensor, Lever " Exploded View X Rail Assy2" p.11-5
DF-49471
Sensor
Lever Sensor Cable Assy DG-43026 " Exploded View X Rail Assy2" p.11-5

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
2
＋ Driver No.1 Generic For M2 screw
products
No. Name
1 Lever sensor
TIP
2 Lever sensor Cable
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, CR_HP Sensor and
Lever Sensor.
In this section, they are referred to as Lever Sensor. TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, Lever sensor cable
Assy. When replacing Lever sensor Cable, refer to the step 12 onward.
In this section, they are referred to as Lever Sensor cable.
9. Remove Lever sensor tab from rear side of Pressure lever bracket and remove Lever sensor from
Pressure lever bracket.
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7 1

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover. 3

Back side of Lever Sensor
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2
4. Remove Maintenance cover (inner).
"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-164
5. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12 No. Name
6. Remove Subtank cover. 1 Lever sensor
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
2 Pressure lever bracket
7. Lower Pressure lever down.

3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor Cable P.3-85

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

No. Name
3 tab

NOTE
Lever sensor and Pressure lever bracket are bonded with screw locker. Make sure not to
damage Lever sensor when removing them.

10. Replace lever sensor.

NOTE
Apply screw locker to new Lever sensor, and bond to Pressure lever bracket firmly.

11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

12. Remove Lever sensor Cable from clamps on the path.
13. Remove Lever sensor Cable Assy from JUNCTION Board Assy.

1
2

No. Name
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
2 Lever sensor Cable （J15)

14. Replace Lever sensor Cable.

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
16. Perform various adjustment.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor Cable P.3-86

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.7 Replacing Heater, Thermistor 4. Remove IH cover.

"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
5. Remove Subtank cover.
NOTE "3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
Set Heater to the original position without bending. The surface temperature of media 6. Remove Paper guide R (Upper) and reverse.
changes and printing quality becomes poor if heater Assy position is set insufficiently.
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
7. Detach connectors (2 pieces) to Pre-thermistor and connectors (2 pieces) to Pre-heater.
(1) Replacing Pre-heater, Pre-thermistor 1 2
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
VJ16 Pre Heater Assy DG-40351 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9
Termistor Assy DG-43001 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP 3
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, VJ16 Pre Heater Assy
and Thermistor Assy. No. Name
In this section, they are referred to as Pre-heater and Pre-Thermistor.
1 Connectors of Pre-thermistor
2 Connectors of Pre-heater
3 Paper guide R (upper)
NOTE
Pre-heater and Pre-heater insulator are affixed to the backside of Paper guide R (upper) using 8. Remove Pre-heater heat insulator applied over the broken Pre-heater (and Pre-thermistor).
double-faced tape.

TIP
1. Remove Side top cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 Pre-heater heat insulator and Pre-heater are affixed using double-faced tape.

2. Remove Rear ｓ ide cover.

"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12 9. Mark the location of broken Pre-heater (and Pre-thermistor).

3. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10

3.5.7 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-87

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE TIP
Make sure to affix pre-heater (and Pre-thermistor) to correct position. Pre-thermistor is affixed using Thermistor film.
If not, Media guide R doesn't become an appropriate temperature and image quality may be
affected.
4 Back side of Paper Guide R (Upper) 3
10. Remove broken Pre-heater.

3 Back side of Paper Guide R(Upper)

1 2

No. Name
1 2 1 Paper guide R (upper)
2 Pre-thermistor
No. Name
3 Pre-heater heat insulator
1 Paper guide R (upper)
4 Thermistor film
2 Pre-heater
3 Pre-heater heat insulator 14. Replace Pre-thermistor.

11. Replace Pre-heater.

NOTE
• Do not tear Thermistor film when affixing it.
NOTE • Note the side of Pre-thermistor and affix it. The larger area of Pre-thermistor should be
Before affixing Pre-heater, remove grease from adhered surface. The grease weakens the affixed to Media guide R (upper).
adhesive force of Pre-heater and may peel off.

15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

12. Remove Thermistor film.
13. Remove Pre-thermistor.

3.5.7 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-88

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Replacing After Heater, After-Thermistor 3 Back side of Paper Guide F (Upper) 1
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
VJ16 After Heater Assy DG-40350 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9
Termistor Assy DG-43001 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP 2
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, VJ16 After Heater
Assy and Thermistor Assy. No. Name
In this section, they are referred to as After-Heater and After-Thermistor.
1 After Heater heat insulator
2 Connectors to after-thermistor
3 Connectors to After Heater
NOTE
After Heater and After Heater insulator are affixed to the backside of Paper guide F (upper) 3. Remove After Heater insulator affixed over broken After Heater (and after-thermistor).
using double-faced tape.

TIP
1. Remove Paper guide F (Upper) and reverse.
After Heater and After Heater insulator are affixed using double-faced tape.
"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19
2. Detach connectors (2 pieces) to After Heater and connectors (2 pieces) to after-thermistor inside
Media guide F (upper). 4. Mark the location of broken After Heater (and After-thermistor).

NOTE
Affix After Heater to correct position.
If not, Media guide F doesn't become an appropriate temperature and image quality may be
affected.

5. Remove broken After Heater , After Heater heat insulator.

3.5.7 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-89

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

1 Back side of Paper Guide F (Upper) Back side of Paper Guide F (Upper)

2
2 3

No. Name No. Name

1 Paper guide F (upper) 1 Binding small screw M3 × 6

2 After Heater 2 Thermistor holder

3 After Heater insulator 3 After thermistor

6. Replace After Heater , After Heater insulator. 8. Remove Thermistor holder

9. Remove After-thermistor.
10. Replace After-thermistor.
NOTE
11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
Before affixing Platen heater, remove grease from adhered surface.
The grease weakens the adhesive force of Platen heater and may peel off.

7. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Thermistor holder.

3.5.7 Replacing Heater, Thermistor P.3-90

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.8 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、After thermistor relay "3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-8
Assy 3. Remove Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
4. Remove Maintenance cover U_L.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-8
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 5. Remove Paper guide F(upper).
"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19
AFT_T1 Relay Assy DG-43018 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9
6. Remove After Heater connector (2 pieces) and After thermistor connector (2 pieces).
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-43019
1
AFT_H Relay Assy DG-43017 3
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

TIP
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, AFT_H relay Assy.
In this section, they are referred to as After-Heater relay Assy.
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, AFT_T2 relay Assy
and AFT_T1 relay Assy.
In this section, they are referred to as After-Thermistor relay Assy.
• The seal is stuck on the connector of the relay Assy.
4 2
Connected to Seal
（Maintenance part name）
No. Name
Origin side
1 After Thermistor relay Assy
（AFT_H relay Assy） #(#
2 After Thermistor connector
the opposite side of origin
（AFT_H relay Assy） #($ 3 After Heater relay Assy
4 After Heater connector
Orihin side
（AFT_T1 relay Assy） #66* 7. Remove After Heater relay Assy and After Thermistor relay Assy from clamps on the path.
the opposite side of origin 8. Remove After Heater relay Assy and After Thermistor relay Assy from HEATER RELAY board
（AFT_T2 relay Assy） #66* Assy, then replace them.
"3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy" p.3-44
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1. Remove Maintenance Cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
2. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.

3.5.8 Replacing After Heater relay Assy、 After thermistor relay Assy P.3-91
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.9 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay "3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
Assy 2. Remove Rear side cover.
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
3. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 4. Remove Sub tank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
PRE_T1 Relay Assy DG-43022 " Exploded View X Rail Assy 5" p.11-9
5. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
PRE_T2 Relay Assy DG-43023
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
PRE_H1 Relay Assy DG-43020
6. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
PRE_H2 Cable Assy DG-43021 "3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 7. Remove Maintenance cover R,L.

products "3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
8. Remove Paper guide F (Upper).
"3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)" p.3-19
TIP 9. Remove PRE Heater relay Assy or PRE Thermistor relay Assy from stay.
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, PRE_H1 relay
Assy and PRE_H2 cable Assy..
In this section, they are referred to as PRE Heater relay Assy. 5
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, PRE_T2 relay Assy
and PRE_T1 relay Assy.
In this section, they are referred to as PRE Thermistor relay Assy.
• The seal is stuck on the connector of the relay Assy.

Connected to Seal 1
（Maintenance part name） 3
Origin side 4 2
（PRE_H1 relay Assy） 24
the opposite side of origin
（PRE_H2 cable Assy） 24
No. Name
Orihin side 1 Pre Heater relay Assy (the oposite side of origin) connector
（PRE_T1 relay Assy） 246*
2 Pre Thermistor relay Assy (the opposite side of origin) connector
the opposite side of origin
3 Pre Thermistor relay Assy (origin side) connector
（PRE_T2 relay Assy） 246*
4 Pre Heater relay Assy (originside) connector
5 stay
1. Remove Side top cover L.

3.5.9 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay Assy P.3-92
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

10. Remove Pre Heater relay Assy and Pre Thermistor relay Assy from clamps on the path.
11. Remove Pre Heater relay Assy and Pre Thermistor relay Assy from HEATER RELAY board
Assy.
"3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy" p.3-44
12. Replace Pre Heater relay Assy and Pre Thermistor relay Assy .
13. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.5.9 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy,Pre Thermistor relay Assy P.3-93
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.10 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape No. Name

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Platen
2 Platen non-reflecting tape
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Platen Non-Reflecting " Exploded View X Rail Assy 4(Platen)" p.11- NOTE
DG-42222
Tape(9mm) 8
Once Platen non-reflecting tape is stripped, it must not be reused.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
4. Replace Platen Non-reflecting tape.

TIP
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, Platen Non-
reflecting tape (9mm).
In this section, they are referred to as Platen Non-reflecting tape.

1. Open front cover.

2. Open Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
3. Strip Platen non-reflective tape.

3.5.10 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape P.3-94

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.11 Replacing Media Holder 2 Assy No. Name

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Media holder stopper
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
4. Remove Media holder stopper.
Media Holder 2 Assy " Exploded View X Rail Assy 4(Platen)" p.11- 5. Pull out Media holder in the direction of the red arrow.
DG-43181
8
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Open front cover.

2. Open Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7

NOTE
If Flushing box on the opposite side of the origin point is contaminated with ink, remove
Flushing box. If the new Media holder to be installed is contaminated, media may be
contaminated.
"3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box Assy" p.3-165 No. Name
1 Media Holder 2 Assy
3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Media holder stopper.
6. Replace Media Holder 2 Assy.
2
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.5.11 Replacing Media Holder 2 Assy P.3-95

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.5.12 Replacing Flushing Sponge （L side） 1. Open Maintenance cover L.

2. Lift up Flushing frame hook.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Flushing Sponge DG-40318 " Exploded View X Rail Assy2" p.11-5

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

Flushing Sponge is arranged as follows.

2 3
1
No. Name
1 Flushing Sponge
2 Flushing frame
3 Flushing frame hook

3. Replace Flushing frame (and Flushing Sponge).

4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 Flushing SpongeR
2 Flushing SpongeL

CAUTION
• Wear latex gloves when replacing Flushing sponge.
• Ink may leak from the removed flushing frame, etc. Place a waste cloth or media
on the floor when replacing Flushing absorber.
）

3.5.12 Replacing Flushing Sponge （L side） P.3-96

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6 Replacing Y Rail section CAUTION

This section describes the procedure to replace Y rail section. • When replacing Steel belt, make sure to wear gloves. Prevent belt from bending
or contaminating them with foreign objects. Doing so may cause Seel belt
3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt breakage.
• Be careful not to cut your hands with Steel belt.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. • Steel belt replacement must be done by two or more persons.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1. Remove Side Maintenance Covers R and L.
VJ1624 CR Belt Assy DG-43002 " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7 "3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
Steel belt Tension 2. Remove Side Top Covers R and L.
DG-43197
Attachment "3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 3. Remove Side Maintenance Covers R and L.
products "3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
Thread Locker - Threee bond 1401 4. Open front cover.
Measure Generic Measurable up to 2m 5. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the Origin).
products "3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
Acetate Tape Generic - 6. Remove carriage cover.
product
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
Tension gauge Generic Max:2N(204gf)
product

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, VJ1624 CR Belt Assy.

In this section, it is referred to as Steel belt.

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-97

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

7. Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws (2 pieces). 9. Remove the screws (2 pieces) that retain Belt.

2
2
3 2

1
No. Name
4 5 1
1 Acetate tape

No. Name 2 Steel belt

1 CR Return pulley 3 Screws fixing Belt

2 Steel belt adjustment screws （Pan-head screw with spring washer 10. Remove CR Motor Assy from Connector of CR Motor Cable Assy.
and flat washer M3 × 40）
3 Steel belt
4 Return pulley mounting plate
5 Screw cap
1

CAUTION 2
• When you loosen Steel belt adjustment screw, loosen upper and lower screws
only for the same amount. This makes the adjustment easy after replacing Steel
belt .
• Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws properly (about 5 times). If it is not enough,
Steel belt is dragged by and may cause damage when retaining Steel belt to
Carriage.
No. Name
1 CR Motor Assy
8. In order to prevent Steel belt from falling, both sides of Steel belt are fixed to Y rail with acetate
2 Connector of CR Motor CableAssy
tape sideward ofCarriage.

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-98

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

11. Make sure that Steel belt on the right side of Carriage looks like the picture shown below. 13. Remove Motor bracket (with CR motor Assy still assembled) from the printer.

2 2

1 No. Name

No. Name 1 Motor Bracket

1 Steel belt 2 Steel belt

2 CR Motor Assy
CAUTION
12. Remove screws (4pieces) retaining Motor Bracket.
Be careful not to damage Steel belt.

14. Pull off Steel belt while winding-up.

2 2

1
1

No. Name
1 Motor Bracket
2 No. Name
Tappinng screwM4 × 6 　 Stight cup
1 Steel belt

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-99

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

17. Pull out measure from the hole of return pulley mounting plate. Insert measure in the direction of
CAUTION the red arrow.
When handling Steel belt and CR following movement belt pulley assemble, make 2 opposite side of origin
sure to wear gloves.

15. Remove CR Return Pulley Assy.

No. Name
1 1 Measure

No. Name 2 Return pulley mountingplate

1 CR Return pulley Assy 3 Y Rail

16. Insert measure through the hole of Y drive base to inside of Y rail. 18. AffixSteel belt to the tip of measure using tape.

2 1

No. Name
1 Measure
2 Steel belt
3 Tape

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-100

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

19. Slowly rewind the measure retaining Steel belt and put Steel belt through inside Y rail. 21. Assemble CR Motor Assy （Motor Bracket） .

opposite side of the origin

2
2

3 3

1
1

No. Name
No. Name
1 CR Motor Assy （Motor Bracket）
1 Y Rail
2 Steel belt
2 Steel belt
3 Tappinng screwM4 × 6 　 Stight cup
20. Detach Steel belt from measure after the tip of Measure comes out from the hole of Y drive
22. Install Steel belt to CR drive pulley.
base(origin side).

Origin side

2 2
1 1

No. Name No. Name

1 Steel belt 1 Steel belt
2 Hole of Ydrive base 2 CR drive pulley

CAUTION
Make sure Steel belt is not twisted inside of Y rail.

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-101

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

23. Move Carriage to the origin side, and Retain Steel belt to the left side of Carriage. 24. Move carriage to left (oppoisite side of origin).

2 NOTE
In order to prevent Steel belt from falling, when moving carriage to the left (opposite side of
the origin), fix Steel belt with acetate tape.

1
Steel Belt

No. Name
1 Screws retaining belt
Acetate Tape
2 Steel belt ８）

25. Assemble CR Return Pulley Assy.

CAUTION
• Apply Threadlock to thread of screws retaining Belt.
• Install Steel belt with the metal fittings outside.

Metal fitting of steel

2
Screw retaining Belt

No. Name
1 CR Return pulley Assy
2 Steel belt

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-102

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

26. Reassemble Steel belt to CR Return pulley Assy.

CAUTION
When reassembling Steel belt make sure to follow the procedure below.
1 • Apply Threadlock to thread of screws retaining Belt.
• Make sure Steel belt is not twisted inside of Y rail.
• Make sure to retain the appropriate side of Steel belt to Carriage.
Install Steel belt with the metal fittings outside.

2
Metal Fitting of Steel belt
Screw retaining belt
No. Name
1 CR Return pulley Assy
2 Steel belt

27. Retain Steel belt to the left side of Carriage. 28. Reassemble Steel belt adjustment screws (2 pieces) loosened in the step 9.

3 2

No. Name
1
1 CR Return Pulley Assy

No. Name 2 Steel belt adjustment screw

1 Steel belt 3 Steel belt

2 Screws retaining Belt 29. Make carriage go back and forth, and confirm Steel belt doesn't run over CR Return pulley .
30. Adjust Steel belt tension.
"4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment" p.4-50
31. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt P.3-103

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor Assy

2
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks Carriage

ce Part No.
CR Motor (Direct Pulley) " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7
DG-43182
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 1

products
Hex wrench (3mm) Generic -
products
Tension gauge Generic Max:2N(204gf) No. Name
product
1 Steel belt
2 Screw retaining Steel belt
TIP
5. Remove Steel belt （right side of Carriage only).
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, CR Motor (Direct Pulley) Assy.

In this section, it is referred to as CR Motor Assy.

CAUTION
• When handling Steel belt , make sure to wear gloves. Prevent belt from bending
or contaminating them with foreign objects. Doing so may cause Seel belt 1
breakage.
• Be careful not to cut your hands with Steel belt .

1. Open Maintenance cover R. No. Name

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover. 1 Removed Steel belt
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
4. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Steel belt at the right side of Carriage.

3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor Assy P.3-104

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

6. Remove CR Motor Assy from Connector of CR Motor Cable Assy. 8. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Motor Bracket . 　

2 2 2

1
No. Name
No. Name
1 CR Motor Assy
1 Motor Bracket
2 Connector of CR Motor Cable Assy
2 Tappinng screwM4 × 6 　 Stight cup
7. Make sure that Steel belt looks like the picture shown below.

No. Name
1 Steel belt
2 CR Motor Assy

3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor Assy P.3-105

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

9. Remove Motor bracket (With CR Motor Assy mounted) from the Printer body.
No. Name
2 Bearing bracket

11. Remove bearing bracket.

12. Remove screws (3 pieces) retaining CR Motor Assy.

No. Name
1 Motor bracket 1

2 Steel belt

2
CAUTION
No. Name
Be careful not to damage Steel belt.
1 CR Motor Assy
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8

10. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining bearing bracket. 13. Repalce CR Motor Assy.
14. Reverse the removal procedure and install CR motor Cable Assy.

No. Name
1 Tappinng screwM4 × 6 　 Stight cup

3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor Assy P.3-106

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

15. Retain Steel belt with the Screw retaining Steel belt .

Carriage

No. Name
1 Screw retaining Steel belt
2 Steel belt

CAUTION
• Apply Threadlock to thread of screws retaining Belt.
• Make sure Steel belt is not twisted inside of Y rail.
• Make sure to retain the appropriate side of Steel belt to Carriage.
Install Steel belt with the metal fittings outside.

Metal fitting of steel

Screw retaining Belt

16. Make carriage go back and forth, and confirm Steel belt doesn't run over CR Return pulley Assy.
17. Adjust Steel belt tension.
"4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment" p.4-50
18. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.2 Replacing CR Motor Assy P.3-107

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.3 Replacing CR Return Pulley Assy 8. Remove screw cap (2 pieces).

5
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

CR Return Pulley Assy
Steel belt Tension
Attachment
ce Part No.
DF-43868 " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7
" Exploded View Other" p.11-21 3 2
DG-43197

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401
Acetate Tape Generic - 4 5 1
products
Tension gauge Generic Max:2N(204gf) No. Name
product
1 CR Return Pulley Assy
2 Adjustment Screw
NOTE （Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 40）

When reassembling CR Return pulley, ensure that Steel belt is evenly guided along the 3 Steel belt
center part of CR Return pulley Assy by moving Carriage by hand. 4 Return Pulley mounting Plate
5 Screw Cap
1. Open Maintenance cover R.
2. Open Maintenance cover L. 9. Remove Steel belt.
3. Remove Side top cover R. "3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt" p.3-97
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 10. CR Return Pulley Assy.
4. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
NOTE
5. Remove Side top cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 For the composition of CR Following Movement Belt Pulley, refer to the exploded view.

6. Remove Side Maintenance cover.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 11. Replace CR Return Pulley Assy.
7. Remove Steel belt adjustment screws (2 pieces). 12. Reassemble Steel belt.
"3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt" p.3-97
13. Perform Steel Belt tension adjustments.
"4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment" p.4-50

3.6.3 Replacing CR Return Pulley Assy P.3-108

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

15. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.6.3 Replacing CR Return Pulley Assy P.3-109

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.4 Replacing T fence 1

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
T Fence (64) DF-43901 " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

CAUTION 2 3
When replacing T fence , make sure to wear gloves.
If T fence is contaminated with foreign objects and damaged, print quality may be
No. Name
affected.
1 T fence spring
2 T fence spring hook
1. Open Maintenance cover R.
3 T fence spring hook
2. Open Maintenance cover L.
3. Remove Side top cover R. 8. Remove T fence from T fence clamping plate (3 plates).
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 1
4. Remove Side top cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
5. Open front cover.
6. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
7. Remove T fence spring from T fence .

No. Name
1 T fence clamping plate
2 Tapping screw M3 × 6S tight cup

3.6.4 Replacing T fence P.3-110

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
When removing T fence from T fence clamping plate, remove from the origin side of T
fence clamping plate in order. NOTE
When retaining ORG sensor fixing plate, press plate to the Y drive base side and retain with
9. Replace T fence . screws.
If ORG sensor fixing plate is assembled incorrectly, CR origin sensor may develop a creep
and result in high possibility of CR over current.
NOTE
• If T fence is coated with protective film, remove film and attach T fence correctly. 11. Perform various adjustments.
• T fence (64) shapes differ depending on the place to install. Refer to the following figure "4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3
and correctly attach them.

Oppiosite side of the origin Origin side

• Refer to the step 9 and correctly attach T fence to ORG sensor mounting plate hook.
• Allow a margin between the T fence and hook ofClamping plate.
• When retaining T fence clamping plate with screws, allow a margin so that T fence can
slightly move.
• Refer to the following figures and insert T fence in T fence clamping plate and CR
encoder Assy.
2 1 4 3

No. Name
1 T fence clamping plate
2 T fence
3 CR encoder Assy
4 Carriage

3.6.4 Replacing T fence P.3-111

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.5 Replacing CR Origin Sensor 4. Remove CR_Origin Sensor Cable Assyy from CR origin sensor.
5. Remove CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
2
3
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
CR_HP Sensor,Lever " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7
DF-49471
Sensor

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, CR_HP Sensor and Lever 1
Sensor.
No. Name
In this section, they are referred to as CR Origin Sensor.
1 CR Origin Sensor
2 CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy
1. Open Maintenance cover R.
3 Y Rail
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 6. Replace CR Origin Sensor .
3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131

3.6.5 Replacing CR Origin Sensor P.3-112

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

7. Apply screw locker. Apply material between ORG sensor mounting plate and CR origin sensor.
(in the direction of the red arrow area)

No. Name
1 ORG sensor mounting plate
2 CR origin sensor

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.5 Replacing CR Origin Sensor P.3-113

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.6 Replace CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy No. Name

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 2 CR Orign sensor CableAssy
3 Y Rail
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 7. Remove CR Orign sensor CableAssy from clamps on the path.
CR Origin Sensor Cable " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7 8. Remove Connector of CR Orign sensor Cable Assy from JUNCTION Board Assy （J14).
DG-43004
Assy
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Open Maintenance cover R.

2. Remove Side top cover R. 2
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
4. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
5. Move carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
No. Name
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
6. Remove CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy from CR Orign sensor.
2 CR Orign sensor Cable Assy
2
3
9. Replace CR Orign sensor CableAssy.
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 CR Orign sensor

3.6.6 Replace CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy P.3-114

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.7 Replacing Steel Bare 1

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2

ce Part No. 2

Steel Bare Assy(VJ- " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7

DG-41917
1604)

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP No. Name

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Steel Bare 1 Steel Bare
Assy (VJ-1604). 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
In this section, it is referred to as Steel Bare.
5. Remove the screws (3 pieces each) retaining Cable holders (2 pieces).
1. Remove Side top cover R.
2 2
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove Side top cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove Top cover.
"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-17
1 1

CAUTION
Make sure to work with two or more persons when removing Rear top cover.
2

No. Name
4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Steel Bare .
1 Cable holder
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 18

6. Remove Cable holders (2 pieces).

3.6.7 Replacing Steel Bare P.3-115

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

7. Remove Film FFC fixation . 9. Lift up Ink tube （4 pieces）、 CR_FFC Assy （4 pieces） then peel off the acetate tape retaining
Steel Bara Assy.
2 10. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Steel Bare to Cable guide.

2 2

3
1

1 Steel Bare

No. Name
1 Acetate tape
No. Name
2 Steel Bare
1 Steel Bare
3 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 5
2 Film FFC fixation
4 Cable guide
8. Refer to the following figure and open Steel Bare .
11. Replace Steel Bare .
12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1

CAUTION
Be sure to make Cursor go back and forth to opposite side of the origin several times
manually before turn on the power, and confirm Steel Bare and Cover
stay(Exploded View Cover Assy:H-3,H-5) doesn't interfere after replacing Steel
bearer.

TIP
The screws (2 pieces) retaining Steel Bare Assy(VJ-1604) and Cable guide are protected by
the acetate tape.

3.6.7 Replacing Steel Bare P.3-116

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC 3. Remove Top cover.

"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-17
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
4. Remove Paper guide R (upper).
"3.2.12 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)" p.3-21
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 5. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23
CR_FFC Assy " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7
DG-42992
" CR_FFC Folding instruction" p.11-25 6. Open Board box.

Generic - "3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

＋ Driver No.2
products 7. Remove CR Board cover.
"3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover" p.3-133
8. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cable hoding plate.
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,CR_FFC
1
Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as CR_FFC.

2
CAUTION 2
• When replacing Board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug Power cable and
leave it for a while before operation.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge.
• When handling Board, do not touch the on-board devices with bare hands. The
element might be destroyed by static electricity.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it No. Name
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices. 1 Cable holding plate
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely. 9. Remove Cable holding plate with Steel Bare mounted.

1. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove Side top cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10

3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC P.3-117

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

10. Remove Tube clamps and FFC fixation FilmFFC （6 pieces each） . 12. Remove CR_FFC (5 pieces) from CR Board Assy.

2 1

No. Name
1 CR_FFC No. Name
2 Tube Clamps 1 CR_FFC
3 Film FFC Fixation 2 CR Board Assy

11. Refer to the following figure and open Steel Bare . 13. Remove the screws (3 pieces each) retaining Cable holders (2 pieces).

2 2

1 1

No. Name
1 Cable holder
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 18

3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC P.3-118

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

14. Remove Cable holder (2 pieces） .

15. Remove FT guide material. No. Name
1 Acetate Tape
1 1
2 MAIN Board Assy

18. Pull out CR_FFC from hole of Cable guide(origin side).

2 1

No. Name
1 FT guide material
No. Name
2 CR_FFC
1 CR_FFC Assy

16. Remove CR_FFC from clamps on the path. 2 Cable guide

17. Remove CR_FFC from MAIN Board Assy.
19. Pull out CR_FFC from hole of Leg holder base.

1
2
Inside Board Box

3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC P.3-119

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

No. Name
MAIN borad side
1 Leg holder base J11‫ޓ‬
J10
2 CR_FFC Assy J9‫ޓ‬
J8‫ޓ‬
J7‫ޓ‬
20. CR_FFC Assy J5‫ޓ‬
J4 
21. Connect CR_FFC Assy (5pieces) to CR Board Assy. J3‫ޓ‬ 

22. Draw CR_FFC_Assy through the same path as above. J2‫ޓ‬

J1‫ޓ‬
23. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure. CR board side

24. Connect CR_FFC Assy (5 pieces) to MAIN Board Assy.

• Make sure that CR_FFC does not get nipped by Board box.

NOTE
• Make sure not to make a mistake in the connection destination referring to the
following.
（After each FFC is bent, pile up the bent FFCs. ）

Bend CR_FFC so that

it does not get nipped
by Board box.

25. From this point on, To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.6.8 Replacing CR_FFC P.3-120

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
Cut Ink tube at an appropriate length to use. When cutting it, use a tube cutter so
that the cut surface is even. If it is not cut evenly, ink may leak.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
VJ tube 3-4 (3m) DG-42724 " Exploded View Other" p.11-21 (1) Ink Cartridge － 2 Way Solenoid （Sub Tank）
VJ tube 3-4(1m) DG-42722 1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path.
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-57
VJ tube 2-3(1m) DG-42725
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
products
3. Remove Side top cover R.
Tube cutter Generic - "3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
products
4. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
TIP 5. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, VJ-Tube 2-3 (1m), VJ Tube 3-
4 (1m), and VJ Tube (3m). 6. Remove Cartridge cover.
"3.2.7 Removing Cartridge cover" p.3-13
In this section, they are referred to as Ink tube.

Length of Ink tube

No. Section Q’ty Length(cm) size

1 Ink Cartridge － 2 Way Solenoid （Sub Tank） 4Pieces 39 each 3φ
2 Subtank － I-type fitting 4pieces K:49cm 3φ
C:47cm
M:45cm
Y:40cm
3 I-type fitting - Y-type fitting 4pieces 230 each 3φ
4 Ｙ -type fitting － Print head 8pieces 18 each 2φ

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-121

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

7. Remove Inku tube from Clamps.

NOTE
• Corrugated tube will be used again.

1 9. Remove Ink tube from I-type fitting (connected to Frame assembly).

No. Name
1 Ink tube
2 Clamps
No. Name
8. Remove Corrugated tube from Flame Assembly. 1 I-type fitting

3 2 Ink tube

1 10. Remove Ink tube from L-type fitting (connected to 2 way solenoid).

1
2

No. Name
1 Corrugated tube
2 Acetate tape
3 flame Assembly No. Name
1 L-type fitting
2 Ink tube

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-122

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

11. Replace Ink tube.

12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
13. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-25

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-123

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Subtank － I-type fitting 11. Remove Ink tube from I-type fitting.

1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path.
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-57
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
4. Remove Side top cover L.
2
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 1
5. Remove Rear ｓ ide cover.
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
6. Remove Side Maintenance cover. No. Name
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 1 I-type fitting
7. Remove Top cover. 2 Ink tube
"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-17
8. Remove Subtank cover. 12. Replace Ink tube.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
13. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
9. Remove Ink tube from L fitting (connected to Subtank).
14. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-25
3
2

No. Name
1 L fitting
2 Ink tube
3 Subtank

10. Remove Ink tube from Clamps.

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-124

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

(3) I-type fitting - Y-type fitting 9. Remove the screws retaining Tube holding plates （4 pieces each） .

1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path. 2 2
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-57
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
3. Remove Side top cover R. 1 1
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
4. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
5. Remove Side top cover L.
2 2
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
6. Remove Rear ｓ ide cover. No. Name
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
1 Tube holding plate
7. Remove Rear top cover.
2 P tight cupM3 × 8
"3.2.10 Removing Top Cover" p.3-17
8. Remove Tube Clamps and Film FFC fixations. （6pieces each） from Ink tubes. 10. Remove Tube holding plates （2 pieces） .
2 11. Remove FT guide （ １ piece、 opposite side of origin） を取外 し ます。

3
1
2
No. Name
1 Ink tube
No. Name
2 Tube Clamp
1 FT guide
3 Film FFC fixation
2 Cable guide

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-125

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

12. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Cable presser plate. 15. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Tube holding plate. 　
1
1

2
2
2

reverse Top

No. Name
No. Name
1 Tube holding plate
1 Cable presser plate
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
16. Remove Tube holding plate.
13. Remove Cable retainer plate with Steel bearer still attached.
17. Remove Ink tube from I-type fitting on the Cable guide.
14. Unfold Steel bearer referring to the following illustrations.

No. Name
1 Cable guide
2 I-type fitting

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-126

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

18. Pull out the Ink tube to be replaced and remove it from Y-type fitting.

2 1

No. Name
1 Y-type fitting
2 Ink tube

19. Replace Ink tube.

20. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
21. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-25

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-127

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

(4) Ｙ -type fitting － Print head 5. Remove Joint screw (1 piece), O ring (1 piece), and Connector Solenoid head (1 piece) from Ink
tube.
1. Perform ink discharge operation to discharge ink entirely from ink path.
"5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu" p.5-57
2. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 3
4. Turn Connector Solenoid heads (8 pieces) 45 degrees (clockwise) and remove them vertically. 2
1

No. Name
1 Connector Solenoid head
1
2 O ring （M6）
3 Joint screw （M6）

No. Name
1 Connector Solenoid head

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-128

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

6. Remove Ink tube from Clamps.

7. Remove Ink tube from Y-type fitting.

2 2

No. Name
1 Y-type fitting
2 Ink tube
3 Clamps

8. Replace Ink tube.

NOTE
Not to reuse O ring, Change new one.

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

10. Charge ink.
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-25

3.6.9 Replacing Ink tube P.3-129

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1624E-M-03

3.6.10 Replacing Pressure Roller

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Pressure Roller DF-46666 " Exploded View Y Rail Assy" p.11-7

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open front cover.

2. Lift up Pressure lever.
3. Lightly push up the left edge of Pressure arm with fingers to hold it.
4. Push the left edge of Pressure arm downward.
5. Push the right edge of Pressure arm downward.
6. Replace Pressure arm.

Push up with fingers

3 5
Remove the right edge
Remove the left edge
2
4
No. Name
1 Pressure Roller
2 Pressure Arm

7. Lower Pressure Lever.

8. Close Front cover.

3.6.10 Replacing Pressure Roller P.3-130

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7 Replacing Cursor Section CAUTION

This section describes the procedure to replace Cursor section.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

When Carriage lock is released on software, Carriage moves to the origin position after power is turned
off. This section describes the procedure to release Carriage lock with power turned off.

1. Open Maintenance cover R.

2. Push down the cap on the left side of Carriage (at the back of Carriage cover). Pushing this part down
does not unlock Carriage.
If it is pushed down too much,
Push Down it will break.

NOTE
For enabling Head lock again, Carriage lock does not need to be moved. Move Carriage
towards the origin until Carriage is fixed with a sound.

3. Move Carriage to left (opposite side of the origin).

NOTE
• Insert your fingers all the way through the gap of Carriage cover and push it down.
• When locking Head again, you do not need to push down the cap. Shift Carriage
till you hear a clicking sound and Carriage is fixed.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock P.3-131

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Move Carriage to the center of the platen.

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
2. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining Carriage cover.

No. Name
1 Carriage cover
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8

3. Remove carriage cover.

4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover P.3-132

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining CR Board Cover.

No. Name
1 CR Board Cover
2 Cup screwM3 × 6 Zn-CM2

3. Remove CR Board Cover.

4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover P.3-133

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.4 Replacing CR Board Assy Numbers color Conn Remark No.

of pins ect to
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
J5 - Black MAIN FFC

Name Maintenan Remarks J7 - Black Head FFC

ce Part No. J8 - Black Head FFC
CR Board Assy DG-42959 - J9 - Black Head FFC
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - J10 - Black Head FFC
products
J12 3 White
J15 2 White C_SOL -
CAUTION
J16 5 White -
• Before replacing the board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug Power cable and
leave it for a while. If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be J17 4 White CR_ENC -
damaged or operators may get an electric shock by standby electricity. J18 10 White Spectrovue -
• When handling board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the
terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way. After plugging, make sure that FFC and
connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not plugged obliquely.

1. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove CR Board Cover.
"3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover" p.3-133
3. Detach connectors to CR board Assy listed below.

Numbers color Conn Remark No.

of pins ect to
J1 - Black MAIN FFC
J2 - Black MAIN FFC
J3 - Black MAIN FFC
J4 - Black MAIN FFC

3.7.4 Replacing CR Board Assy P.3-134

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

4. Remove screws (2 pieces) and Hexagon spacers (2 pieces) retaining CR Board Assy.

No. Name
1 CR Board Assy
2 Cup screwM3 × 6
3 Hexagon spacer

5. Remove CR Board Assy.

6. Replace CR Board Assy.
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.4 Replacing CR Board Assy P.3-135

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder Assy

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
CR Encoder Assy DG-42947 - 1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

＋ Driver No.1 Generic For M2 screw

Product axis length is over 15cm
No. Name
1 Connector of CR Encoder Assy 　
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, CR_ENC Assy.
NOTE
In this section, it is referred to as CR Encoder Assy.
CR Encoder Assy cable is made of a stranded wire of black, yellow, red and white.

7. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining CR encoder Assy.

NOTE 1 Rear side of Carriage 4 Cross-sectional view 1

When removing CR encoder Assy, pay attention to avoid nicking T fence.

1. Remove carriage cover.

"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132 5

2. Remove Rear ｓ ide cover.

"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
3. Remove Side top cover L.
2 3 5
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
4. Move Carriage to the opposite side of origin. No. Name
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
1 CR Encoder Assy
5. Remove CR Board Cover.
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M 2 × 5
"3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover" p.3-133
6. Remove CR encoder Assy connector (J17) from CR board Assy. 3 Y Rail
4 CR Board mounting base
5 T fence

3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder Assy P.3-136

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

8. Replace CR Encoder Assy.

NOTE
When reassembling CR encoder Assy, refer to the following figure and make sure that T
fence goes through CR encoder Assy sensor.

2
1

No. Name
1 CR Encoder Assy
2 T fence

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder Assy P.3-137

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy (VJ1624) 2. Remove CR board cover.
"3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover" p.3-133
（Removing Bracket）
3. Remove Carriage cover.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. "3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
4. Remove the connector of Photometer Junction board Assy from CR board Assy.
Name Maintenan Remarks
5. Remove Photometer Junction Board Assy cable from clamps on tne path.
ce Part No.
Photometer JUNCTION -
DG-43038 2
Board Assy(VJ1624)
1
Colorimeter Bracket -
DG-43195
adjustment Jig 3

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
4
3
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Photometer Junction No. Name
Board Assy (VJ1624).
(Removing Bracket) 1 CR board Assy
In this section, it is referred to as Photometer Junction Board Assy. 2 the connector of Photometer Junction board Assy
3 Clamp
4 Photometer Junction board Assy cable （white）
NOTE
Using dedicated Jig to assemble Photometer JUNCTION board Assy.

Colorimeter Bracket Adjustment Jig

1. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15

3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy (VJ1624) （Removing Bracket） P.3-138
 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Photometer Junction board Assy. 10. Set dedicated Jig.
7. 11.

2
1
2

No. Name No. Name

1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washerM3 × 8 1 Photometer Junction board Assy （Bracket）
2 Photometer Junction board Assy 2 Dedicated Jig
3 Photometer cap

NOTE
TIP After setting, confirm gap between jig and platen or Bracket.
12.

When removing screw uneasily, remove Photometer cap.

Make sure that there are
no gaps between Bracket and Jig.
8. Replace Photometer Junction board Assy, then retain the photometer Junction board Assy 1
temporariry by screws (2pieces). 2
9.

Make sure that there are

2
1 no gaps between Platen and Jig.

No. Name
1 Photometer Junction board Assy
2 Dedicated Jig

No. Name
13. Fix Bracket with screws (2pieces).
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washerM3 × 8 14. Remove dedicated jig.
2 Photometer Junction board Assy 15. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy (VJ1624) （Removing Bracket） P.3-139
 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy 7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cutter Solenoid Spring " Explded View Cursor Assy3" p.11-12
DG-43024
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove side top cover R.

"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
2. Remove CR board cover.
"3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover" p.3-133
3. Remove Cutter Solenoid cable Assy from Cutter Solenoid Assy connector.
4. Remove Cutter solenoid cable Assy from CR board Assy.

3
1

No. Name
1 Cutter Solenoid cable Assy
2 CR board Assy
3 Connector
4 Cutter Solenoid Assy cable （Red）

5. Remove Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy from clamps on the path.

6. Replace Cutter solenoid cable Assy.

3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy P.3-140

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Assy and Solenoid Spring No. Name
Assy
1 Cup screw M3 × 4 Zn-CM2
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
6. Remove Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Cutter Solenoid Assy DF-42234 " Explded View Cursor Assy3" p.11-12
Strong Solenoid Spring
DG-43292 2
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products 1
slotted screwdriver Generic Using two drivers.
（precision） products

1. Remove side top cover R.

"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
2. Remove CR board cover. No. Name

"3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover" p.3-133 1 Clamp

3. Remove Carriage cover. 2 Cutter Solenoid Assy cable （Red）
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
4. Remove Cutter Solenoid cable Assy from Cutter Solenoid Assy. 7. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Cutter Cap.
"3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy" p.3-140
5. Remove the screws (2pieces) retaining Cutter solenoid Assy.

1
2

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer 　 M3 × 8

3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Assy and Solenoid Spring Assy P.3-141
 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

No. Name No. Name

2 Cutter cap 1 Cutter Solenoid

8. Remove Cutter Cap. 2 Solenoid spring

9. Remove Lock kicker. 3 Cutter holder

• Insert slotted screwdrivers (2 pieces) into the clearance.
• Release the inner lock by righth slotted screwdriver.
• Remove the lock kicker by using left slotted screwdriver.
TIP
• When replacing Solenoid spring, replace it.
• To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

11. Replace Cutter Solenoid Assy.

1 12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

1 2

No. Name
1 slotted screwdriver
2 Lock kicker

10. Remove Cutter Solenoid Assy from Cutter holder.

2
1

3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Assy and Solenoid Spring Assy P.3-142
 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy The tools required for pouring Cleaning liquid are as follows:

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. • Solenoid head cleaning jig (Maintenance number: DG-41787. Maintenance part name:
Solenoid head cleaning kit (VJ ink))
• Cleaning liquid (for Ecosolvent ink)
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Solenoid Head Assy DG-41543 " Exploded View Cursor Assy1" p.11-10 NOTE
Solenoid Head Washing DG-41787 " Exploded View Other" p.11-21 For the following procedure, Solenoid head cleaning jigs are separated into two parts and
Kit(VJ Ink) called Solenoid head cleaning jig 1 and 2, for the sake of convenience.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
2
longnose pliers Generic - 1
products
dedicated cleaning fluid Generic -
products

(1) Pour Cleaning fluid into the new Solenoid Head Assy and let it settle for a while.
(2) Replace the faulty Solenoid head Assy.
No. Name

(1) Pouring Cleaning liquid 1 Solenoid head cleaning jig 1

For a test and quality maintenance, the Solenoid head Assy for VJ-1624 is filled with the water- 2 Solenoid head cleaning jig 2
based cleaning liquid when that is ship.

CAUTION
• Make sure to pour Cleaning fluid into the new Solenoid head Assy.
If ink is charged before Cleaning liquid is poured in, Solenoid head might get
damaged.
• Be careful not to get Cleaning liquid in your eyes.If Cleaning liquid gets in your
eye, immediately wash your eye with running water for over 15 minutes and
see your ophthalmologist.

3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy P.3-143

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

1. Install Solenoid head cleaning jib on the new Solenoid head Assy. 2. Attch the cleaning cartridge for the eco solvent inks to the top of the Solenoid head cleaning jig 1.
Make sure that the filter (silver part) side of Solenoid head Assy is connected to the Solenoid
head cleaning jig 1 side.
2
Connect Solenoid head cleaning jig 1
3

No. Name
3
Connect Solenoid head cleaning jig 2 1 Cleaning liquid cartridge
2 Solenoid head cleaning jig 1
No. Name
3 Syringe
1 Solenoid head Assy
3. Pull Pump of Syringe attached to Solenoid head cleaning jig 2 and inflow about 3cc of Cleaning
2 Solenoid head cleaning jig 1
liquid into the cylinder of Syringe.
3 Solenoid head cleaning jig 2
4 Filter
NOTE
Air should not be included in the 3cc. Make sure that there is 3cc of Cleaning liquid only
when pulling the pump of Injector.

4. Turn Solenoid head Assy upside down to let Cleaning liquid settle in Solenoid head Assy.

CAUTION
• Do not hold the transparent films on the sides of Solenoid head Assy. Cleaning
liquid inside Solenoid head Assy inflows into the tube.
• Do not damage the transparent films on the sides of Solenoid head Assy.

5. Remove the cleaning cartridge from the Solenoid head cleaning jig1.
6. Remove the cleaning liquid from the Solenoid head Assy by pulling the syringe pump.

3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy P.3-144

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE No. Name

Step 6 above is only for avoiding any leakage. You do not need to empty the Solenoid head 1 Solenoid Head Assy
Assy completely. 2 Connector Solenoid head
3 O ring （M6）
7. Remove the Solenoid head cleaning tools from the Solenoid head Assy.

CAUTION 1. Perform ink discharging to completely discharge ink from the ink paths.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-50
• When removing the tube, make sure to cover the tip of it with a Polynit wiper, etc
so that Cleaning liquid does not spit out of the removed tube.
Make sure to use a clean Polynit wiper with no ink attached. If a foreign substance
on the Polynit wiper adheres on the tube, it may cause Print head malfunction.
NOTE
• Be careful not to get Cleaning liquid in your eyes. If Cleaning liquid gets in your After ink discharge operation, make sure that Ink cartridge is pulled out.
eye, immediately wash your eye with running water for over 15 minutes and see
your ophthalmologist.
2. Remove Solenoid Head Assy from Print head.
Proceed up to the step 21 of "3.7.10 Replacing Print Head" p.3-148

(2) Replacing Solenoid Head Assy CAUTION

• Do not hold the transparent films on the sides of Solenoid head Assy.The ink
inside of Solenoid head Assy is discharged.
NOTE
• Do not damage the transparent films on the sides of Solenoid head Assy.
When replacing Solenoid Head Assy, replace the following parts at the same time. • To avoid leakage of the remaining ink, place a waste cloth under the removed
2 Solenoid head Assy or put Solenoid head Assy into a plastic bag.
1

3. Refer to the Note of the step 8 in this section to mark on Ink tube (K, C, Y, M etc).

3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy P.3-145

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

4. Remove the O-ring (1 piece) from Ink tube. 7. Install the new Solenoid head Assy filled with Cleaning liquid on Print head.

NOTE
Replace Solenoid head Assy and mount Ink tube one color at a time.
When replacing four Solenoid head Assy at the same time, there is a higher possibility of

‽
1 inserting a wrong Ink tube into a wrong Solenoid head Assy.
4
2
3
8. Install Ink tube to Solenoid Head Assy as it was before.

NOTE
No. Name • When inserting Ink tube into Solenoid head Assy, make sure to insert it to the
original slot. If it is inserted to the wrong slot, the correspondence relationship
1 Ink tube between the nozzle and ink will be changed.
2 O ring （M6） • Before removing Connector solenoid head from Solenoid Head Assy, mark on the
joint screw (or Ink tube) so that it is easy to see where it should be inserted.
3 Joint screw
• Refer to the following chart for the connections of Ink tubes.

5. Install a new O-ring around the tip of Ink tube.

6. Push the O-ring with Connector Solenoid head to connect the joint screw and Connector Solenoid
head.

C C Y
K
3 M
K Y M
2
1

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

10. Charge ink .
"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-25
No. Name
1 Connector Solenoid head
2 O ring （M6）
3 Joint screw

3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy P.3-146

3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE
After charging ink, make sure that there is no air in Solenoid Head Assy.
When there is air in Solenoid Head Assy, charge ink till about 3/4 of Solenoid Head Assy is
filled.

3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy P.3-147

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.10 Replacing Print Head "3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove Maintenance cover R.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
3. Move Carriage toward the center of Platen.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. "3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131

Head Assy DG-42987 " Exploded View Cursor Assy1" p.11-10 4. Remove carriage cover.
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 5. Loosen the screw (1 piece) retaining Head guide leaf spring.

longnose pliers Generic -

products
-Driver Generic -
products 1 2

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Head Assy.
In this section, it is referred to as Print Head.

No. Name
CAUTION
1 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
• During operation, make sure not to touch the nozzle surface of Head or let foreign
substances adhere. 2 Head guide leaf spring
• Print head Assy has been adjusted. Do not disassemble it.
• Before replacing the board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug Power cable and
leave it for a while. If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be
damaged or operators may get an electric shock by standby electricity.
• When handling board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the
terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way. After plugging, make sure that FFC and
connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not plugged obliquely.

1. Remove Side top cover R.

3.7.10 Replacing Print Head P.3-148

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

6. Raise the notch of Head adjustment cam to the top. 9. Pull out Head FFCs (4 pieces) from Print head.

No. Name No. Name

1 Notch of Head adjustment cam 1 Head FFC

7. Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining Head base.

2 2

1
1

No. Name
1 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
2 Head base
3 Head mounting plate

8. Remove Print head from Head mounting plate.

3.7.10 Replacing Print Head P.3-149

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

10. Turn Connector Solenoid Heads (8 pieces) 45 degrees (clockwise), release the lock, and pull it 12. Remove Solenoid head Assy from Print head.
out.
Use longnose pliers, etc
and pull it out at once.
1

2
1

No. Name
1 Solenoid Head Assy
No. Name 2 Print head
1 Connector Solenoid head
13. Replace Print head.

CAUTION
CAUTION
Turning it anticlockwise will loosen the joint, resulting in ink leakage.
Be careful not to damage Head board, Head nozzles, and Head FFC connector.

11. Remove Head cover from the hooks (2 pieces on both sides). 2
1

1
3
2

No. Name
1 Head board
2 FFC connector
No. Name
3 Head nozzles
1 Head cover
2 Hook of Print head

3.7.10 Replacing Print Head P.3-150

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

14. Install Solenoid Head.

15. Install Head cover.
NOTE
16. Affix Flat cable clip to the Head cover. Make sure to insert Head FFC fully.

19. Put Print head back to the fixing position of Head mounting plate.
NOTE
As for the head cover newly installed, the installation position of the flat cable clip is
marked. NOTE
• Position the corner of Flat cable clip to the marking.
Do not screw on Print head at this point.
• To hide the marking,affix Flat cable clip to the marking.
• Not to get out of the marking,affix Flat cable clip to the marking.
20. Install Connector Solenoid Head Assy.

˜ ٤ ˜ 21. Adjust so that Head guide leaf spring is horizontal.

Insert a slotted screwdriver, etc,

and adjust.

Marking

2
Flat cable clip

17. Stick Flat cable clip at the designated place on the new Head cover to be installed. No. Name
1 Head guide leaf spring
Flat Cable Clip
22. Make sure that the notch of Head adjustment cam is raised to the top.
"6. Raise the notch of Head adjustment cam to the top." p.3-149
Sticker of the head rank

18. Install Head FFC.

3.7.10 Replacing Print Head P.3-151

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

23. Adjust the fixing position of Print head.

1‫ޓ‬ Adjust so that the hole is located

at the front of the slotted hole

2
Insert a slotted screwdriver, etc,
and push Print head all the way in.

No. Name
1 Print head
2 Head mounting plate

24. Tighten the screws retaining Head base and Head mounting plate.

2‫ޓ‬
1
1

3‫ޓ‬

No. Name
1 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
2 Head base
3 Head mounting plate

25. Replace the old head rank sticker with a new head rank sticker.
26. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
27. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.7.10 Replacing Print Head P.3-152

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.11 Replacing Head_FFC 3. Remove CR board cover.

"3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover" p.3-133
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
4. Remove Head_FFC from Ptint Head.

Name Maintenan Remarks

1
ce Part No.
Head FFC (VJ-1608H) DG-42385 " Exploded View Cursor Assy1" p.11-10
" Head_FFC Folding instruction" p.11-24

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Head_FFC (VJ-
1608H).
In this section, it is referred to as Head_FFC.
No. Name
1 Head_FFC
CAUTION
5. Remove Head_FFC from CR Board Assy.
• During operation, make sure not to touch the nozzle surface of Head or let foreign
substances adhere.
• Print head Assy has been adjusted. Do not disassemble it.
• Before replacing the board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug Power cable and
leave it for a while. If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be
damaged or operators may get an electric shock by standby electricity.
2 1
• When handling board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the
terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way. After plugging, make sure that FFC and
connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not plugged obliquely.
No. Name
1 Head_FFC
1. Remove Side top cover R.
2 CR Board Assy
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2. Remove carriage cover.
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132

3.7.11 Replacing Head_FFC P.3-153

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Flat core holder.

4
2䋨Under Acetate Tape䋩

No. Name
1 Flat core holder
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
3 Flat core
4 Head FFC

7. Remove Flat core holder and flat core.

8. Replace Head FFC.
" Head_FFC Folding instruction" p.11-24

NOTE
• Contact non-engraved surfaces of head FFC with each other so that engraved surfaces face
outwardly.
• Reassemble Head FFC in order of the following: Print head - CR board - Flat core.

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.11 Replacing Head_FFC P.3-154

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge Sensor Assy 3

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
1

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
P_EDGE Sensor Assy DG-42946 " Explded View Cursor Assy3" p.11-12

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
2

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, P_EDGE sensor Assy.

In this section, it is referred to as P_EDGE sensor.

No. Name
1 Connector of P_EDGE Sensor
1. Remove Side top cover R. 2 Clamp
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 3 CR Board Assy
2. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
3. Remove Side top cover L.
NOTE
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 Cable of P_Edge Sensor is a stranded wire of red, black, blue and orange. 　 "3.7.4
Replacing CR Board Assy" p.3-134
4. Remove Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
5. Remove CR Board Cover.
"3.7.3 Removing CR Board Cover" p.3-133
6. Remove carriage cover.
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
7. Remove connector of Paper Edge Sensor Assy from CR Board Assy.
8. Remove P_EDGE Sensor from Clamps （4 pieces） .

3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge Sensor Assy P.3-155

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

9. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining P_EDGE Sensor.

No. Name
1 P_EDGE Sensor
2 P tight cupM3 × 6 Ni-3

10. Replace P_EDGE Sensor.

11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
12. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge Sensor Assy P.3-156

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.13 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

2
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
VJ Cursor Roller Arm DG-40326 " Exploded View Cursor Assy1" p.11-10
Assy 1

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
longnose pliers Generic - No. Name
products 1 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
2 Roller holder R
TIP
7. Remove Cursor arm spring using a plier and so on.
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, VJ Cursor Roller
Arm Assy.In this section, it is referred to as Cursor Roller Arm Assy.
• The procedure to remove Cursor Roller Arm Assy is the same for both R and L side.
This section describes the procedure to replace Cursor Roller Arm Assy on R side.
1
1. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Open front cover.
4. Move carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
No. Name
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
1 Cursor arm spring
5. Remove carriage cover.
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
6. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining Roller holder R. CAUTION
The tension force of cursor arm spring is strong. Remove it with care.

3.7.13 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy P.3-157

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

8. Remove Cursor roller arm and Roller holder R.

1 1

2
2

No. Name
No. Name
1 Roller holder R
1 Roller holder R
2 Cursor roller arm Assy
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
9. Temporary assemble new cursor roller arm Assy and Roller holder R.
11. Set Cursor arm spring in salient of the arm on Cursor side with tweezers.
12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1

No. Name
1 Roller holder R
2 Cursor roller arm Assy

10. Retain the temporary assembled Cursor roller arm and Roller holder L to CR cursor with a screw.

3.7.13 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy P.3-158

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.14 Replacing Carriage Assy "3.7.4 Replacing CR Board Assy" p.3-134

7. Remove carriage cover.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
8. Remove Bracket (For Photometer).
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. "3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy (VJ1624) （Removing Bracket） "
p.3-138
VJ1624_Cursor Assy DG-42995 " Exploded View Cursor Assy1" p.11-10 9. Remove Screws retaining Head FG cable (1 piece).
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Stainless pan Generic -
products
Dedicated Cleaning fluid - Operation Manual
1
Poly-knit wiper Generic -
products
2

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, VJ1624_Cursor Assy.
No. Name
In this section, it is referred to as Carriage Assy.
1 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6

1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path. 2 Head FG Cable
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-50

NOTE
After ink is discharged, check if Ink cartridges are removed.

2. Remove Side top cover R.

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
4. Remove Side top cover L.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
5. Remove Maintenance cover L.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
6. Remove CR Board cover.

3.7.14 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-159

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

10. Remove Head FG Cable from Clamps. 13. Pave Poly-knit wipers in stainless pan and fill with cleaning fluid (for solvent ink).

2
1

No. Name
1 Stainless pan
No. Name 2 Poly-knit wiper
1 Clamps
14. Remove Print head.
11. Shift Carriage above Flushing box on the opposite side of the origin. "3.7.10 Replacing Print Head" p.3-148
12. Remove Solenoid Head Assy. 15. Put the nozzle surface of the removed Print head facing down and carefully place it on top of the
"3.7.9 Replacing Solenoid Head Assy" p.3-143 Polynit wiper in a stainless pan.

TIP
We recommend that you put the removed Connector Solenoid's tip in a plastic bag
during this operation to avoid ink leakage.

3.7.14 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-160

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

16. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining CR board mounting plate base to CR cursor.
CAUTION
• Carefully remove CR board mounting base, so that CR Encoder Assy and T fence
Under Acetate Tape won't be damaged.
• Pave air cap over TOP cover and place CR board mounting base so that CR
board Assy won't be damaged.
2
2
18. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining CR cursor to CR belt fixing plate.

Left side 1 Right side 1

2
1
2

No. Name
3 3
1 CR Board mounting base
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8

17. Remove CR Board mounting base with CR Board Assy attached to it and place them on Top
cover. No. Name
1 CR Cursor
1
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 CR belt fixing plate

No. Name
1 CR Board mounting base

3.7.14 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-161

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

19. Remove carriage Assy from Y rail in the following procedure: 1) Pinch cursor roller arm on both
side and CR cursor side arm strongly 2) Compress cursor arm spring.

No. Name
1 Cursor roller arm
2 Cursor arm spring.

3 Arm on CR cursor side

CAUTION
• Note that tension of Cursor arm spring is high. Remove it with care.
• Remove carefully so that Cursor roller won't be damaged by the Y rail.
• When you place removed Carriage Assy, make sure that Cursor roller won't touch
the ground.

20. Replace Carriage Assy.

NOTE
When you assemble CR cursor to CR belt fixing plate, fix salient of the CR cursor side into
hole of CR belt fixing board and screw them.

21. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

22. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.7.14 Replacing Carriage Assy P.3-162

 3.7 Replacing Cursor Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.7.15 Replacing Cutter Spring 4. Remove Cutter blade.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2

ce Part No.
Cutter Spring DG-43484 " Explded View Cursor Assy3" p.11-12
（small diameter）
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

TIP No. Name

This section describes the procedure to replace Maintenance part: Cutter Spring (small 1 Cutter holder
diameter).
In this section, it is referred to as Cutter Spring. 2 Cutter blade

1. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin). NOTE

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
Be careful not to cut a finger etc. by the cutter.
2. Remove Carriage Cover.
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
5. Replace Cutter Spring.
3. Move Cutter cap to left.

1
1

No. Name
No. Name
1 Cutter Spring
1 Cutter Cap

6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.7.15 Replacing Cutter Spring P.3-163

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section 6. Remove Maintenance cover (inner).

7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance section.

3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
2. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-8
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
4. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
5. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Maintenance inner cover.

No. Name
1 Maintenance inner cover
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 6 　 Stight cup

3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover P.3-164

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box Assy 6. Remove Silicon Tube 11-14 (90mm) from L-type Tube fitting.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 1
VJ16 Flushing Box Assy DG-40355 " Explded View Maintenance Assy" p.11-13

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
2

TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, VJ16 Flushing Box Assy.

In this section, it is referred to as Flushing Box Assy. No. Name

1 Silicon Tube 11-14 (90mm)
2 L-type Tube fitting

CAUTION
7. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Flushing box Assy.
Ink may drop from the removed flushing frame. Put down cloth or paper waste
before operation.

1. Open Maintenance cover R.

2. Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
"3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U" p.3-8
3. Remove Side top cover R. 1
2
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
4. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
5. Remove Maintenance Inner cover.
"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-164 No. Name
1 Flushing box Assy
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 6 　 Stight cup

8. Replace Flushing box Assy.

9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box Assy P.3-165

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.8.3 Replacing Wiper 4. Replace Wiper.

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

NOTE
Name Maintenan Remarks When reassembling Wiper, pay attention to the following.
ce Part No. • Do not touch the Wiper with bare hands.
VJ16 Wiper Assy DG-40355 " Explded View Maintenance Assy" p.11-13 • Make sure that the Wiper gets no dust or oil.
• Install the Wiper so that the point of the Wiper is located to the observer’s right side.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

Tip
TIP
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, VJ16 Wiper Assy.

In this section, it is referred to as Wiper.

Wiper
1. Remove Maintenance cover R.
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7 • Insert the Wiper into the holder to the full depth securely and hook it.
2. Move Carriage to left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
5. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
3. Using tweezers, detach the Wiper from the hook at the cleaner head retaining section, anr remove
it upwardly.

1 1

No. Name
1 Wiper
2 hook

3.8.3 Replacing Wiper P.3-166

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.8.4 Replacing Cap Head Assy

NOTE
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
Make sure not to drop Cap tube after removing.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 5. Remove Cap tubes (3 pieces) from Cap head Assy.

Cap Head Assy DG-41179 " Explded View Maintenance Assy" p.11-13

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
2

1
NOTE
• When replacing Cap Head Assy, wear rubber gloves.
3
• Ink may spatter around during the operation, so put down cloth or paper waste before
operation.

1. Open Maintenance cover R. No. Name

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
1 Cap tube
2. Remove Side top cover R.
2 Cap Head Assy
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin). 3 Cap spring

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131

6. Remove Cap Head from Mainte Slide base.
4. Remove Cap Head Assy.

1 NOTE
When cap head is removed, cap spring shall be also removed at the same time. Do not lose it.

7. Replace Cap Head Assy.

8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
When connecting cap tube and pump, pay attention not to mix up connections. If not
connected to the corresponding, ink may leak.

No. Name
9. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
1 Cap Head Assy

3.8.4 Replacing Cap Head Assy P.3-167

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance Assy 2

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 2

ce Part No.
VJ16 Maintenance Assy DG-41000 " Explded View Maintenance Assy" p.11-13

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

TIP
No. Name
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, VJ16 Maintenance Assy.
1 Wiper origin sensor cable Assy
In this section, it is referred to as Maintenance Assy.
2 Pump Motor cable Assy
3 Maintenance Assy
There are some remaining ink in Tubes. Make sure that the ink does not drop from Tube
outlet onto the printer or Covers. Place a waste cloth or media underneath before operation.

1. Open Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the origin).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
4. Remove Maintenance cover (inner).
"3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover" p.3-164
5. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
6. Remove Wiper origin sensor cable Assy from Maintenance Assy.

3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance Assy P.3-168

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

7. Remove Pump Motor cable Assy from Maintenance Assy.

No. Name
1 Waste fluid joint
2 Pump tube

9. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Maintenance Assy.

2

2 2

1
No. Name
1 MaintenanceAssy
No. Name 2 Tappinng screwM3 × 6Stight cup
1 Pump Motor
10. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the Maintenance Assy (Back side of Maintenance Assy).
2 Cable (Maintenance Assy side)
3 Pump Motor cable Assy
1
8. Remove Pump tube from Waste fluid joint.

No. Name
2 1
1 Maintenance Assy
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 6Stight cup

3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance Assy P.3-169

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

11. Remove Maintenance Assy (with plate retaining) from the Printer body.
12. Remove the plate from Maintenance Assy.

No. Name
1 Plate
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 6 Stight cup

13. Replace Maintenance Assy.

14. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.5 Replacing Maintenance Assy P.3-170

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.8.6 Replacing Wiper origin sensor cable Assy

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
1 2
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Wiper Origin Sensor Cable DG-43027 " Explded View Maintenance Assy" p.11-13
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Open Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7 No. Name
2. Remove Side top cover R. 1 Wiper origin sensor cable Assy
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2 Maintenance Assy
3. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12 7. Replace Wiper origin sensor cable Assy.
4. Remove Wiper origin sensor cable Assy from JUNCTION Board Assy （J13). 8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
2 Wiper origin sensor cable Assy

5. Remove Wiper origin sensor cable Assy from clamps on the path.
6. Remove Wiper origin sensor cable Assy from Maintenance Assy.

3.8.6 Replacing Wiper origin sensor cable Assy P.3-171

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor cable Assy 7. Remove Pump Motor cable Assy from MAIN BoardAssy （J18).

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Pump Motor Cable Assy DG-43036 " Explded View Maintenance Assy" p.11-13
1
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

1. Open Maintenance cover R.

"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover" p.3-7
2. Remove Side top cover R. 2
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove IH cover.
No. Name
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
1 MAIN Board Assy
4. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15 2 Pump Motor cable Assy
5. Remove Paper guide R (lower).
"3.2.13 Removing Paper guide R (Lower)" p.3-23 8. Remove cable of Pump Motor cable Assy from clamps on the path.
6. Open Board Box.
"3.4.1 Opening Board box" p.3-40

3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor cable Assy P.3-172

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1624E-M-03

9. Remove Pump Motor cable Assy from Maintenance Assy.

No. Name
1 Pump motor
2 Cable (Maintenance Assy side)
3 Pump Motor cable Assy

10. Replace Pump Motor cable Assy.

11. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor cable Assy P.3-173

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.9 Replacing IH Section

No. Name
This section describes the procedure to replace IH section.
1 S tight cup　M4 × 6 Ni-3
3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy 2 IH base

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

6. Move the cartridge holder Assy to the following state.

Name Maintenanc Remarks

e Part No.
Cartridge Holder Assy1 DG-42997 " Explded View I/H Assy 1 (Cartridge)"
p.11-14
Cartridge Holder Assy2 DG-42998
Cartridge Holder Assy3 DG-42999
Cartridge Holder Assy4 DG-43000

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover. 7. Remove Ink ID Cable Assy (VJ16 to J19) and I/C Cable Assy (J8 to J11) of the targeted Cartridge
holder Assy from JUNCTION Board Assy.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9 8.

2. Remove Side top cover R.

1
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
2
3. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
4. Remove Cartridge cover.
"3.2.7 Removing Cartridge cover" p.3-13
5. Loosen the screws (4 pieces) retaining IH base.
3

1
1
No. Name
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
2 Ink ID Cable Assy
2 3 I/C Cable Assy

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy P.3-174

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

2 Joint、 Ink tube

TIP

"3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION Board Assy" p.3-66 NOTE

• Do not reuse the O-ring inside Joint screw. Using the old O-ring may cause ink leakage.
• K, C, and M are L-shaped joints, and Y is I-shaped joint.
9. Removethe removed cables from clamps.

11. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Cartridge holder Assy to Cartridge base.
1
1

No. Name
1 Clamps No. Name
1 Cartridge holder Assy
10. Loosen Joint screw, remove Joint and Ink tube. 2 Cartridge base
1 3 Tappinng screw 　 M3 × 12 　 Stight cup

12. Replace Cartridge holder Assy.

13. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE
Note the following during installation.
• When tightening Joint screws, use dedicated jigs, and be careful with the tightening
2 torque.
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6

No. Name
1 Joint screw

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy P.3-175

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. No. Name
1 Holder pressure spring
Name Maintenanc Remarks 2 Ptight cupM3 × 6 　 Ni-3
e Part No.
3 Ink ID Board Assy
INK ID Board Assy DF-43968 " Explded View I/H Assy 1 (Cartridge)"
4 Ink ID CableAssy
p.11-14

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 8. Remove holder pressure springs.

products
9. Replace Ink ID Board Assy.
1. Remove Side Maintenance cover. 10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
4. Remove Cartridge cover.
"3.2.7 Removing Cartridge cover" p.3-13
5. Remove Cartridge holder Assy from Cartridge base.
"3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy" p.3-174
6. Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Holder pressure sprintgs (2pieces).
7. Remove Ink ID Cable Assy from Ink ID Board Assy.

1
2

3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy P.3-176

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.9.3 Replacing 2 way Solenoid Assy 6. Remove Mini fitting (4 pieces:upper) and L fitting (4 pieces:lower) from Ink tube (8 pieces).

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

1
Name Maintenanc Remarks
e Part No.
2way Solenoid Assy (VJ16) DG-41092 " Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank)"
p.11-15
3
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products

TIP 2

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, 2-way Solenoid Assy (VJ16).
In this section, it is referred to as 2-way Solenoid Assy.
No. Name
1 Mini fitting
1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-50 2 L fitting
3 Ink tube （2cm）

NOTE 7. Remove 2 way solenoid cable Assy (4 pieces) from Connectors of 2 way solenoids (4 pieces).
After ink is discharged, check if Ink cartridges are removed.
2

2. Remove Side Maintenance cover.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
3. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
4. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12 1

5. Remove Subtank cover.

"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
No. Name
1 Connector of 2 way solenoid （Cable color :Blue）
2 2 way solenoid cableAssy

3.9.3 Replacing 2 way Solenoid Assy P.3-177

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

CAUTION
When installing 2-way Solenoid connector, make sure to install it correctly. Refer to
the color of Cable of 2-way Solenoid Cable Assy before installation.

8. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining 2 way solenoid mounting plate. 　

2 2

No. Name
1 2 way solenoid mounting plate
2 Tappinng screwM3 × 6 　 Stight cup

9. Divide Ink tube which is included as a maintenance part into 8 (2cm each) pieces.

NOTE
When cutting Ink tube, use a tube cutter so that the cut surface is even. If it is not cut evenly,
ink may leak.

10. Connect the 8 Ink tubes at the top and bottom of the new 2-way Solenoids (4 pieces) to be
installed.
11. Replace 2 way solenoid Assy.
12. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
13. Perform various adjustments.
"4.2 Adjustment Item" p.4-3

3.9.3 Replacing 2 way Solenoid Assy P.3-178

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.9.4 Replacing 2 way solenoid Cable Assy No. Name

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows. 1 Connector of 2 way solenoid （Cable color :Blue）
2 2 way solenoid cableAssy
Name Maintenanc Remarks
e Part No.
Two way Solenoid Cable DG-43003 " Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank)" CAUTION
Assy p.11-15 When installing 2-way Solenoid Solenoid connector, make sure to install it correctly.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic - Refer to the color of Cable of 2-way Solenoid Solenoid Cable Assy before
products installation.

TIP 6. Remove 2 way Solenoid Cable Assy from JUNCTION Board Assy （J3).
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part, Two-way Solenoid Cable Assy.

In this section, it is referred to as 2 way Solenoid Cable Assy.

2
1. Remove Side Maintenance cover.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
2. Remove Side top cover R.
1
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12 No. Name
4. Remove Subtank cover.
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
5. Remove 2 way solenoid cable Assy (4 pieces) from Connectors of 2 way solenoids (4 pieces).
2 2 way Solenoid Cable Assy
2
7. Remove 2 way Solenoid Cable Assy from clamps on the path.
8. Replace 2 way Solenoid CableAssy.
9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.9.4 Replacing 2 way solenoid Cable Assy P.3-179

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy 6. Replace Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy.
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenanc Remarks

e Part No.
Sub Tank Under Sponge DG-41096 " Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank)"
Assy p.11-15

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products

1. Remove Side Maintenance cover.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
2. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10
3. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
4. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
5. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy.

No. Name
1 Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy
2 Tappinng screw M3 × 6 Stight cup

3.9.5 Replacing Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy P.3-180

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank Assy 5. Remove Side Maintenance cover.

"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
6. Remove IH cover.
"3.2.6 Removing IH Cover" p.3-12
Name Maintenanc Remarks
e Part No. 7. Remove Subtank cover.
"3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover" p.3-15
Sub Tank Assy DG-41093 " Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank)"
p.11-15 8. Remove 2 way Solenoid Assy.
"3.9.3 Replacing 2 way Solenoid Assy" p.3-177
TANK_H/L Cable Assy1 DG-43005
TANK_H/L Cable Assy2 DG-43006
NOTE
TANK_H/L Cable Assy3 DG-43007
Before removing 2 way Solenoid Assy, remove 2 way solenoid cable Assy from
TANK_H/L Cable Assy4 DG-43008 clamps first.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products 2

NOTE
• Ink may leak from the removed Subtank, etc, so place a waste cloth or media on
the floor during this operation.
• There are 4 sets (KCMY) of Subtank Assy, but the replacement procedure is the
same. This section describes the procedure to replace Black (K).

1
1. Perform ink drainage operation and drain ink from all the ink path.
"5.7.9 Longstore Menu" p.5-50
2. Turn the power OFF and remove Power cable.

No. Name
CAUTION 1 Clamps
Before replacing Sub Tank Assy, unplug Power cable and leave it for a while.
2 2 way Solenoid Cable Assy
If operating with Power cable still plugged, the operator may get an electric shock by
standby electricity.

3. Remove all Ink cartridges.

4. Remove Side top cover R.
"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10

3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank Assy P.3-181

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

9. Loosen Joint screw M6 on the back side of Subtank and remove L Joint 2-3.
TIP
The feature of TANK_H/L Cable Assy
3
Name Cable color Ink JUNCTION Board
TANK_H/L Cable Assy 1 White、 K J4
Black,Grey
2 1
TANK_H/L Cable Assy 2 White、 C J5
Black、 Blue
TANK_H/L Cable Assy 3 White、 M J6
Black、 Red
TANK_H/L Cable Assy 4 White、 Y J7
No. Name Black、
Yellow
1 Joint Screw M6
2 L Joint 2-3
3 Subtank 11. Remove TANK_H/L Cable Assy 1 from clamps on the path.

10. Remove Cables of Sub Tank H/L Sensor （TANK_H/L Cable Assy 1 ： For “K”） from
JUNCTION Board Assy （J4).
1

1 No. Name
1 Clamps

No. Name
1 JUNCTION Board Assy
2 TANK_H/L Cable Assy 1

3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank Assy P.3-182

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

12. Remove screw (1 piece) retaining Sub Tank Assy.

NOTE
When removing Sub Tank Assy, be careful so that TANK_H/L Cable Assy does not
get stuck on plates and get disconnected.

1 14. Remove TANK_H/L Cable Assy from Sub Tank Assy.

2 3 NOTE
• TANKH/L Cable Assy is connected to Sub Tank High/Low Sensor （Photo interrupter）
• When replacing TANK_H/L Cable Assy, replace it at this point.
No. Name
1 Sub Tank Assy 15. Remove High/Low Sensors (Photo interrupter: 2 pieces) from newly assembled Sub Tank Assy.
2 Tapping screwM3 × 6 　 S tight cup
3 Sub Tank base

13. Remove Sub Tank Assy From Sub Tank base.

It is fixed witha hook.
To remove it, Push Sub Tank Assy and unhook, and pull it out forward.
1

Push in Sub tank Assy,

unhook, and replace
1

No. Name
2
1 High/Low Sensor
JQQM

NOTE
No. Name High/Low sensor is fixed with threadlocker.
1 Sub Tank base
2 hook 16. Connect TANK_H/L Cable Assy to the removed High/Low Sensors.
17. Reassemble High/Low Sensors to Sub Tank Assy.

3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank Assy P.3-183

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE
When installing High/Low sensor, fix it with threadlocker again.

18. Charge ink .

"5.6 Ink Charging Menu" p.5-25
19. Check the operations of High sensor, Low sensor and Two-way solenoid in Remote panel mode
of MUTOH Service Assistance.

NOTE
If there is no computer available to use MUTOH Service Assistance on, follow the procedure
below to check the operations.

i)Activate Self-diagnosis function.

"5.2.2 Starting Up" p.5-3
ii)Following procedure, Check if 2-way solenoids are activated correctly.
[Check 2 ： Test ]-[Test 4 ： Sensor ]-[ Sen. 19 ： TankValve ]
"5.14 ExControl Menu" p.5-79

3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank Assy P.3-184

 3.10 Replacing Leg Section VJ1624E-M-03

3.10 Replacing Leg Section 1. Remove Connector to Waste fluid level switch.

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level

1
Switch
2
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenanc Remarks

e Part No.
Waste Fluid Bottle Assy DG-43501 " Exploded View Stand" p.11-20
Waste Fluid Level Switch 2 DG-43469
Assy
No. Name
1 Waste fluid level switch connector
TIP
2 Waste fluid bottle
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, Waste Fluid Bottle Assy and
Waste Fluid Level Switch (VJ16).
2. Remove Waste fluid tube.
In this section, they are referred to as Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch. 3. Loosen Cap of Waste fluid bottle.
4. Loosen the nut of Waste fluid level switch.

NOTE
2
• Discharge the waste fluid fully to replace Waste fluid bottle.
• Confirm that there remains no waste fluid in the waste fluid tube.
1

No. Name
1 Waste fluid bottle
2 Waste fluid tube
3 Cap of Waste fluid bottle
4 Nut of Waste Fluid Level switch

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch P.3-185
 3.10 Replacing Leg Section VJ1624E-M-03

5. Pull out the nut of Waste fluid level switch and Waste fluid bottle cap from Waste fluid bottle.

No. Name
1 Cap of Waste fluid bottle
2 Nut of Waste fluid level switch

6. Replace Waste fluid bottle.

7. Replace Waste Fluid Level switch.
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch P.3-186
 3.11 Replacing Roll media holder Assy VJ1624E-M-03

3.11 Replacing Roll media holder Assy 4. Pull out Roll media holder Assy from the right side.

2 1
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenanc Remarks

e Part No.
VJ16 Roll media holder R DG-41174 " Exploded View Roll Media Holder Assy"
Assy 2 p.11-19
VJ16 Roll media holder L DG-41173
Assy 2

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
No. Name

NOTE 1 Roll media holder Assy L

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance parts, VJ16 Roll media 2 Roll media holder Assy R
holder R Assy and VJ16 Roll media holder L Assy.
In this section, they are referred to as Roll media holder Assy. 5. Replace Roll media holder Assy.

1. Remove Side top cover L. TIP

"3.2.4 Removing Side Top Cover" p.3-10 • When replacing Roll media holder_R, Replacing Roll media holder L at first.
2. Remove Rear ｓ ide cover. • Roll media holder Assy is an integral part.
"3.2.5 Removing Rear side cover" p.3-11
3. Release Roll media fixing lever. 6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 Release Lever for fixing the roll media

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch P.3-187
 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) No. Name

This explains the replacement procedures for Take-up unit section. 1 Right tension arm
2 Hexagon socket head cap screw with spring washer and flat washer
CAUTION M4 × 10 Ni-3

• Before replacing a Take-up device peripheral, unplug Power cable and leave it for 3. Shift Tension arm in the direction of the red arrow and remove Right tension arm.
a while.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by standby electricity.
1
• Do not touch element on Board with bare hand.
Elements may be damaged by static electricity. 2

3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenanc Remarks

e Part No. No. Name
Hex wrench (3mm) Generic - 1 Tension arm
products
2 Right tension arm
1. Remove Take-up scroller.
2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Right tension arm.

3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm P.3-188

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

4. Shift Right tension arm and remove left Tension arm.

No. Name
1 Tension arm
2 Left tension arm

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm P.3-189

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit 4. Remove Take-up unit.

5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenanc Remarks

e Part No.
Hex wrench (3mm) Generic -
products

CAUTION
When replacing Take-up unit, unplug Power cable and leave it for a while.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators may
get an electric shock by standby electricity.

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188
3. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Take-up holding plate (lower).

2 2

No. Name
1 Take-up Holding Plate (lower)
2 Hexagon socket head cap screw with spring washer and flat washer
M4 × 10
3 Take-up unit

3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit P.3-190

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover

A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
1

Name Maintenanc Remarks

e Part No.
+Driver No.2 Generic -
product
Hex wrench (3mm) Generic -
products 2

No. Name
NOTE
1 Release cam
Lower Release lever to FREE side before removing Take-up cover.
2 Lever
1. Remove Take-up scroller.
6. Remove the screws (7 pieces) retaining Take-up cover.
2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188 2
3. Remove Take-up unit.
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190
4. Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Knob.
1

2
1 No. Name
1 Take-up cover
No. Name
2 Binding small screw M3 × 5
1 Knob
2 Screw retaining Knob (Set screw) 7. Remove Take-up cover.
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
5. Remove Take-up cover from Release cam by turning Lever base in direction of red arrow shown
below with pincer or something alike

3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover P.3-191

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

3.12.4 Replacing Scroller

NOTE
(1) Replacing Holding Roller The list of accessories of Holding roller when removing Roller is as follows:
• Bearing
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
• Holding axis
Name Maintenan Remarks • Flat washer (polished) M6
ce Part No. • E type snap ring E-5
Holder roller DG-40473 " Exploded View Take Up Assy1" p.11-22

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - 5. Replace Holding roller and set of its accessories.
products 6. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
－ Driver Generic -
products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188
3. Remove E ring retaining Holding roller using a driver.

1 2

No. Name
1 Holding roller
2 E ring (E-6)

4. Remove Holding roller and the set of its accessories.

3.12.4 Replacing Scroller P.3-192

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Replacing Holding Roller L (3) Replacing Drive Collar

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. ce Part No.
Holder roller L DG-40474 " Exploded View Take Up Assy1" p.11-22 Drive Collar DG-40475 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23

＋ Driver No.2 Generic - ＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products products

1. Remove Take-up scroller. 1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove the screw retaining Holding roller L on Scroller receiver (left). 2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Drive collar on Take-up scroller (left).

2 3

1 No. Name
2
1 Drive collar
No. Name
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
1 Holding roller L
3 Take-up scroller (left)
2 Screw retaining Holding roller L
3. Remove Drive collar.
3 Scroller receiver (left)
4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
3. Remove Holding roller L.
4. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.4 Replacing Scroller P.3-193

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy 4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Board chassis on Chassis (out).

CAUTION
• When replacing Take-up control board Assy, unplug Power cable and leave it for
a while. 2
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by standby electricity.
• Do not touch element on Board with bare hand.
3
Elements may be damaged by static electricity.

1
2
(1) Removing Board Chassis
No. Name
A necessary jigs and tools are as follows.
1 Board chassis

Name Maintenanc Remarks 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
e Part No.
3 Chassis (out)
+Driver No.2 Generic -
product
Hex wrench (3mm) Generic -
products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188
3. Remove Take-up unit.
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-194

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

5. Remove Motor cable, Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy from
Connector to Take-up control board Assy.

2
1

No. Name
1 Take-up control board Assy
2 Take-up motor Assy cable
3 Take-up ON sensor relay Assy
Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy

6. Remove Board chassis.

7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-195

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
3 Take-up switch board Assy cable
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 6. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Take-up control board Assy to Board chassis.

VJ take-up CNT board DG-40478 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23 2
Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench Generic -
(1.5mm ～ 6.0mm) products 1

This section describes the procedure to replace Take-up control board Assy (maintenance part name:
VJ take-up CNT board Assy maintenance No.: DG-40478).

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

3
2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188 2
3. Remove Take-up unit.
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190 No. Name

4. Remove Board chassis. 1 Take-up control board Assy

"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-194 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board 2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
Assy" p.3-194
3 Board chassis
5. Remove DC cable Assy and Take-up switch board Assy cable from Connector to Take-up control
board Assy.
7. Remove Take-up control board Assy.
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

2
3
1

No. Name
1 Take-up control board Assy
2 DC cable Assy

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-196

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

(3) Replacing Power Board Assy 6. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Power supply cover to the Hexagon spacer.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
Power Supply (External DF-44506 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23
Take Up） 2
2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic - 3
products

1. Remove Take-up scroller. No. Name

2. Remove Tension arm. 1 Power supply cover
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished M 3 × 8
3. Remove Take-up unit.
3 Hexagon spacer
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190
4. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Board chassis. 7. Detach Hexagon spacers (4 pieces) from Board chassis.
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-194 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
8. Detach Power board Assy from Board chassis.
Assy" p.3-194
9. Replace Power supply board Assy.
5. Remove AC cable Assy and DC cable Assy from Connector to Power board Assy.
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

1 2

No. Name
1 Power board Assy
2 DC cable Assy
3 AC cable Assy

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-197

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

(4) Replacing Take-up Switch Board Assy No. Name

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
2 Take-up switch board Assy cable
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 6. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Switch mounting plate to Board chassis.

VJ take-up SW board DG-40479 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23 1 2

Assy

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products 3

This section describes the procedure to replace Take-up switch board Assy (maintenance part name:
VJ take-up SW board Assy maintenance No.: DG-40479).

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188 No. Name
3. Remove Take-up unit 1 Switch mounting plate
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190
2 Countersunk head screw M3 × 6
4. Remove Board chassis.
3 Board chassis
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-194 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
Assy" p.3-194
5. Remove Take-up switch board Assy cable from Connector to Take-up control board Assy.

No. Name
1 Take-up control board Assy

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-198

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

7. Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Take-up switch board Assy to Switch mounting plate

2 1

No. Name
1 Take-up switch board Assy
2 Pan-head screw M3 × 8
3 Switch mounting plate

8. Remove Take-up switch board Assy.

9. Replace Take-up switch board Assy.
10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-199

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

(5) Replacing DC Cable Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks 1

ce Part No.
DCCable Assy DG-40483 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench Generic -
(1.5mm ～ 6.0mm) products 2

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

No. Name
2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188 1 Power board Assy (of Take-up section for foreign use)

3. Remove Take-up unit. 2 DC cable Assy

"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190
7. Replace DC cable Assy.
4. Remove Board chassis.
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-194 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
Assy" p.3-194
5. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining DC cable Assy to Board chassis.

No. Name
1 Take-up control board Assy
2 DC cable Assy

6. Detach DC cable Assy from Connector to Power board Assy (of Take-up section for foreign use).

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-200

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

(6) Replacing AC Cable Assy 6. Detach AC cable Assy from Connector to Power board Assy (of Take-up section for foreign use).
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows. 1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
ACCable Assy DG-40482 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23 2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm. No. Name
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188
1 Power board Assy (of Take-up section for foreign use)
3. Remove Take-up unit.
2 AC cableAssy
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190
3 FG cable
4. Remove Board chassis.
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-194 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board 4 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished M4 × 8
Assy" p.3-194 Ni-3
5. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining AC cable Assy on Board chassis.
7. Remove the screws (1 piece) retaining FG cable.
8. Cut Cable tie retaining the AC cable Assy to replace AC cable Assy.

3 NOTE
Retain AC cable Assy as it was by Cable tie after replacing AC cable Assy.

2 9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name
1 AC cable Assy
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished M3 × 6
Ni-3
3 Board chassis

3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board Assy P.3-201

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor 5. Remove Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy from Connector to
Take-up control board Assy.

(1) Replacing take-up on sensor relay Assy and take-up OFF sensor relay Assy 1
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No. 2
W_ONSensor RelayAssy DG-40480 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23
W_OFFSensor RelayAssy DG-40481

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products
Hex wrench(3mm) Generic -
products No. Name

1. Remove Take-up scroller. 1 Take-up control board Assy

2. Remove Tension arm. 2 Take-up ON sensor relay Assy cable

Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy cable
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188
3. Remove Take-up unit. 6. Remove Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy from CR origin
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190 sensor and Lever sensor
4. Remove Board chassis. 1
"(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-194 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
Assy" p.3-194

No. Name
1 CR origin sensor, Lever sensor
2 Take-up ON sensor relay Assy
Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy

7. Replace Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy.
8. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor P.3-202

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Replacing the take-up ON sensor, take-up OFF sensor 4. Remove Take-up ON sensor relay Assy and Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy from CR origin
sensor and lever sensor.
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
1
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.

CR_HP Sensor、Lever DG-40482 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23

Sensor
2
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
products
Hex wrench (3mm) Generic -
products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401
1
1. Remove Take-up scroller.
2. Remove Tension arm. No. Name
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188 1 CR origin sensor, Lever sensor
3. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Sensor mounting plate on the right of the inside Chassis. 2 Take-up ON sensor relay Assy
Take-up OFF sensor relay Assy
3
5. Remove Take-up ON sensor and Take-up OFF sensor from Sensor mounting plate.

1
1
2

No. Name
No. Name
1 Sensor mounting plate
1 Sensor mounting plate
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer (polished) M3 × 6
Ni-3 2 CR origin sensor, Lever sensor

3 Right of the inside Chassis

6. Replace Take-up ON sensor and Take-up OFF sensor.
7. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.6 Replacing Take-up ON Sensor and Take-up OFF Sensor P.3-203

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
(1) Replacing Drive Roller VJ take-up Motor Assy DG-40471 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23
A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.
＋ Driver No.2 Generic -
Name Maintenan Remarks products
ce Part No. Hex wrench (3 mm) Generic -
Drive roller DG-40472 " Exploded View Take Up Assy2" p.11-23 products

＋ Driver No.2 Generic -

products CAUTION
Do not touch Motor shortly after the printer has stopped. Otherwise, you may be
1. Remove Take-up scroller.
burned.
2. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Driver roller to Drive axis C.

1. Remove Take-up scroller.

2. Remove Tension arm.
"3.12.1 Removing Tension Arm" p.3-188
1
3. Remove Take-up unit.
"3.12.2 Removing Take-up Unit" p.3-190
4. Remove Take-up cover.
"3.12.3 Removing Take-up Cover" p.3-191
5. Remove Board chassis.
2 3 "(1) Removing Board Chassis" p.3-194 of "3.12.5 Replacing Take-up Control Board
Assy" p.3-194
No. Name
1 Drive roller
2 Screws retaining Drive roller
(Set screw with thin tip M4 × 6)
3 Drive axis C

3. Remove Drive roller.

4. Replace Drive motor.
5. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

(2) Replacing Take-up Motor Assy

A necessary maintenance part, jigs and tools are as follows.

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy P.3-204

 3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

6. Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Motor mounting plate on the right of the inside Chassis. 8. Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Axis holder on Motor mounting plate.

1
1
3

2
2
No. Name
No. Name
1 Axis holder
1 Motor mounting plate
2 Screws retaining Axis holder
2 Screws retaining Motor mounting plate (Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished M4 × 6
(Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished M4 × Ni-3)
10: 3 pieces)
3 Motor mounting plate
3 Right of inside Chassis
9. Replace VJ take-up motor Assy.
7. Detach Chain from Sprocket large.

2
No. Name
1 Chain
2 Sprocket large

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy P.3-205

3.12 Replacing Take-up Unit Section (Option) VJ1624E-M-03

ii) Tilt Take-up unit at 90 degree and place it as shown below on the right.
NOTE 1
When mounting VL take-up motor, follow the step below to adjust chain tension.
i) Temporary joint the screws (3 pieces) retaining Motor mounting plate to the right of the
inside Chassis.
2

3
No. Name
1 Take-up unit

iii) Tighten the screws in the following order as shown below and fix Motor mounting
2 plate to right of the inside Chassis.

No. Name
1 Motor mounting plate
1
2 Screw retaining Motor mounting plate
(Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer polished M4 × 10
3 pieces)
3 Right of the inside Chassis

10. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

3.12.7 Replacing Peripheral Devices of Take-up Motor Assy P.3-206

 VJ1624E-M-03

4 Adjustment 4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information............................. 4-44

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter ....................... 4-46

4.1 Introduction .................................................................. 4- 3
4.3.17 Initializing activation........................................... 4-48
4.2 Adjustment Item ........................................................... 4- 3
4.3.18 Version Information ........................................... 4-49
4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software. 4- 5
4.3.19 Terminating Application ..................................... 4-49
4.3.1 Parameter Backup .............................................. 4-5
4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment.................................. 4- 50
4.3.2 Jigs and Tools ..................................................... 4-5
4.4.1 Jigs and Tools ................................................... 4-50
4.3.3 Required Environment ........................................ 4-6
4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure ....................................... 4-50
4.3.4 Updating Date and Time ................................... 4-18
4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment ......... 4- 52
4.3.5 Editing Media Type ........................................... 4-19
4.5.1 Jigs and Tools ................................................... 4-52
4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log ........................ 4-21
4.5.2 Adjustment Procedure ....................................... 4-52
4.3.7 Updating main firmware .................................... 4-23
4.6 Head Accuracy Adjustment....................................... 4- 54
4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware ............... 4-24
4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) .................. 4-54
4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters .......................... 4-25
4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) ........................ 4-56
4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter .............................. 4-26
4.7 Head Height Adjustment............................................ 4- 58
4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard .............................. 4-27
4.7.1 Jigs and tools .................................................... 4-58
4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode ......................................... 4-33
4.7.2 Head Height Adjustment.................................... 4-58
4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data.................. 4-41
4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment................................. 4- 59
4.3.14 Sending Authorization code .............................. 4-42

P.4-1
 VJ1624E-M-03

4.9 Cutter position adjustment........................................ 4- 61

P.4-2
 4.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

4.1 Introduction Part replaced or Adjus Adjustment item Reference

adjusted tment
This chapter provides information on necessary adjustment items and procedure. order
MAIN Board Assy 1 Differs depending on the status of "4.3 Working with
TIP MAIN Board Assy. MUTOH Service
Assistance Software"
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6 p.4-5
CR Motor Assy 1 Duration counter clear "6.3.2 Counter
Initialization Menu" p.6-11

4.2 Adjustment Item 2 Uni-D / Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D

Adjustment Menu" p.5-39
This section describes the adjustment items required in part replacement procedures.
When you adjust or replace any of the maintenance parts listed in “Table 7-1 Adjustment Item List”, 3 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom
you must always adjust the printout quality using the self-diagnosis function referring to Table 7- adjustment Menu" p.5-47
1“Adjustment Item List” (p.7-3). 4 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Menu" p.5-48
Part replaced or Adjus Adjustment item Reference PF Motor Assy 1 X speed reduction belt tention "4.5 X Speed
adjusted tment adjustment Reduction Belt Tension
order Adjustment" p.4-52
Printer head 1 Head rank input "(2) Head Rank" p.5- 2 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
(including initial ink charge) 60 Menu" p.5-48
"5.6 Ink Charging
Menu" p.5-25 3 Duration counter clear "6.3.2 Counter
Initialization Menu" p.6-11
2 Head nozzle check "5.7.2 Head Nozzle
Check Menu" p.5-30 P_EDGE Sensor 1 P_EDGE Sensor sensitivity "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor
adjustment Adjustment" p.4-59
3 Head height adjustment "4.7 Head Height
Adjustment" p.4-58 2 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom
adjustment Menu" p.5-47
4 Head slant check "5.7.4 Head Slant
Check Menu" p.5-34 P_REAR Sensor 1 P_Rear Sensor sensitivity "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor
"4.6 Head Accuracy adjustment Adjustment" p.4-59
Adjustment" p.4-54 PF Encoder Assy 1 PF encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"
5 Uni-D / Bi-D Adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D p.5-15
Adjustment Menu" p.5-39 2 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
6 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-48
Menu" p.5-48 T Fence 1 CR encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"
7 Reset of head unit life counter "5.10.1 Parameter p.5-15
Initialization Menu" p.5-57 2 Uni-D / Bi-D Adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
Adjustment Menu" p.5-39

P.4-3
 4.2 Adjustment Item VJ1624E-M-03

Part replaced or Adjus Adjustment item Reference

adjusted tment
order
T Fence 3 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom
（Continued） adjustment Menu" p.5-47
4 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Menu" p.5-48
CR Return Pulley 1 Steel belt tention adjustment "4.4 Steel Belt Tension
Adjustment" p.4-50
2 Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
Adjustment Menu" p.5-39
3 Side adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom
adjustment Menu" p.5-47
4 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Menu" p.5-48
Carriage Assy 1 PG height adjustmen "4.7 Head Height
Adjustment" p.4-58
2 CR encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"
p.5-15
3 Paper Edge Sensor Assy "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor
sensitivity adjustment Adjustment" p.4-59
4 Sequential printing endurance "5.12.7 General
operation check Endurance Menu" p.5-76
5 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top&Bottom
adjustment Menu" p.5-47
6 Head nozzle check "5.7.2 Head Nozzle
Check Menu" p.5-30
7 Head slant check "5.7.4 Head Slant
Check Menu" p.5-34
8 Head slant adjustment "4.6 Head Accuracy
Adjustment" p.4-54
9 Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
Adjustment Menu" p.5-39
10 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Menu" p.5-48

P.4-4
 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance 4.3.1 Parameter Backup

Software The NVRAM (Flash-ROM) installed on the MAIN board Assy stores various parameters for the
system operation.
This section explains operation using "MUTOH Service Assistance".
“MUTOH Service Assistance“ is abbreviated as “MSA“ hereinafter. The available backup parameters are as follows.

Installation and download of parameters and firmware installation are performed through the network • Panel setting parameters
using dedicated network software (MSA). • Mechanism adjustment parameters
• Main board-unique adjustment parameters
CAUTION
Never disclose how to replace MSA for Technician (explained later) in "MUTOH TIP
Service Assistance" to users because the software has a function regarding
The MAIN board-unique adjustment parameters cannot be erased or modified.
printer security.
Each function of "MUTOH Service Assistance" works on the premise that the
serial number is entered. If it is not entered, register it again using Board
If the MAIN board Assy is found to need replacement during maintenance operations, make sure to
replacement wizard.
back up the parameters. The backup data can be used to restore the original system status, omitting
"4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-27
some adjustment steps.

"4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters" p.4-25

"4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter" p.4-26
NOTE
This manual is edited based on MUTOH Service Assistance Ver.1.1.2 4.3.2 Jigs and Tools
The following jigs and tools are required for MUTOH Service Assistance.

• Windows PC:
• CPU: Pentium 400MHz or higher, Installed memory: 128MB or more
• With one of the following installed: Windows 98 SE / Windows 98 Me / Windows 2000 /
Windows XP/ Windows Vista
• Equipped with network interface connector (RJ-45) (10M/100M Ethernet I/F)
• Dedicated network software (MUTOH Service Assistance) is already installed
• Network interface cable (crossover cable *For hub connection, straight cable)

4.3.1 Parameter Backup P.4-5

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.3 Required Environment 1. Click the Start button and then click [Control Panel].
• The “Control Panel” window will be displayed.
Before starting work, set up the following environment.
2. Click "Allow a program through
(1) Installing MUTOH Service Assistance Windows Firewall”.

1. Insert the MSA installed CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive of the PC, and open from "My
Computer".
2. Drag and drop the "MUTOH Service Assistance" folder to the desktop to copy the files.

(2) Creating a Shortcut

To make it simple to start the "MUTOH Service Assistance", create a shortcut on the desktop.

1. Open the "MUTOH Service Assistance" folder on the desktop.

2. Right-click the [MUTOH Service

Assistance.exe] in the folder, and
select [Send To]-[Desktop (create 3. When the “Windows Firewall
shortcut)]. Settings” window is displayed, select
the “Exceptions” tab and click the
“Add program...” button.

3. A "Shortcut to MUTOH Service Assistance" icon is created on the desktop.

(3) Setting Exceptions in Windows Firewall Setting

If you use Windows Vista or later as the OS, you need to add MSA to the exceptions list for Windows
Firewall.

NOTE
• This procedure is for Windows Vista.
• If you use virus security software other than Windows Firewall, you may need to change
settings for that software. Contact the software vendor for correct settings and procedures.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-6

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4. When the “Add a Program” window 7. Confirm that MSA.exe is added in

is displayed, click the “Browse...” the “Windows Firewall Settings”
button. window and click the “OK” button.
• Complete the setting.

5. When the “Browse” window is

displayed, select Mutoh Service
Assistance.exe where the Mutoh
Service Assistance is installed and
click the “Open” button. (4) Confirming Startup of the "MUTOH Service Assistance"
1
1. Double-click the [Shortcut to Mutoh Service
Assistance.exe], and check that the application starts
correctly.
At the first startup, it shall be started in English mode.

2
(5) Connecting Printer and Computer
1. Turn OFF both the printer and computer.
6. Make sure that MSA.exe is added
and click the “OK” button.
• The Windows Firewall Settings
window will be displayed.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-7

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

2. Insert Connector of Network interface cable into Network interface connector located in the back
of the printer.

0GVYQTM+PVGTHCEGEQPPGEVQT

3. Connect the other connector of Network interface cable to your PC.

NOTE
When connecting a printer to a computer one-on-one, use a cross cable. When connecting
the printer and computer via a hub, use a straight cable.
If possible, set the printer away from Network and directly connect to the host computer with
a cross cable.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-8

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(6) Starting the printer Follow the steps below to start up in board manager mode.
When using MSA, the printer must be started in the relevant mode depending on the function you use.

1. When printer is in operation status or in diagnosis

NOTE menu display status, press [Power] key to OFF.
2. While holding down [<] key on Operation panel,
When the printer’s set up mode is inappropriate to the MSA function, an error message press [Power] key to turn OFF.
appears. When an error message is displayed, restart the printer in the mode described in the
next table. [Board Manager Mode] is displayed on LCD
panel. Releasing the [<] key will display [Waiting
PR ： Printer mode for command].
BM ： Board manager mode Backward feed

PR/BM ： Any mode can be used

MSA Function Printer start mode
"4.3.5 Editing Media Type" p.4-19 BM Forward feed

"4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log" p.4-21 PR

"4.3.7 Updating main firmware" p.4-23 PR/BM
"4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware" p.4-24 BM NOTE
"4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters" p.4-25 PR/BM If the [Waiting for command] is not displayed, follow the steps below.
"4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter" p.4-26 BM If any IP address other than default address is displayed on Board, release [<] key to
change display to [IP192.168.xxx.xxx] (depending on the set address) on LCD panel. In
"4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-27 BM this case, display the default IP (IP192.168.1.253) or the set IP address using the [+] key
or [-] key, and press [Enter] key. [Waiting for command] will then appears.
"4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode" p.4-33 PR
"4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data" p.4-41 BM
"4.3.14 Sending Authorization code" p.4-42 BM
"4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information" p.4-44 PR
"4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter" p.4-46 PR

(6-a)Starting Board Manager Mode

Start up printer in board manager mode.
Follow the steps below to start up in board manager mode.

(6-b)Starting Board Manager Mode

Start up printer in board manager mode.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-9

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(7) Printer IP Address Check

NOTE
Printer IP address can be confirmed from either printer mode or board manager mode. Follow the steps
below. When “Set 23: IP address“ etc. does not appears, set up from “Menu 5: Easy Setup“ to display
IP address and others.
(7-a)Printer IP Address Check in Printer Mode 『Operation Manual』

1. Start up the printer in printer mode.

2. Press [Menu] on Operation panel. (7-b)Checking the printer IP address in Board manager mode

1. Start up printer in board manager mode.

2. While Power light is on, press any key
other than [Power] key.
㨣㨍㨕㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨒㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㨏㨛㨙㨙㨍㨚㨐
IP address and sub net masks can be
* key
checked on the LCD monitor of Operation
㧵㧼‫ޓޓ‬㧩㧝㧥㧞㧚㧝㧢㧤㧚㧜㧜㧝㧚㧞㧡㧟
Backward feed
panel.
* key
㧹㧭㧿㧷㧩㧞㧡㧡㧚㧞㧡㧡㧚㧞㧡㧡㧚㧜㧜㧜

* key

Forward feed * key: any key other than [Power] key

3. After LCD panel displays “Menu1:Setup>", confirm IP address, sub net mask, default gateway by
following steps. NOTE
㧹㨑㨚㨡㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜㧪
When Network interface card is not recognized
because of its damage or contact failure, LCD
display changes as shown in the right figure. 㨣㨍㨕㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨒㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㨏㨛㨙㨙㨍㨚㨐
[Setting/Value-]key * key
㧺㨛‫ޓ‬㧺㨑㨠㨣㨛㨞㨗‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨠㨑㨞㨒㨍㨏㨑

[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key * key

[Enter]
Displays IP Address * key: any key other than [Power] key
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key
[Enter]
Displays Subnet Mask
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key
[Enter]
Displays Default Gateway
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-10

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(8) Computer IP Address Setting 4. When printer IP address is

“192.168.1.253“, enter any value of
(8-a)Connecting with Crossover Cable "192.168.1.1" to 192.168.1.252" or
"192.168.1.254" in [IP address].
When directly connecting computer and printer, follow the steps as below.
*When printer IP address is changed to When this numerical value
of the printer is “231”, input
any other value, enter its value up to third Set the same numerical
any value from 1 to 230 or
232 to 254.
NOTE dotted quad (third comma) in computer
value as the printer.

The following explains the procedure to set up on Windows XP keeping printer default IP IP address field and enter different value
address, “192.168.1.253” for only last dotted quad.

1. From the [Control Panel], open [Network Connections].

2. Right-click [Local Area Connection] and select [Properties].
3. Double-click [Internet Protocol (TCP/
IP)].

5. Click [OK] to finish setting.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-11

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(8-b)Connecting with Straight Cable 4. When printer IP address is

When connecting computer and printer with straight cable (through hub, like LAN), follow the steps “192.168.123.231“, enter any value
below. from "192.168.123.1 to
192.168.123.230" or "192.168.123.232
to 192.168.123.254" in [IP address].
When this numerical value
NOTE *In this case, IP address must be of the printer is “231”, input
any value from 1 to 230 or
different from other PC IP address Set the same numerical
value as the printer.
232 to 254.
The following explains the procedure to set up on Windows XP with printer IP address, connected on the same hub
“192.168.123.231”.

1. From [Control Panel], open [Network Connections].

2. Right-click [Local Area Connection] and select [Properties].
3. Double-click [Internet Protocol (TCP/
IP)].

5. Click [OK] to finish setting.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-12

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(9) Confirming Startup of the "MUTOH Service Assistance" 5 Acquring or Saving “ Error Log”.

1. Double-click the [Shortcut to MUTOH 6 Updating “Main F/W”.

Service Assistance.exe], and check that
7 Updating Heater Controller F/W”.
the application starts correctly.
At the first startup, it shall be started in 8 Acquring “Individual Code”.
English mode.
9 Sending authorization code (.ulk file) sent by MUTOH Industries authorized
2. Automatic printer model selection is dealer to a printer.
started.
10 Acquring Setup information from a printer by a text file.
（It displays IP address set by MSA.）
• When [Cancel] is clicked, it appears 11 Acquiraing Maintenance information (.mnt file) from a printer.
the main window at the time of
communication indefinite. 12 Terminating the MSA.

• At the first startup, it shall be

started in English mode.
TIP
3. After having chosen printer model, main
window appears. ・ Following main window is
1 2 displayed when it cannot
3 communicate with a printer . 1 2
4 3
5 When [connection error] is displayed,
refer to 4
6
"2.2.7 Problems in Using 5
7 MUTOH Service Assistance" p.2-61
8
9
10
11
No. Contents
12
1 Setting IP address.
Changing language.
Selecting printer model automatically.

2 Confirming MSA version.

No. Contents 3 Displaying “disconnect”.

1 Setting IP address, Selecting language, Automatic printer model selection 4 Browsing “Error Log”.(It cannot be acquired from a printer.)

2 Confirming version of MSA. 5 Terminating the MSA.

3 Displaying chosen printer model name.

4 Editting “user type name”.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-13

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(10)IP address setting (11)Language setting

This section describes the procedure to set up IP address for MSA. Menu and message can be shown in either English or Japanese which can be selected. Change shall be
When indicated IP address is different from printer IP address, change IP address to match the printer activated when program is restarted.
IP address. Follow the steps below to change language.

1. Select [Setup (S)] - [Language (L)] form

NOTE the main window.
The IP address default value for printer and MSA is set to “192.168.1.253“. When the default
value is used, the following setting in not needed.

Follow the steps below to set the IP address.

1. Select [Setup (S)] - [Option (O)] on the

main window.

2. Click [OK] on [Confirmation of language

switching] window.

Application shall be terminated

automatically.
2. Input the IP address in the field with red
mark. IP address is the same with
computer’s.
NOTE
When IP address is changed, [Automatic • When English mode is selected, [Setup(S)] on menu changes to “Setup (S)”.
model selection confirmation] window • The language displayed at the initial startup of MSA depends on the language setting of
appears. your OS.(When the language setting of your OS is set to a language other than Japanese,
MSA is displayed in English.)

3. Click [Yes] to use Automatic selection.

Model name shall be changed to the name
of the connected printer model.

*This window appears only when IP

address is changed.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-14

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(12)Switching to Technician Mode 4. Enter User ID and Password.

MUTOH Service Assistance is in MSA for User (User mode) at the time of start-up. Switch it to MSA Then click [Login].
for Technician (Technician mode) when performing maintenance operations.

CAUTION
Do NOT disclose the procedure to switch Technician mode to the user.
This mode is approved to use only by maintenance engineers.

CAUTION
1. On User mode main window, click
[Help] - [Version ]. Login name and password is not disclosed in this manual.
Contact MUTOH INDUSTRIES dealer.
[Version information] window appears.

5. The main screen of Technician mode

will be displayed.

2. Double-click the MUTOH logo (1) and

then the MSA icon (2).

Then click [OK]. 2

3. Double click [MUTOH].

Login window will be displayed.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-15

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software
TIP
The main window is changed with the
tab of the right figures ① and ② .
①、 Setup List
②、 Adjust Parameter
③、 Speed button
④、 Changing the size of the Main
wiondow
⑤、 Function button
1. In [Setup Information] window, you can
refer to the following:
- Setup information of the printer
- Setup information of the printer read by
the saved parameters
2. In [Adjustment Parameters] window, you
can refer to the following:
- Printer adjustment parameters
- Printer adjustment parameters by the
saved parameters
3. Use the speed buttons (Number 3 in the
figure) to save files. (Common to all
windows.)
4.3.3 Required Environment
VJ1624E-M-03
4. Changing the size of the Main window.
5. Details of each function button
button name refer to (details）
4
Date and Time Update "4.3.4 Updating Date and Time" p.4-18
Media Type Edit "4.3.5 Editing Media Type" p.4-19
Error Log Download (hst) "4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log" p.4-21
Main F/W Update (jfl) "4.3.7 Updating main firmware" p.4-23
Heater Controller F/WUpdate (mfl) "4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware"
 p.4-24
Parameter Download(prm) "4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters" p.4-25
Parameter Upload(prm) "4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter" p.4-26
 2
Board Replacement Wizard "4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-27
3 Diagnostic Mode "4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode" p.4-33
Individual Code Download(ink/mpi) "4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data"
p.4-41
Authorization Coce Upload(ulk) "4.3.14 Sending Authorization code" p.4-42
Inactivation "4.3.17 Initializing activation" p.4-48
Exit "4.3.19 Terminating Application" p.4-49
NOTE
If User mode is started in English mode, Technician mode also starts in English mode. If the
language mode is switched from “Setting (S)” - “Language (L)” in Technician mode, you
will need to login again.
Lists up the information acquired
from the parameter file.
Saves the listed information as
plain text.
Lists up the information acquired
from the printer.
Clears the listed information.
Changes the font of the listed
information.
P.4-16
 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(13)Optional Function for Technician Mode 5. Confirm IP address is the same with printer
In Technician mode, the following can be done from “Option” window. IP address in IP address field.

• Selecting appropriate model manually After confirmation, click [OK].

• Check and confirmation of MSA IP address
If an IP address that is different from that of
the printer is displayed, change it to the
NOTE same IP address as the printer, and then
click on “OK” .
MSA has a function to automatically recognize model so that manual model select function
is normally not required.

Manual function is limited to use especially when installing the new firmware in a Board
without any firmware in it.

1. Start [MUTOH Service Assistance.exe]

from shortcut on desktop window.

2. Switch to Technician mode.

"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
3. From main window, select [Setup(S)] -
[Option(O)].

4. Select appropriate model name from drop-

down menu for “Model name”.

After model is selected, model-specific

functions are operable.

4.3.3 Required Environment P.4-17

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.4 Updating Date and Time 3. Once transmission has started, the
This section explains the operating procedure which updates the date and time of a printer using MSA. 「Progress」 window is displayed.

NOTE
4. Once transmission has completed, the
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: 「Date and time update」 window is
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. displayed.Click [OK] to close the
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 window.
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
5. Make sure that the time displayed on thepanel of the printer has beed changed.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" "5.5.10 Time Check Menu" p.5-24
p.4-6

1. Click [Date and Time Update]on main

window.

2. Click ［OK］ to send the systemtime of

the computer to the printer, as the data of
year, month, day, and time.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main menu.

4.3.4 Updating Date and Time P.4-18

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.5 Editing Media Type 3. When [Media type download] window

appears, click [OK].
This section describes the procedure to customize media name for user.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
4. When acquisition starts, [Process dialog]
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
window appears.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. 5. After media names are acquired, [Media type
download] window appears.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment"
Click [OK] to return to [Media type download]
p.4-6 window.

1. Click [Media Type Edit]on main window.

6. Edit user media name ① . After editing

completed, click [Upload] ② .

*UP to 10 characters can be entered. Delete

unwanted character by entering space. “\(back
slash)” and “~ (tilde)” cannot be entered.
2. When [Media Type Edit] window appears,
click [Download]. 1

Click [Cancel] to return to the main window.

7. On [Media type upload] click [OK].

Media name update starts.

4.3.5 Editing Media Type P.4-19

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

8. When Update starts, [Process dialogue]

window appears.

9. Confirm completion of update on [Media type

upload] window, click [OK].

Return to [Media Type Edit] window.

4.3.5 Editing Media Type P.4-20

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log 3. On [Confirmation of error log download]
This section describes how to acquire and save error log on printer accessed to Technician mode. window, click [OK].

NOTE
Acquiring and saving error log can be processed form printer mode or Manager mode.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
NOTE
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment"
one is registered, an warning message appears.
p.4-6
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

1. Click [Error Log Download]on main

window.. 4. While downloading error log,
[Communication situation] window
appears.

2. Click on [Error log download].

5. After completion of acquiring failure
record information, [ Error log download
] window appears.
Click 「OK」 .

6. After completion of acquiring failure

record information, [Error log download]
window appears.

NOTE If there is no failure record in printer,

You can also get the data by selecting [Operation] - [Download] from [Error log download] [<No data>] appears on [Error log
window. download] window.

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log P.4-21

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

7. If saving the data, click on [Error

NOTE
log download] window.
To reference failure record information, proceed as follows.

1. Click on [Error log download]

Window.

Also form ［File］ - ［Open］ is the

same.

NOTE
You can also save the data by selecting [File] - [Save as] from [Error log download] window. 2. Click appropriate failure record
information file (*.hst) ① and click
[Open] ② . 1
8. On [Save as] window, enter desired file
name ① and click [Save] ② .

The File extension will be *hst.

1 2
3. Record data appears on [Error log
download] window.

TIP
You can also save the data by selecting [File] - [Save as] from [Error log download]
window.

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log P.4-22

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.7 Updating main firmware 3. On [Main F/W update], click [OK].

The following describes the procedure to update main side firmware accessed to Technician mode
*Press [Cancel] to return to the main
without replacing Main board Assy.
window.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
NOTE
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" one is registered, an warning message appears.
p.4-6
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

1. Click [Main F/W Update] on main

window. 4. While firmware transfer is in process,
[Communication situation] window
appears.

*Press [Stop] to stop transfer and return

to the main window.

5. After [Transfer completed] window

2. Select and click target install file (*jfl) to appears, click [OK] to close.
transfer ① and click [Open] ② .
1
* Press [Cancel] to return to the main
window.

CAUTION
When “Main F/W update” windows appears on step 5, only transfer of install file from
MSA for Technician to printer is terminated but program installation to printer is not
2 terminated. DO NOT turn off the printer unless installation to printer is terminated.
After program installation completes, Main board buzzer rings 3 times.

4.3.7 Updating main firmware P.4-23

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware

This section describes procedure to update heater controller firmware on Technician mode.
NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
NOTE inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 Click [OK] to return to main window.
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
4. When firmware installation is in process,
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. [Communication situation] window
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" appears.
p.4-6
*Press [Cancel] to return to the main
window.

1. Click [Heater Controller F/W Update]on 5. After [Transfer completed] window

main window. appears, click [OK] to close.

CAUTION
2. Select and click target install file (*mfl) When “Heater controller F/W update” window appears on step 5, only transfer of
to transfer ① and click [Open] ② . installation file from MSA for Technician to printer is terminated but program
1 installation to printer is not terminated. DO NOT turn off power unless installation to
* Press [Cancel] to return to the main printer is terminated.
window. After program installation completes, Main board buzzer rings 3 times.

3. On [Heater controller F/W update], click

[OK].

*Press [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware P.4-24

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters

This section describes the procedure to receive backup parameter from the printer by using Technician
mode.
NOTE
Saving backup parameter and main board inheritance information acquisition can be
processed both from printer mode and board manager mode.
NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect one
is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:

3. While receiving Parameters, [Progress]
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
window appears.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6

4. Enter any file name and click [Save] on

[Save the download parameter save]
1. Click [Parameter Download] on main
window. (File shall be saved in “.prm”
window.
extension form automatically.)

*File name can be anything.

** Click [Cancel] to return to the
previous window without saving.

2. Click [OK] on [Parameter Download]

window to start receiving backup
parameters. 5. On [Parameter download ] window, click
[OK] to close the window.

4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters P.4-25

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter

NOTE
This section describes the procedure to send backup parameters by using Technician mode.
If clicking [Open] to select any file not saved in *.prm extension file, an error message
appears and return tothe main window.
NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
3. Click [OK] on “Parameter upload“.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment"
p.4-6
NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
1. Click [Parameter Upload (prm)] on main unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
window. inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

4. When parameter sending is in process,

[Progress] window appears.
2. The [Selection of parameter file to be
uploaded] window appears. *Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without saving.
Select and click appropriate parameter
file and click [Open] to send.
5. Click [OK] on [Parameter upload].
* Any extension except *.prm is invalid.

**Click [Cancel] to stop sending and

return to the main window.

4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter P.4-26

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard

This section describes Board replacement wizard which support replacing MAIN board Assy. • Confirm that the printer is running in board manager mode.

NOTE 5. Confirm the printer model for board

replacement ① . 1
• About mounting alternative MAIN board, refer to "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Then click ［OK］ ② .
Assy" p.3-53.
• When completing Board replacement wizard normally, Printer Identification DATA is 2
saved automatically at the end of the wizard.Make sure to upload saved mpi file to MB-
web server, then update the Printer Identification DATA. 6. After displaying Board replacement wizard window, work by messages.
If you fail to update, printer user does not receive services such as Smart/C.
• Install the latest firmware using the latest MSA. NOTE
Work contents are different by the conditions of malfunction board and alternative
1. Start up the printer in board manager mode. board.
"(6-b) Starting Board Manager Mode" p.4-9 "(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-28
2. Connect PC to the printer.
"(8) Computer IP Address Setting" p.4-11

NOTE
When using Board replacement wizard, set the Ip address of PC to [192.168.1.1] and
Title
Display operating index
set the IP address of printer to[192.168.1.253]. sequentially.

3. Start up the MSA in Technician mode.

"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15

4. Select the ［Board replacement wizard].

The message and the button

according to present work
NOTE are displayed one by one.

• Before selecting [Board replacing wizard], it is

necessary that the printer model for board
replacement is selected in MSA. After Establishing the communication with faulty board,displaying the information of the board.

• After confirming the printer model for board

replacement is correct on [Printer model] of [Option] 7. After finishing the wizard, doing various adjustment works to complete the replacing MAIN
of [Setup], selected [Board replacement wizard]. board Assy.
• On the same window, confirm that [LAN setting ] is "(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board
set to [192.168.1.253]. replacement pattern" p.4-29

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-27

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard

［Board Replacement wizard］is selected  "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy" p.3-53

IS MSA communicate
NO
with faulty board?

YES
Wizard Window A

Saving (*prm)

Replacing MAIN board Replacing MAIN board

YES YES
Is F/W installed ？  Is F/W installed ？ 

Wizard Window B
NO NO

Does F/W update NO Does F/W update

NO
or reinstall? or reinstall?

YES YES

Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Wizard Window C

Is Backup NO Is Backup
NO
DATA (*prm) saved ? DATA (*prm) saved ?

YES YES Wizard Window D

Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm)

Serial Number reregistration Serial Number reregistration

Wizard Window E

Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi)

Wizard Window F
Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End

Board Replacement
Pattern
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement pattern" p.4-29

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-28

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement pattern

Board replacement pattern

sequen Adjustment Items Refer to ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

ce

1 Requiring Printer Identification DATA (mpi file） "4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data" p.4-41 － － ● ● ● ●

2 Resending Authorization code (ulk file） "4.3.14 Sending Authorization code" p.4-42 － － ● ● ● ●

3 Updating (*mpi) on the MB-web Printer Activation guide ● ● ● ● ● ●

4 Resetting Smart/C Printer Activation guide － － ● ● ● ●

5 Inputting Head rank "(2) Head Rank" p.5-60 － － － ● － ●

6 Adjusting Paper edge sensor "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-59 ● ● ● ● ● ●

7 Adjusting Paper Rear Sensor "4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-59 ● ● ● ● ● ●

8 Setting Ink-NOT Filled Flag "(5) Ink filled flag" p.5-63 － － － ● － ●

9 Confirming Head nozzles "5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu" p.5-30 ● ● ● ● ● ●

10 Adjusting Uni-D/Bi-D "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu" p.5-39 － － － ● － ●

11 Adjusting Top & Side "5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu" p.5-47 － － － ● － ●

12 Test Printing "5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-48 ● ● ● ● ● ●

●：Need to work　／　－：Need not work

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-29

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(3) Wizard window （according to Flow chart)

(3-a)Wizard Window A 　
Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● Click 0GZV -
Introduction

It diagnose whether it can communicate with faulty board. -

Diagnosis of the faulty board
After settings, click 0GZV .
- Do not turn off the printer.
Diagnosing the faulty board

● ● - - - - Is MSA communicate with faulty board ? → When YES:

Click 䎪䏈䏗䎃䏓䏕䏐 , After acquiring, click 0GZV . -
Data back up of the faulty board

After completing Back up ,proceed to, "(3-b) Wizard window B" p.4-31 Do not turn off the printer.
Making the faulty board data back up

- - ● ● ● ● IS MSA communicate with faulty board? → When NO:

Click 䎵䏈䏗䏕䏜 when reconfirming the communication with the faulty board. Display Yellow window.
Diagnosis of the faulty board

Click 0GZV when not performing the above work.

Proceed to "(3-b) Wizard window B" p.4-31

"(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-28

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-30

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(3-b)Wizard window B
Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● Replace MAIN board Assy. Do not turn off the PC.
Attachment and diagnosis of the alteranative board
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN Board Assy" p.3-53
　　　　↓ After replacing,
Click 0GZV .

Diagnoses whether main F/W is installed. Do not turn off the printer.
Diagnosing the alternative board

- ● - - ● ● Is F/W installed? → If YES:

When reinstalling or updating main F/W, click 䎵䏈䎐䏌䏑䏖䏗䏄䏏䏏 . Display Green window.
Attachment and diagnosis of the alteranative board

Proceed to "(3-c) Wizard window C" p.4-31

Click 䎶䏎䏌䏓 when not performing the above work.

Proceed to "(3-d) Wizard windowD" p.4-32

● - ● ● - - Is F/W installed? → If NO:

Proceed to "(3-c) Wizard window C" p.4-31

(3-c)Wizard window C

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● After Clicking 4GHGT to select main F/W, clicking 0GZV to start installing. • When main F/W is not
Installation of main F/W
installed, clicking 0GZV
without selecting main F/W.
Proceed to "(3-d) Wizard
②⑤ are only 䎵䏈䎐䏌䏑䏖䏗䏄䏏䏏 windowD" p.4-32
is selected. After completing, proceed to "(3-d) Wizard windowD" p.4-32. Do not turn off the printer.
Installing the main F/W

"(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-28

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-31

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03
(3-d)Wizard windowD

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● - - - - Click 0GZV to send “*.prm”. -
Sending of the back up data

- - ● ● ● ● When there is ".prm" data saved before, click 4GUVQTG to send it. When 䎶䏎䏌䏓 is clicked, the
Sending of the back up data
When there is no ".prm" data saved, click 䎶䏎䏌䏓 . ".prm" data is not sent.
Proceed to "(3-e) Wizard window E" p.4-32

● ● ● - ● - After sending the ".prm" data, proceed to "(3-f) Wizard window F" p.4-32. Do not turn off the printer.
Sending the back up data

(3-e)Wizard window E

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
- - - - ● ● Click 0GZV to register the serial number. Register the same serial number
R-registration of the serial number
as the faulty board.

「After registering the "serial number", proceed to "(3-f) Wizard window F" p.4- Do not turn off the printer.
Registering the serial number
32

(3-f)Wizard window F

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● After the wizard ends, click -
Termaination
䎪䏈䏗䎃䏓䏕䏐 to acquire the ".mpi" data.
After acquiring the ".mpi" data, perform various adjustments.
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board
replacement pattern" p.4-29
"(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard" p.4-28

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard P.4-32

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode

This section describes the procedure to use remote panel mode on Technician mode.
Each function can be monitored on each window and those windows can be displayed at the
same time.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment"
p.4-6

1. Click [Remote panel mode] on main

window.

2. Click appropriate function to monitor.

*Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.
3. Click "Maintenance Information Save" to
save maintenance information.
"(6) Saving the maintenance
information" p.4-40
DNKPMKPI㧦0QTOCN
5JQYKPI5VCVWU DNKPMKPI㧦%TQUUGF
DNKPMKPI㧦#DPQTOCN

NOTE
The monitoring information is acquired every time seconds from the printer through
the 「Remort Panel」 .When a communication error has occurred, the
communication status changes to red, and an error message [Communication error]
is displayed.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-33

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(1) Ink System Monitoring

NOTE
Click [Ink system monitor] on [Remote panel] to indicate the condition of connected printer ink
system. Grayed out when some sensors are malfunctioning and their monitoring information is
invalid.
Also grayed out when the function does not apply to the model.
1
2

3
4
5
6
7

No. Part name

1 Ink color indication
2 The condition of Sub tank sensor is displayed.
Green: Sensor ON
White: Sensor OFF
3 The condition of Two-way solenoid is displayed.
open ： Two-way solenoid is open
close ： Two-way solenoid is closed
4 Condition of cartridge
Green: Cartridge exists
Red : No Cartridges
5 Display the existence of Smart chip card.
Green: Normal
Red : Ink near End
6 Head Temperature (C = Celsius, F = Fahrenheit)
7 Cancel monitoring

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-34

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Smart chip monitoring

No. content
Click [Smart chip monitoring] on [Remort panel] window to indicate the condition of the connected
1 Error status No errors
printer cartridge.
Recoverable error (the target item is displayed in
yellow)
Non-recoverable error (the error number is
displayed)
 
Not supported
Cartridge is not inserted
Format Check OK ： Normal、 NG ： Abnormal
Format -
Color Indicating inserted cartridge color
（When the cleaning cartridge inserted, the display is
gray.)
 
Ink type -
Ink kind Ink category
Capacity(ml) Ink Volume(ml)
Consume (ml) Consumed amount of Ink (ml)
Company code -
Serial No -
Insert count Plug in / off counter
Format Check OK ： Normal、 NG ： Abnormal
2 Displaying no message when the cartridges are not installed.
3 Indicating an ink cartridge of wrong color is inserted in the cartridge slot.
4 Cancel monitoring.

NOTE
• Grayed out when some sensors are malfunctioning and their monitoring information is
invalid.
Also grayed out when the function does not apply to the model.
• When the monitoring information is invalid due to smart chip read error, etc, [NG] is
displayed in [Format Check], and [ - ]is displayed in other items.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-35

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(3) Heater System Monitoring

Click [Heater monitoring] on [Remort panel] to indicate the condition of connected printer heater
system

  

No. Content
1 Followings are indicated for preheater, platen heater, Dryer in order
from top.
Preset printing temperature
Preset stand-by temperature
Preset stand-by limit time
Thermistser 1,2
*In addition, Temperatures are indicated in
C=Celsius, F=Farlenheit. AD value is reference
value.
2 When thermistor reaches to preset temperature, the indication changes
to green.
3 Cancel monitoring
4 After heating completes and starts printing, the indication changes to
green.

NOTE
When monitoring information is invalid because of any sensor errors, thermistor temperature
indication shall be the default value of 20 °C (68°F).

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-36

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(4) Head Temperature Transition Monitoring

Head temperature transition of the connected printer can be monitored.
[Head temperature transition] graphs vary depending on the number of the print heads.

No. Part name

1 Displays the head temperature at every 3 seconds for 5 minutes.
2 Displays the current head temperature (°C).
3 Stops monitoring.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-37

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(5) Head temperature transition logging (5-a)Logging setting

The transition of the head temperatures of the connected printer can be logged in. Select Logging setting menu to open the Logging setting window.
Every head on the printer is displayed in the graph of [Head temperature transition].
Press the start button to start logging.

2 1
1

3 2

3
4 5 6

No. Part name 4

1 Logging details are displayed.

• Measuring counter
No. Part name
• Starting date
• Time 1 Set up the destination folder to save logging data.
• Interval
2 Enter the time for logging.
2 Make settings for logging.
3 Enter the interval of logging.
3 Displays the transition of head temperatures.
4 Save the setting.
4 Start logging.
5 Stop logging.
TIP
6 Stop logging, and close the logging window.
Logging data is sorted by head and saved in plain text format.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-38

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(5-b)Logging method
TIP
First, set the conditions in the Logging setting menu.
The logging data is saved in the designated folder every time it is logged in. Even when
"(5-a) Logging setting" p.4-38 logging is interrupted by clicking the [Finish] or [Cancel] button, the logging data up to that
point is saved.
1. Check the time and interval.
2. Press the Start button.
7. When more than the set time has passed, a message box is displayed to confirm the end of logging.

2 8. Click OK to go back to the Head temperature transition logging window and confirm the logging
data in the save folder.

TIP
TIP
If the logging data save folder is not set before pressing Start button, an error message is
displayed. The saved file name for the logging data is “Head_*_Tmp_Log.txt” (* is the head number).

3. The message box is displayed to confirm the start of logging.

Click [OK].

4. Logging starts.

2 1

5. Logging starts date is registered.

6. Measuring counter starts counting up.

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-39

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(6) Saving the maintenance information 5. After saving the data, the "Save
maintenance information" message
1. Make sure that monitoring is done
box is displayed.
normally.
Click [OK] to return to the "Remote
2. Click [Maintenance Info. Save]. panel" window.

3. Click [OK] to start acquiring the

maintenance information.

* Click [Cancel] to return to the

"Remote panel" window.

NOTE
Monitoring is stopped temporarily while the maintenance information is saved.

4. After acquiring the information, the

"Name and save" window is displayed.

The serial number of the printer and the

date are set as default, but you can
change it.

Specify the location to save the data

and click [Save].

Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

TIP
The extension is ".mnt".

4.3.12 Remote Panel Mode P.4-40

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data 3. When printer identification data acquisition
This section describe the procedure to acquire printer identification data. is in process, [Progress dialog] window
Printer identification data file shall be used to issue authorization code file by MUTOH INDUSTRIES appears.
dealer.
4. When data acquisition completes,
[Individual code download] window
NOTE appears.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. *Click [OK] to appear 「Save the
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 individual code」 window
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
5. On [Save the individual code] window,
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
select where to save and enter name and
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. click [Save] to save printer identification
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" data file .
p.4-6
*Saved file extension is *.ink.

**Click [Cancel] to return to the main

1. Click [Individual Code Download] on main window without saving.
window.

2. Click [OK] on [Individual code download]

NOTE
to start. Saved printer identification information file shall be used to issue authorization code file.
MUTOH will issue the authentication code file depending on the printer identification
*Click [Cancel] to return to main window information file.
without acquiring printer identification data.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data P.4-41

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.14 Sending Authorization code

This section describes the procedure to send authorization code file from computer to printer by using
3. Click [OK] on [Authorization code upload]
Technician mode. Authorization code file will be issued based on the printer identification information
to start sending authorization code file.
file sent to MUTOH via email.
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without sending.
NOTE
Before this operation, prepare the following:
• Before sending authorization code, save authorization code file (*.ulk) from MUTOH
INDUSTRIES dealer in any folder. NOTE
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" Click [OK] to return to main window.
p.4-6

4. When authorization code file sending is in

process, a progress dialog appears.
1. Click [Authorization Code Upload] on main
window.

NOTE
2. Select and click authorization code file from • When an error occurs while transmitting the authentification code, an error message is
saved folder and click [Open] . displayed. Click the [OK] button of the error message to return to the main window.

*Click [Cancel] to return to the main • When the printer supports activation
window. and is locked, the 「Activation」
window is displayed. It is also
possible to execute activation.

NOTE
When inappropriate file is selected clicked to open, error message appears and return to the
main window.

4.3.14 Sending Authorization code P.4-42

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

5. When sending completes, [Authorization

code upload] window appears. Click [OK] to
return to the main window.

4.3.14 Sending Authorization code P.4-43

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information

This section describes the procedure to refer printer set up information using Technician mode.
NOTE
If you select an inappropriate file (such as a file which has as extension other than
*.prn, etc and click [Open]. an error message is displayed and the display returns
NOTE to the main window.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. 3. Once the setup information has been
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 acquired, the following information is
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. displayed:
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 • Serial No.
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. • Printer Model
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" • File path
p.4-6
TIP
The acquired data and firmware version are not displayed.
(1) Acquiring Setup Information from Backup Parameter (*.prn) to Reference

1. Click on 「Set up List」 . 4. 「Refer the file」 window is

displayed.Click [OK] and check the
setup information described in step 3.

5. Acquired set up information shall be

2. On [Select backup parameter file] indicated under the tab named [Set up
window, click to select backup parameter
information].
file ① , then click [Open] ② . 1

*Click [Cancel] to return to the main To save the file as plain text, click .
window.
*Set up information is same detail with
the one acquired in [Print setup
2 parameters].

NOTE
Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved whether tab is switched over to
others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved parameter file is open, the detail
shall be renewed.

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information P.4-44

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Acquiring Setup Information from Printer to Reference 5. 「Setup list download」 window is
displayed,. Click [OK], and check the
1. On [Setup List], click . setup information described in step 4.

2. Click [OK] on [Setup list download] to 6. Acquired set up information shall be

start. indicated under the tab named [Set up
information].
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without acquiring set up
information. To save the file as plain text, click .

NOTE *Set up information is same detail with

the one acquired in [Print setup
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or parameters].
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.
NOTE
Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved whether tab is switched over to
3. When set up information acquisition is in
others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved parameter file is open, the detail
process, a progress dialog appears.
shall be renewed.

4. Once the setup information has been

acquired, the following information is
displayed:
• Date of acquisition
• Serial No.
• Printer Model
• File path
• Firmware M
(Version of Main F/W)
• Firmware C
(Version of Heater Controller
F/W)

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information P.4-45

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter 3. Once the setup information has been
acquired, the following information is
(1) Acquiring Adjustment Parameter from Backup parameter (*prn) to reference displayed:
• Serial No.
1. Click on 「Adjust Parameters」 . • Printer Model
• File path

TIP
The acquired data and firmware version are not displayed.
2. Click to select backup parameter file on
[Select backup parameter file] window
① , then click [Open] ② . 1 4. 「Refer the file」 window is
displayed.Click [OK] and check the
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main setup information described in step 3.
window.

5. Adjustment parameter information

2 acquired from backup parameter shall be
shown in [Adjust Parameters] tab.

To save the file as plain text, click .

NOTE *Adjustment parameter information is

When inappropriate file (such as file extension is different from *.prn) is selected clicked to same detail with the one acquired on
open, error message appears and return to the main window. [Print all parameters] in self-diagnosis
function. However, date and firmware
version shall not be indicated.

"5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-48

NOTE
Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved even the tab is switch over to
others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved parameter file is opened, the detail
shall be renewed.

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter P.4-46

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Acquiring Adjustment parameter from printer to reference 3. When adjustment parameter acquisition
is in progress, a progress dialog appears.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. 4. Once the setup information has been
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 acquired, the following information is
displayed:
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 • Date of acquisition
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. • Serial No.
• Printer Model
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment"
• File path
p.4-6
• Firmware M
(Version of Main F/W)
• Firmware C
1. Click on 「Adjust Parameter」 . (Version of Heater Controller
F/W)

5. 「Adjust parameter download」 window is

displayed.Click [OK] and check the
adjust parameter information.

2. Click [OK] on [Adjustment parameters

download] to start. 6. Acquired adjustment parameter
information shall be shown in [Adjust
*Click [Cancel] to return to main Parameters] tab.
window without adjustment parameter
acquisition. To save the file as plain text, click .

*Adjustment parameter information is

NOTE same detail with the one acquired on
[Print all parameters] in self-diagnosis
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or function.
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or incorrect
one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted. TIP
Click [OK] to return to main window. Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved even the tab is switch over to
others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved parameter file is opened, the detail
shall be renewed.

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter P.4-47

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.17 Initializing activation 3. After initializing, the "Inactivation"

message box is displayed.
Click [OK] to return to the main window.
NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6
CAUTION
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" p.4-9 of "4.3.3 Required Environment" p.4-6 When using the printer whose activation is initialized in the "Inactivation", activation is
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. required again.
Do not use activation lock unnecessarily.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" p.4-15 of "4.3.3 Required Environment"
p.4-6

1. Click [Inactivation] on the main window.

2. The "Inactivation" message box is

displayed.
Click [OK] to transfer the PC system
time as year-month-day-time format data
to the printer.

* Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if there is some communication error such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message is displayed. If there is some setting error such as
an appropriate model is not selected, or the serial number is not registered or wrong, a
warning message is displayed. Either case, the communication with the printer is
interrupted.
Click [OK] on each window to return to the main window.

4.3.17 Initializing activation P.4-48

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1624E-M-03

4.3.18 Version Information 4.3.19 Terminating Application

This section describes the procedure to confirm version information of this application. This section describes the procedure to terminate this application.

1. Click [Exit] on the main window or Click [×] on

1. Click to select [Help] - [Version (V)] on the
the right top corner of the window to terminate
main window.
this application.

*Detail in [Setup] - [Option] shall be saved and

shall be effected when the application starts next
time.

2. Confirm information on [Version TIP

information] window, then click [OK] to
return to main window. • Only when [Exit] is clicked, [Exit]
message box appeared.

• When MSA starts next time, user mode shall be on. To switch the mode to Technician
mode, proceed log in operation again.

4.3.18 Version Information P.4-49

 4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment 5. Press Tension gauge at the center position of Steel belt.

1
This section describes the procedure to adjust tension of the steel belt.
When you have removed and installed Steel belt, always adjust Steel belt tension.
3

4.4.1 Jigs and Tools

The jigs and tools required for steel belt tension adjustment are as follows.
2
• Tension gauge: for measuring Max. 2N (204gf)
• Steel belt tension attachment : DG-43197
• Threadlock
No. Name

TIP 1 Steel belt

"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6 2 Tension gauge

3 Steel belt tension attachment

6. Press Jig until Steel belt and Y rail is attached, then gradually bear off. Value must be within the
4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure
defined value when steel belt and Y rail is apart.
To adjust the steel belt tension, follow the steps below.

TIP
CAUTION
• The steel belt tension specification is 0.98N+0.09N (100gf +10gf).
Wear a glove when handling steel belt and CR following movement belt pulley • The range where Steel belt moves up and down in the pulley must be 1 mm or less.
assembly. Keep away from dust or fold lines, otherwise Steel belt may be damaged
during operation.

1. Open Front cover.

2. Remove Side maintenance cover L.
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
3. Move Carriage to the opposite side of origin.
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131
4. Assemble Tension gauge and Steel belt tension attachment.

4.4.1 Jigs and Tools P.4-50

 4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

7. If the tension of Steel belt does not agree to the specification, adjust the tension with a steel belt 8. Apply Threadlock on area indicated in red as below.
tension screw.

1
1

2 1

No. Name No. Name

1 Steel belt 1 Threadlock applying surface

2 Steel belt tension screw 9. Reciprocate the carriage and confirm Steel belt does not run over from CR following movement
belt pulley assembly.

CAUTION 10. Close all the covers.

To adjust steel belt adjustment screw, turn top and bottom screws only same
amount.
If CR following movement belt pulley assembly is tilted, Steel belt may be damaged
during operation.

4.4.2 Adjustment Procedure P.4-51

 4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment 2. Loosen the screws (4pieces) retaining PF Motor Mounting Plate.。

This section describes the procedure to adjust X reduction belt. 2

3
After replacing X reduction belt such as PF motor removal, adjust X speed reduction belt tension.

4.5.1 Jigs and Tools

The jigs and tools required for X speed reduction belt tension are as follows.

• Tension gauge: for measuring Max. 40N (4,080gf)

4

TIP
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6

4.5.2 Adjustment Procedure 2 1

To adjust X speed reduction belt tension, follow the steps below.

No. Name
1. Remove Side maintenance cover L.
1 PF Motor Assy
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" p.3-9
2 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M4 × 8
3 X speed reduction belt
4 PF Motor mounting plate

3. Make sure that X Speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.

OK NG

4.5.1 Jigs and Tools P.4-52

 4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

4. To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the following procedure.

• Hook Tension Gauge on PF Motor mounting Plate.
（See the figure below.）
• Pull Tension Gauge horizontally.Fully tighten the screws(4 pieces) which were lightly
tighten in the step 10 at 34.3N ± 3.4N （3500 ｇ ± 350 ｇ ） indicated on the scale.

Installation location
of Tension gauge
Tension gauge

Pull it sideways

NOTE
Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF Motor Assy.

5. From this point on, reverse the removal procedure.

4.5.2 Adjustment Procedure P.4-53

 4.6 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

4.6 Head Accuracy Adjustment 1. Start the printer in the self-diagnosis function mode and print the check patterns in "Head Slant:
Slant1"
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-34
4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height)
2. Make adjustment based on the printed check patterns.
This section describes the procedure to adjust the head slant.
When you have removed and installed the head assembly, such as head assembly replacement, always Look at this pattern
adjust the head slant following the steps below. to check the alignment (vertical slant). Check the alignment (horizontal height) with these joint points.
Refer to "Check vertical slant".

20mm
NOTE 5mm
Print direction

Before starting adjustment, remove the following parts.

• Carriage cover: : "3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
Adjust the horizontal height of the head alignment before adjusting the vertical alignment
slant of head alignment.
In this procedure, the print head will be aligned in the directions (horizontal slant) shown Media
below. feeding
direction

&

A B C

A ： OK
Print head
B ： Move magenta upward considering black as the center.
　 　 （Move Head adjustment cam upward.）
C ： Move the magenta downward considering black as the center.
　 　 （Move Head adjustment cam downward.）

4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) P.4-54

 4.6 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

3. Loosen the screws (4 pieces) retaining Head base.

2
1

1
1

No. Name
3 1 Head adjusting cam

No. Name
5. Print check pattern again to check head slant (horizontal height) is appropriate.
1 Pan-head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6 "5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-34
2 Head base 6. Tighten the screws (4 pieces) that were loosened in Step 3.
3 Head mounting plate 7. When head slant is not correct, repeat step 3 and 4.
8. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedure.
4. Move Head adjusting cam lever to adjust the print position of Magenta, and align the print head.

NOTE
Be careful of the following points when moving Head adjusting cam lever.
• Adjust magenta position to keep misalignment within 1/2 dot considering black as the
center.
• When raising Lever, magenta also moves upward (in step 2 figure B ).
*Be careful as follows.
• Do not pull up Lever upward at once. Move Head adjusting cam lever for a few notch
at first, then slightly press Head from front. Then gradually lower Lever to adjust.

When lowering Lever, Head adjusting plate pushes Head and slant changes. When
raising Lever, Head adjusting plate draws apart from Head so that when raising Head
adjusting cam, Head does not follow the movement and Head cannot be adjusted
properly.
• When lowering Lever, magenta alsolowers. (in step 2 figure C).
• Directly lower Head adjusting cam lever to adjust magenta position.

4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) P.4-55

 4.6 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) 2. Make adjustment based on the printed check patterns.

This section describes the procedure to adjust the head slant in the front-back direction. Look at this pattern
Check the alignment (horizontal height) with these joint points.
After operation such as head replacement, you might need to adjust the head slant. When needed, to check the alignment (vertical slant).
Refer to "Check vertical slant".
adjust the head slant following the steps below. After an operation such as head replacement, adjust
the head slant following the steps below. 20mm
5mm
Print direction

NOTE
Before starting adjustment, remove the following parts.
• Carriage cover: "3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
Adjust the horizontal height of the head alignment before adjusting the vertical alignment Media
slant of head alignment. feeding
direction
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-34
This procedure is to adjust the front-back slant of print head (in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure)

&

A B C

1. Start the printer in the self-diagnosis function mode and print the check patterns in "Head Slant:
Slant 1."
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-34

TIP
Adjustment patterns of Head alignment (horizontal height) and (vertical) are printed when
printing the adjustment pattern of "Head Slant: Slant1".

4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-56

4.6 Head Accuracy Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

Details of the vertical pattern 3. Refer to Appendix B to check the print result.

Ԙ ԙ Ԛ
i) Print with A, C, E, and G (CW direction) #RRGPFKZ
㧮
٤ ˜ ˜
㪚㪮㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋

ii) Feeds the media by 1/360 inch Adjust so that the joint points are in line.
Media feed by
1/360 inch
4. Loosen the screw retaining Head base mounting plate, refer to the above (1), (2), and (3) to adjust.
① ： No adjustment required
② ： Move Head base mounting plate upward.
③ ： Move Head base mounting plate downward.
iii) Print with A, C, E, and G (CCW direction) (overlaps with the pattern of i by 1 dot)

䌃䌃㪮㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷
2

Check with these 1

joint points
Appendix 㧮

iv) Enlarged joint points (Black)

1/360㩷㫀㫅㪺㪿 1/180㩷㫀㫅㪺㪿
No. Name
1 Head base mounting plate
2 (hexagon socket head cap with spring washer and flat washer small 　
M3 × 8 　 Ni-3

5. Print the confirmation pattern again to check if Head slant (vertical) is appropriately adjusted.
"5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu" p.5-34
6. If Head slant is still not adjusted, repeat printing and adjusting.
7. When the operation is completed, tighten the screw that was loosened in the step 4, and install
Carriage cover.

4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) P.4-57

 4.7 Head Height Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

4.7 Head Height Adjustment 5. Confirm print head go through 1.3 mm step by head hight adjustment jig but not go through 1.4
mm step.
This section describes the procedure to confirm and adjust distance between Print head and Platen.
L R Slide Jig on Platen from the both
Head
sides and check
4.7.1 Jigs and tools Platen
*GCFRTQVGEVGT
• PG height adjustment jig: DG-43196 Check the head height by whether
Print head goes through protruding 1.4mm
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" p.7-6 1.3mm
portions on both sides. PG height adjusting Jig

4.7.2 Head Height Adjustment

6. Turn the jig in the opposite direction, shift Carriage from the opposite side of the origin, and check
1. Remove the carriage cover. the height in the same way as in the step 5.
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" p.3-132
7. When print head does not go through 1.3 mm step or go through 1.4 mm, loosen the screws (1
2. Release the carriage lock. piece each on the right and left sides) that retain the head U/D eccentric levers located on the right
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-131 and left sides of the carriage, and adjust the head height.
3. Place the PG height check jig on the platen. • Move Head U/D collar upward: Highten the head height
• Move Head U/D collar downward: Lower the head height

CAUTION
Head U/D collar
Place the PG height adjustment jig on the printer head away from the print head
nozzle. Interference may cause damage on print head.
Heightens Heightens

Loosen Loosen
this this

Lowers Lowers

NOTE
The heights of right and left cams are separately changed. After changing the height, refer
1 to the steps 5 to 7 and make sure to use the PG height checking jig to check that the heights
of the right and left cams are appropriate.

No. Name
8. Tighten the screw which was loosened in the step 7 and fix the head height.
1 PG height adjustment jig 9. To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

4. Move the carriage from the carriage origin while the lever is set to the “LOW” mode.

4.7.1 Jigs and tools P.4-58

 4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment (1) Calibration

TIP TIP
• Automatically Adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to proper • After adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to proper values,
values. panel displays results.
• After adjusting, measuring AD values when paper is not set. • When abnormal termination, panel displays the VR values that is final state of adjusting
Confirming threshold that is used to judge whether paper is set. process.
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen.
• Using MF-3G for adjusting sensor. 㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
After setting paper, push [Enter] key.
Abnormal termination
㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓 㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞
"4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-59
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠 GAIN
[Enter] = ?MG[
Meaning of displays
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸
VR㧦Sensor setting value
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚 =?MG[
= ?MG[ AD㧦Sensor reflecting value
[Enter] GAIN㧦Sensor gaining setting
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸
=?MG[

= ?MG[ Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during‫ޟ‬Edge VR‫ޠ‬display

='PVGT? %CNKDTCVKQP/GPW
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨑
=%CPEGN? 㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
= ?MG[ =?MG[
='PVGT? 5GPUKPI2NCCVGP After removing paper, push [Enter] key.
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨕㨚㨓
/GPW
=%CPEGN?
= ?MG[ =?MG[ 㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
='PVGT?
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠 After measuring
+PRWV/GPW
=%CPEGN? = ?MG[
=?MG[ THR‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬OFF‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬P_NOT
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧤‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜
= ?MG[ =?MG[ THR‫ ޓ‬㧦threshold value to
judge a paper setting or not
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧤㧞‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜 ‫ޓ‬OFF‫ ޓ‬㧦sensor reflecting value
=?MG[ when sensoe LED is OFF
‫ޓ‬P_NOT㧦sensor reflecting value
when removing a paper
Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during‫ޟ‬EdgeXXX/XXX/XXX‫ޠ‬display

㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚

4.7.2 Head Height Adjustment P.4-59

 4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Measuring Platen reflecting value （Sensing Platen） (3) Input

TIP NOTE
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen. • Do not usually use this function.
• Measuring AD values at the four positions as shown below, and the AD values is • Use only in:
displayed on the panel. When any problems are occured at paper recognition, while adjusting the sensor at
Calibration.
Origin side When adjustment is needed for using environment (environment light , media type and
㨄㨄㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 so on) of user.
• You can Set the sensor parameter manually which was adjusted automatically at
Platen Calibration.
• Setting values are displayed immediately.
Ａ Ｄ （Sensor reflecting value） ： ０ ～ 255

㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 = ?-G[ =?-G[

After removing paper push [Enter] key 㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺‫ޓ‬㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓 = ?-G[ =?-G[
㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
= ?-G[ =?-G[ Setting by
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧠‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 ‫ޟ‬㧗‫ޠ‬/‫ޟ‬㧙‫ޠ‬Key
㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
=?-G[ 㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧜㨪㧞㧡㧡
[Enter] or [Cancel]
㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸/㧴
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚

9JGPRCTCOGVGTKUEJGPIGF
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

=#HVGTHKPKUJKPI?
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
[Cancel]

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑

4.7.2 Head Height Adjustment P.4-60

 4.9 Cutter position adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

4.9 Cutter position adjustment

8.

Name Maintenan Remark

ce parts 2
No.
Cutter adjustment Jig DG-43194 " Exploded View 　 Other" p.Ex-21 1
＋ driver No.2 Generic -
product
/CVEJVJGUJCRGYKVJVJGEQPXGZ
－ driver Generic 2 pieces（For removing Lock kicker)
（precision driver） product
No. Name
1. Open front cover.
1 Cutter adjustment Jig
2. Release Carriage lock.
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" p.3-103 2 Platen

3. Remove Lock kicker.

"3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Assy and Solenoid Spring Assy" p.3-111
NOTE
4. Move Carriage to Platen.
• Make sure thst there is no gap between Cutter adjustment Jig and Platen.
5. Loosen the screw (1piece) retaining Cutter holder B.
6.
• Set Cutter adjustment Jig, placing the thinner side facing toward the front.

3 DCEM HTQPV

4 1
9. Move Carriage so that Jig is placed right under Cutter holders A and B.
2

2
No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6 1
2 Cutter holder B
3 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8

7. Set the Cutter adjustment Jig on the Platen. No. Name

1 Cutter adjustment Jig
2 Cutter holder A,B

4.7.2 Head Height Adjustment P.4-61

 4.9 Cutter position adjustment VJ1624E-M-03

10. Fix the screws (4 pieces) while lightly pressing Cutter folders A and B.
11.

4 1
2

Fix the screws while pressing

Cutter holder A straight down. Fix the screw while pressing
Cutter holder B obliquely.

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 6
2 Cutter holder B
3 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer M3 × 8
4 Cutter holder A

NOTE
When you press down, make sure that Cutter is not out of Cutter holder B.If Cutter
is out, you may break it and adjustment may not be accurate.

12. To reassemble the unit, reverse the removal procedures.

4.7.2 Head Height Adjustment P.4-62

 VJ1624E-M-03

5 Self-Diagnosis Mode 5.5.9 SPECTROVUE Menu........................................ 5-23

5.5.10 Time Check Menu ............................................. 5-24

5.1 Introduction .................................................................. 5- 3
5.6 Ink Charging Menu ..................................................... 5- 25
5.2 Preparation ................................................................... 5- 3
5.7 Adjustment Menu ....................................................... 5- 26
5.2.1 Preparations on Machine .................................... 5-3
5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment ......................... 5-28
5.2.2 Starting Up .......................................................... 5-3
5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu................................. 5-30
5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode............................ 5- 4
5.7.3 Skew Check Menu............................................. 5-33
5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode .......................... 5-4
5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu.................................... 5-34
5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu............. 5-5
5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu ............................ 5-39
5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu ............................................. 5- 6
5.7.6 Bi-D Copy .......................................................... 5-46
5.5 IInspection Menu .......................................................... 5- 7
5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu .......................... 5-47
5.5.1 Memory Size Menu ............................................. 5-9
5.7.8 Test Printing Menu ............................................ 5-48
5.5.2 Version Menu .................................................... 5-10
5.7.9 Longstore Menu ................................................ 5-50
5.5.3 Operation Panel Menu ...................................... 5-11
5.7.10 Longstore2 Menu .............................................. 5-51
5.5.4 Sensor Menu..................................................... 5-12
5.7.11 Software Counter Initialization Menu................. 5-52
5.5.5 Encoder Menu................................................... 5-15
5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu .................................... 5-53
5.5.6 Fan Menu .......................................................... 5-16
5.7.13 Solid Print Menu ................................................ 5-54
5.5.7 Record Menu..................................................... 5-17
5.8 Cleaning Menu ........................................................... 5- 55
5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu ...................................... 5-22

P.5-1
 VJ1624E-M-03

5.9 Sample Printing Menu................................................ 5- 56 5.14.3 Heater Menu...................................................... 5-82

5.10 Parameter Menu ......................................................... 5- 57 5.15 PaperInitial Menu........................................................ 5- 83

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu............................ 5-57

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu................................... 5-59

5.11 Servo Setting Menu.................................................... 5- 68

5.12 Endurance Running Menu......................................... 5- 69

5.12.1 CR Motor Assy Endurance Menu..................... 5-70

5.12.2 PF Motor Assy Endurance Menu ..................... 5-71

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu .................................... 5-72

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu .................................... 5-73

5.12.5 Head Lock Menu ............................................... 5-74

5.12.6 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu ...... 5-75

5.12.7 General Endurance Menu ................................. 5-76

5.12.8 Endurance Running Check Menu ..................... 5-77

5.13 Media Feed Menu ....................................................... 5- 78

5.14 ExControl Menu.......................................................... 5- 79

5.14.1 Version Menu .................................................... 5-80

5.14.2 Sensor Menu..................................................... 5-81

P.5-2
 5.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

5.1 Introduction CAUTION

This chapter provides information on the self-diagnosis function. Make sure to supply power directly from a power supply outlet (AC 100 V to 120 V or AC
220 V to 240 V). Avoid using outlets that other appliances are plugged into. Doing so
The self-diagnosis function adjusts the printing accuracy. It is used in the manufacturing process, generates heat in the printer and may cause fire.
adjustment, and maintenance.
The self-diagnosis function is implemented in the system firmware. All functions are available from
Operation panel.
5.2.2 Starting Up
"8.2.3 Operation Panel" p.8-4
Display the self-diagnosis menu on Operation panel to use the self-diagnosis function.
The self-diagnosis menu is completely independent from the normal operation mode or setup menu
TIP display mode. Switch to the self-diagnosis menu display mode, following the steps below:
The contents of this manual are created based on F/W Ver.2.00.
1. When the printer is in the operation mode or in the
self-diagnosis menu mode, press the [Power] key
to turn off the printer.
2. While holding down the [Setting value - ], [Setting
5.2 Preparation value + ], and [>] keys on Operation panel
simultaneously, press the [Power] key.
Before you can use the self-diagnosis function, you must make the machine ready to call up the self-
diagnosis menu.
The system will transit to the self-diagnosis menu
display mode
5.2.1 Preparations on Machine
Before starting up the self-diagnosis function, prepare the following.

(1) Setting Media

Set roll media for adjustment.

NOTE
For adjustment, use MF-3G.

(2) Connecting Power Cable

Connect Power cable to the machine’s inlet Assy and insert Power plug into an outlet.

5.2.1 Preparations on Machine P.5-3

 5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode VJ1624E-M-03

5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode 3. To save the modified value, press [Enter] key on Operation
panel.
This section explains how to operate in the self-diagnosis mode as well as providing the list of available *The modified set value is stored and the next item is
diagnosis items. displayed.

5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode NOTE

Follow the flow shown below to operate the self-diagnosis mode.
If you press [Cancel] key, or, [Setting/value +] key or
[Setting/value -] key, instead of [Enter] key, the
TIP modification is not stored.

For more detailed operation procedure, refer to the flow chart of the applicable diagnosis
items.
4. To quit the diagnosis, press [Cancel] key on Operation
panel.
1. Press [<] key or [>] key on Operation panel to select the *The system returns to an upper hierarchy of the diagnosis
item to be diagnosed, and press [Enter] key. menu.
• The selected item is accepted.
• If the item has a sub menu, the sub menu is displayed.

5. To exit the self-diagnosis menu, press [Power] key.

2. When the LCD monitor on Operation panel indicates a

setting value, the value can be modified.
Press [Setting/value +] key or [Setting/value -] key on
Operation panel to modify the value.

5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode P.5-4

 5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode VJ1624E-M-03

5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu Diagnosis item Contents Reference

The self-diagnosis menu includes the following diagnosis items. ExControl Menu Checks the following items about the Hearter Cont "5.14 ExControl
board Assy. Menu" p.5-79
Diagnosis item Contents Reference • Firmware version of the controller side
• Sensor
Platen Adjustment Raise the temperature for Platen heater to 42°C. "5.4 Platen
• Heater
Menu Raise the temperature for Pre-heater to 47°C. Adjustment Menu"
p.5-6 PaperInitial Menu Performs media detection setting. "5.15 PaperInitial
Menu" p.5-83
Inspection Menu Display the following items on Operation panel. "5.5 IInspection
• Memory size Menu" p.5-7
• Firmware version of the main side
• Panel
• Sensor =?-G[
='PVGT?
• Encoder 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚 Adj.Platen Menu
=%CPEGN?
• Fan = ?-G[ =?-G[
• Head waveform ='PVGT?
Test Menu
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
• History =%CPEGN?
• Spectro Vue = ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
• Time Check 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑 InkCharge Menu
=%CPEGN?
Ink Charging Performs initial cleaning of Print head and ink "5.6 Ink Charging = ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
Menu charging. Menu" p.5-25 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠 Adjustment Menu
=%CPEGN?
Adjustment Menu Head Adjustment, Sensor Position、 Sensivity adjustment "5.7 Adjustment = ?-G[ =?-G[
Menu" p.5-26 ='PVGT?
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓 Cleaning Menu
=%CPEGN?
Cleaning Menu Performs cleaning of Print head. "5.8 Cleaning = ?-G[ =?-G[
Menu" p.5-55 ='PVGT?
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print Test Menu
=%CPEGN?
Test Print Menu Performs printing of the following items: "5.9 Sample
= ?-G[ =?-G[
• Adjustment pattern ALL Printing Menu" p.5-56 ='PVGT?
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 Parameter Menu
• Parameter ALL =%CPEGN?
• Error history = ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
• S/C Log 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛 Servo Menu
=%CPEGN?
Parameter Menu Performs the setting and initialization of the "5.10 Parameter = ?-G[ =?-G[
Menu" p.5-57 ='PVGT?
adjustment parameter. 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑 Endurance Menu
=%CPEGN?
Servo Setting Performs setting for Servo motor. "5.11 Servo Setting = ?-G[ =?-G[
Menu Menu" p.5-68 ='PVGT?
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧜㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐 PaperFeed Menu
=%CPEGN?
Endurance Performs endurance running of the printer "5.12 Endurance = ?-G[ =?-G[
Running Menu mechanism. Running Menu" p.5-69 ='PVGT?
ExControl Menu
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
Performs cut. =%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
Media feed Menu Feeds media into the printer forward or backward. "5.13 Media Feed ='PVGT?
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧞㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘 PaperInitial Menu
Menu" p.5-78 =%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[

5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu P.5-5

 5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu

Raise the temperature of Pre-heater and Platen heater to 47°C and 42°C respectively.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚
[Enter]
=?-G[
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨘㨍㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨘㨍㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯
= ?-G[

Fig. 5-1 The display before Pre-heater reaches 47°C and Platen heater reaches 42°C.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚
[Enter]
=?ࠠ࡯
㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧣ࠑ㧯

㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧣ࠑ㧯

= ?ࠠ࡯ =?ࠠ࡯
㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨘㨍㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧞ࠑ㧯
= ?ࠠ࡯ =?ࠠ࡯
㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨘㨍㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧞ࠑ㧯
= ?ࠠ࡯

Fig. 5-2 The display after Pre-heater reached 47°C and Platen heater reached 42°C.

NOTE
• When Heater reaches the specified temperature, a buzzer is sounded.
• Pre2 is a reference value. Though Pre1reaches 42°C and Pla1or pla2 reaches 42°C and
it will be complete.

5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu P.5-6

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5 I Inspection Menu Table 5-1 Diagnosis Items for Inspection Menu (Continued)

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

This menu displays the following items on Operation panel.
Fan Used to check if the following fans operate normally by "5.5.6 Fan
Table 5-1 Diagnosis Items for Inspection Menu turning them ON and OFF: Menu" p.5-16
• Suction Fan
Diagnosis item Contents Reference • Cooling fan (24V) Assy (for MAIN board Assy)
Memory size Displays the size of memories installed on the MAIN "5.5.1 Memory • Exaust Fan
board Assy . Size Menu" p.5-9
Record Used to check the following records. Used to initialize "5.5.7 Record
Version Displays the following items on Operation panel: "5.5.2 Version the serious error record. Menu" p.5-17
• Firmware version Menu" p.5-10 • Maintenance record
• Backup parameter version • Serious error record
• Setting of dip switches of MAIN board Assy • Confirming Printing information
• Revision of MAIN board Assy • Confirming Operating Time
• Company code • Confirming S/C Log
• Serial No. • Initializing S/C Log

Operation panel Used to check the operations of Operation panel keys, "5.5.3 Operation Head waveform Used to check the head-driving waveform. "5.5.8 Head
LCD, and LED. Panel Menu" p.5-11 Waveform Menu"
p.5-22
Sensor Displays the status of the following sensors: "5.5.4 Sensor
• CR origin sensor Menu" p.5-12 SPECTRO Check the connection of Spectro Vue "5.5.9
• Waste fluid tank sensor VUE SPECTROVUE
• Wiper sensor Menu" p.5-23
• Cover sensor
Time Check Confirming Operating Ｒ Ｔ Ｃ (real Time clock) "5.5.10 Time
• Maintenance cover L sensor
Check Menu" p.5-24
• Maintenance cover R sensor
• Lever sensor
• Paper edge sensor
• Paper rear sensor
• Head Gap
• Head thirmistor sensor
• Head Trans istor Thermistor Sensor 1/2
• INK Not （4 colors）
• Ink End （4colors)）
• Ink ID （4colors）
• Solenoid
• Tank Status
• Tank Valve
Encoder Displays the detected values from the following "5.5.5 Encoder
encoders: Menu" p.5-15
• CR encoder
• PF encoder

5.5 IInspection Menu P.5-7

5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
='PVGT?
=?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧝㧦㧾㨍㨙‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨜㨍㨏㨕㨠㨥 Ram Capacity Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧞㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚 Version Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧟㧦㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘 Panel Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 Sensor Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧡㧦㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞 Encoder Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧢㧦㧲㨍㨚 Fan Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐 History Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧤㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘 Head Signal Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧥㧦㧿㧼㧱㧯㨀㧾㧻㨂㨁㧱 Spectro Vue Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧝㧜㧦㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗 Time Check Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[

5.5 IInspection Menu P.5-8

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.1 Memory Size Menu

This menu is used to display the size of memories installed on MAIN board Assy on Operation panel.

[Cancel]
Ｃｈｅｃｋ １：Ｔｅｓｔ
[Enter]
[Cancel]
Ｔｅｓｔ１：Ｒａｍ Ｃａｐａｃｉｔｙ
[Enter]
Ｒａｍ Ｃａｐａｃｉｔｙ   １２８ＭＢ

5.5 IInspection Menu P.5-9

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.2 Version Menu

This menu is used to display the following items on Operation panel.

• Firmware version of the MAIN side

• Backup parameter version
• Setting of dip switches of MAIN board Assy
• Revision of MAIN board Assy
• Serial No.

TIP
The following is a supplement explanation about display contents.
• Settings for the DIP switch on the MAIN board Assy are displayed as follows:
• ON: 0, OFF: 1
• Switch No.1: LSB
• Switch No.2: MSB
• When Serial No. is not set , the following window is displayed.

㨂㨑㨞㧦㧿㨑㨞㨕㧚‫ޓޓޓ‬㧺㨛㨠‫ޓ‬㧿㨑㨠

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
='PVGT?
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧞㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚
='PVGT?
= ?-G[
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧲㨕㨞㨙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㧜 Firmware version
= ?-G[ = ?-G[
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㧜 Backup parameter version

= ?-G[ = ?-G[
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧰㨕㨜㧿㨃‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧟 Setting of DIP switches
of MAIN Board Assy
= ?-G[ = ?-G[
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧮㨛㨍㨞㨐‫ޓ‬㧾㨑㨢‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧝
Revision of MAIN board Assy
= ?-G[ = ?-G[
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧯㨛㨙㨜㨍㨚㨥㧯㨛㨐㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧝㧝 Company code
= ?-G[ = ?-G[
㨂㨑㨞㧦㧿㨑㨞㨕㧚‫ޓ‬㧳㧼㧡㨁㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Serial No.
= ?-G[

5.5.2 Version Menu P.5-10

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.3 Operation Panel Menu

This menu is used to check the operations of Operation panel keys, LCD, and LEDs.

(1) Operation Panel Key Check

When you press a key on Operation panel, the name of the key is displayed on LCD. To exit Operation
panel key check, press [Cancel] key twice.

(2) LCD Check

The entire LCD screen is filled in black. You can check for any missing dots.

(3) LED Check

The following LEDs light up in the following order. The LCD displays the name of LED that is
currently illuminated.

• Power lamp
• Data lamp
• High lamp
• Low lamp
• Wave lamp
• Fine lamp
• Strong lamp
• Normal lamp
• Economy lamp

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
='PVGT?
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧟㧦㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘
='PVGT?
=?-G[ Operation Panel Key Check
='PVGT?
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧝㧦㧷㨑㨥 㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧦㧷㨑㨥 㧫㧫㧫㧫㧫
=%CPEGN?
VYKEG
= ?-G[ =?-G[ LCD Check
='PVGT?
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧞㧦㧸㧯㧰
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[ LED Check
='PVGT?
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧟㧦㧸㧱㧰 㧸㧱㧰㧦 㧼㨛㨣㨑㨞
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[

5.5.3 Operation Panel Menu P.5-11

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.4 Sensor Menu Table 5-2 Sensor Menu (Continued)

This menu is used to display the sensor status on Operation panel. No. Sensor name Status in Reference
If the displayed sensor status does not match the actual machine status, replace or adjust the relevant display
sensor.
15 Ink END KCMY "3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy" p.3-
174
Table 5-2 Sensor Menu
16 Ink 　 ID KCMY "3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy" p.3-176
No. Sensor name Status in Reference
display 17 Solenoid Chk - "(1) Solenoid Menu" p.5-14

1 CR origin sensor ON / OFF "3.6.5 Replacing CR Origin Sensor" p.3- 18 TankStatus - "(2) Tank satus" p.5-14
112 "3.9.6 Replacing Sub Tank Assy" p.3-181

2 Waste fluid tank ON / OFF "3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and 19 TankValve - "(3) Tank Valve" p.5-14
sensor Waste Fluid Level Switch" p.3-185 "3.9.3 Replacing 2 way Solenoid Assy" p.3-
177
3 Wiper sensor ON / OFF " A necessary jigs and tools are as follows."
p.3-166
4 Cover sensor Open / "(3) Front Cover section" p.3-32 NOTE
Close For the following sensors, the sensor sensitivity is displayed in decimal number.
5 Maintenance cover L Open / "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy" p.3-29 • P_EDGE sensor
sensor Close • P_REAR sensor
6 Maintenance cover R Open / "3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy" p.3-29
sensor Close
7 Lever sensor Up / Down "3.5.6 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever
sensor Cable" p.3-85
8 P_EDGE sensor 0 to 255 "3.7.12 Replacing Paper Edge Sensor Assy"
p.3-155
"4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-59
9 P_REAR sensor 0 to 255 "3.5.5 Replacing P_Rear Sensor" p.3-83
"4.8 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.4-59
10 Head Gap High/Low "3.7.10 Replacing Print Head" p.3-148
11 Head thermistor ** ℃ "3.7.10 Replacing Print Head" p.3-148
12 Head transistor ** ℃ "3.7.10 Replacing Print Head" p.3-148
thermistor sensor 1
13 Head transistor ** ℃ "3.7.10 Replacing Print Head" p.3-148
thermistor sensor 2
14 Ink NOT KCMY "3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy" p.3-
174

5.5.4 Sensor Menu P.5-12

5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
='PVGT?
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧠‫ޓ‬㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞
='PVGT?
=?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨞㨕㨓㨕㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧻㨒㨒
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨃㨍㨟㨠㨑㨀㨍㨚㨗‫ޓޓޓ‬㧻㨚
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㨚
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧯㨛㨢㨑㨞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㨚
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧹㧚㧯㨛㨢㨑㨞㧸‫ޓޓ‬㧻㨜㨑㨚
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧹㧚㧯㨛㨢㨑㨞㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧻㨜㨑㨚
ࠝ࡯ࡈࠑࡦ
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧸㨑㨢㨑㨞‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧰㨛㨣㨚
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧱㨐㨓㨑㧭㧰‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧠
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧠
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧜㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧳㨍㨜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧝㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧞㧦㨀㨞㨍㨚㨟㧚㧝‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧟㧦㨀㨞㨍㨚㨟㧚㧞‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡q㧯
= ?-G[
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧠㧦㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧺㧻㨀‫ޓޓޓ‬㧷㧯㧹㨅
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧡㧦㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰‫ޓޓޓ‬㧷㧯㧹㨅
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧢㧦㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧵㧰‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧷㧯㧹㨅
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧣㧦㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨗 Cutter Solenoid Check Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧤㧦㨀㨍㨚㨗㧿㨠㨍㨠㨡㨟 Tank Status Check Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧥㧦㨀㨍㨚㨗㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑 Tank Valve Check Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[

5.5.4 Sensor Menu P.5-13

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(1) Solenoid Menu (3) Tank Valve

Check the up/down operations of Cutter solenoid. Check the operation of 2-way valve of Subtank.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter] ='PVGT?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 㨀㨑㨟㨠㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞
[Enter] =%CPEGN? ='PVGT?
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧣㧦㧿㨛㨘㨑㨚㨛㨕㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨗 㧿㨑㨚㧝㧥㧦㨀㨍㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑
[Enter] ='PVGT?
[Cancel]
= ?-G[
㧿㨛㨘㨑㧚㧰㨛㨣㨚‫ޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧝‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
[Cancel] [Enter]
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧿㨛㨘㨑㧚㨁㨜‫ޓޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘
㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧞‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
㧻㨚‫ޓ‬㧦1RGP
= ?-G[ =?-G[ 㧻㨒㨒㧦%NQUG

(2) Tank satus 㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧟‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞

= ?-G[ =?-G[
Displays the status of Sensor and Solenoid valve of Subtank. 㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑㧠‫ޓ‬㧻㨚‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞
=?-G[
=%CPEGN? ='PVGT?
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
='PVGT? 㨂㨍㨘㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧪‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘

㨀㨑㨟㨠㧠㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞
=%CPEGN? ='PVGT?
㧿㨑㨚㧝㧤㧦㨀㨍㨚㨗㧿㨠㨍㨠㨡㨟
='PVGT?
= ?-G[
㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚 㧴㧦SubTankHigh_Sensor
㧸㧦SubTankLow_Sensor
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㨂㧦Tank Valve㧔On㧦Open/Off㧦Close㧕
㧞‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧟‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧠‫ޓ‬㧴㧛㧸㧛㨂㧦‫ޓ‬㧻㨒㨒㧛㧻㨒㨒㧛‫ޓ‬㧻㨚
=?-G[

5.5.4 Sensor Menu P.5-14

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.5 Encoder Menu

This menu is used to display the detected values from the following encoders:
• CR encoder
• PF encoder

NOTE
For the encoder-detected values, the encoder pulse numbers are displayed in hexadecimal
number.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
='PVGT?
=%CPEGN?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧡㧦㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞
='PVGT?
=?-G[
㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞㧦‫ޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞㧦‫ޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜
= ?-G[

5.5.5 Encoder Menu P.5-15

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.6 Fan Menu

This menu is used to check if the following fans operate normally by turning them ON and OFF:

• Adsorption FAN
• Cooling FAN (24V) Assy (for MAIN board)
• Exhaust Fan

NOTE
• The “Cooling fan” on the Panel indicates Cooling FAN (24V) Assy (for MAIN board).
• While the power is on, Cooling FAN is always on.
• Depending on the type of FAN, the operation after the [Enter] key is pressed differes as
below.

Name While Power is After [Enter] is After [Cancel] is

ON pressed pressed
Adsorption Fan OFF ON OFF
Cooling FAN (24V) ON OFF ON
Exhaust Fan OFF ON OFF

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
='PVGT?
=%CPEGN?
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧢㧦㧲㨍㨚
='PVGT?
= ?-G[ [Enter]
‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
㧲㨍㨚㧝㧦㨂㨍㨏㨡㨡㨙‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 [Cancel]
Adsorption Fan㧦ON
= ?-G[ =?-G[ [Enter]
‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
㧲㨍㨚㧞㧦㧯㨛㨛㨘㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 [Cancel]
Cooling FAN㧔24V㧕Assy㧔For MAIN Board Assy㧕
=?-G[ OFF
[Enter]
㧲㨍㨚㧟㧦㧱㨤㨔㨍㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 ‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
[Cancel]
Exhaust FAN ON

5.5.6 Fan Menu P.5-16

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.7 Record Menu (1) Maintenance Record

This menu is used to check the following record. In addition, it initializes serious error record. 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
• Maintenance record [Enter]

• Serious error record 㨀㨑㨟㨠㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐

• Printing Information [Cancel]

[Enter]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㨚㨍㨚㨏㨑
• Operation Time
[Enter]
• S/C Log
=?-G[
Initiallizing Record and S/C Log.
㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Number of Wiping
㧔Number of Using Wiper blade)
= ?-G[ =?-G[
Number of CR Motor activation(Unit㧦Operation count)
㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 (OriginψOpposite side of Origin‫ޔ‬
= ?-G[ =?-G[ Opposie side of OriginψOrigin)
=%CPEGN? ='PVGT?
㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Number of PF Motor activation(Unit㧦10m)
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT? 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧺㨡㨙㨎㨑㨞㧦㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Printing Number㧔Including Inside Pattern㧕
=?-G[ = ?-G[ =?-G[
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㨚㨍㨚㨏㨑 Maintenance Record 㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Number of Cleaning
= ?-G[ =?-G[ = ?-G[ =?-G[
Average amount of the discharged ink from Row A
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧞㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞 Serious error Record 㧲㨕㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧭㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧹㨐㨛㨠
(Unit: Mdots)
= ?-G[ =?-G[
= ?-G[ =?-G[ Average amount of the discharged ink from Row B
Initialization of the 㧲㨕㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧮㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧹㨐㨛㨠 (Unit: Mdots)
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧟㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚 serious communication
= ?-G[ =?-G[
= ?-G[ =?-G[ Average amount of the discharged ink from Row C
㧲㨕㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧹㨐㨛㨠
Confirmation of (Unit: Mdots)
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧠㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 =?-G[
Printing Information = ?-G[
= ?-G[ =?-G[ 㧲㨕㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧰㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧹㨐㨛㨠 Average amount of the discharged ink from Row D
Confirmation of (Unit: Mdots)
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧡㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 Operation Time = ?-G[ =?-G[
= ?-G[ Average amount of the discharged ink from Row E
㧲㨕㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧱㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧹㨐㨛㨠
(Unit: Mdots)
Confirmation of =?-G[
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧢㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓 = ?-G[
S/C Log. Average amount of the discharged ink from Row F
= ?-G[ =?-G[ 㧲㨕㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧲㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧹㨐㨛㨠 (Unit: Mdots)
Initialization of =?-G[
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧣㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚 = ?-G[
S/C Log Average amount of the discharged ink from Row G
㧲㨕㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧳㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧹㨐㨛㨠
= ?-G[ (Unit: Mdots)
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧲㨕㨞㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧹㨐㨛㨠 Average amount of the discharged ink from Row H
(Unit: Mdots)
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Pump count (Duration of the pump driving)
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧯㨡㨠㧺㨡㨙㨎㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Number of Cutting
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧯㨡㨠‫ޓ‬㧿㨛㨘㨑㧚㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Number of Solenoid Downs
= ?-G[

The number of ink discharge is the average of per nozzle,

which was calculated by accumulated total number/180.

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-17

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Serious Error Record (3) Error Initialization

This menu is used to display serious error record on Operation panel. This menu is used to initialize the serious error record.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
NOTE
[Enter]
• The serious error history does not include CPU error. 㨀㨑㨟㨠㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
• The serious error history menu indicates up to 64 history of items. [Enter]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧟㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 After Initialization [Enter]
='PVGT? 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
='PVGT? After Displaying
[Cancel] 㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧞㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞
='PVGT?
=?-G[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧴㧱㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧯㧭㧮㧸㧱
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀
= ?-G[ =?-G[

=?-G[
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧢㧠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾
= ?-G[

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-18

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(4) Printing Information (4-a)Number

Check printing information (number of printed copies of each print mode, print area, and number of Check the number of printed copies of each print mode.
printed copies of each effect). The inner pattern will not be accumulated.
=%CPEGN?
[Enter] 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
= ?㧷㨑㨥
[Enter] Total Number
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
(Not including inside pattern)
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
㧽㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Quality1
=%CPEGN? [Enter]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧠㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 㧽㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Quality2

㧽㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Quality3
=?-G[
[Enter]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙 Number Menu 㧽㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Quality4
[Cancel]
= ?-G[ =?-G[ 㧳㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Graphics1
[Enter]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧭㨞㨑㨍 Area Menu
[Cancel] 㧳㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Graphics2
= ?-G[ =?-G[
[Enter] 㧳㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Graphics3
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠 Effect Menu
[Cancel] 㧳㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Graphics4
= ?-G[
㧮㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Banner1

㧮㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Banner2

TIP 㧮㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Banner3

Displayed as a decimal. 㧮㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Banner4

㧻㨠㨔㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Other mode shown above

=?㧷㨑㨥

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-19

 5.5 IInspection Menu
(4-b)Area
Check the number of printed copies of each effect
[Cancel]
[Enter] 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㨍㨞㨑㨍
=?㧷㨑㨥
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧟‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧠‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧟‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧠‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧟‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧠‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧻㨠㨔㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
= ?㧷㨑㨥
5.5.7 Record Menu
VJ1624E-M-03
(4-c)Effect
Check the number of printed copies of each print effect.
[Cancel]
[Enter] 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠
= ?-G[
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Total area㧔ট㧕
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Quality1‫ޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Quality2‫ޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Quality3‫ޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Quality4‫ޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Graphics1‫ޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㧲㨛㨓㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Graphics2‫ޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㧲㨛㨓㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Graphics3‫ޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㧲㨛㨓㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Graphics4‫ޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Banner1‫ޓޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Banner2‫ޓޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Banner3‫ޓޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㨃㨛㨣㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Banner4‫ޓޓ‬㧔ট㧕
㨃㨛㨣㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Other mode shown above
㨃㨛㨣㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧠㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧡㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧢㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧝㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧞㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧟㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧭㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 A-SuperFine&Wave
㧮㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 B-SuperFine&Wave
=?-G[
P.5-20
 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(5) Operation Time (7) Initialization of S/C Log

Check the accumulated operation time of each activation mode. Initialize the Smart chip log.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐 㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter] [Enter]
[Cancel] [Cancel]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧡㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧣㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚
[Enter] [Enter]
[Enter]
=?㧷㨑㨥 [Enter]
All mode㧔Total㧕 [Cancel]
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫

㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚 User mode [Enter]

㧰㨕㨍㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚 Self Diagnosis mode 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚 Maintenance mode2 㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

= ?㧷㨑㨥

(6) S/C Log

Check the Smart chip log.
It Displays up to error 24.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧢㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓
[Enter]
[Enter]
=?㧷㨑㨥
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧝

㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧟‫ޓޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧞

㧱㨞㨞㧞㧠㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧝㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧠
= ?㧷㨑㨥

5.5.7 Record Menu P.5-21

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu

This menu is used to check the head-driving waveform.

NOTE
• The number of shots can be selected in a range from 1 to 655.
• Magnification can be selected from the × 1, × 100、 × 10000， × 1000000. Nozzles
can be selected among A to H or ALL.
• This is a function that is not normally used in maintenance work.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧤㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘
[Enter]
=?-G[
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧸
= ?-G[ =?-G[ [Enter]
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧹 㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧭
= ?-G[ =?-G[ [Enter]
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧿 㧿㨔㨛㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝
= ?-G[ =?-G[ [Enter]
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧸 㧿㨔㨛㨠㧾㨍㨠㨕㨛㧦‫˜ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜㧜
= ?-G[ =?-G[ [Enter]
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧹 㧰㧾㧵㨂㧱
= ?-G[ =?-G[
[After Shotting]
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧿
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧸
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧹
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧿
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦㧼㨛㨣㨑㨞㧙㧲㧸
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨓㨚㨍㨘㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧲㧸
= ?-G[

5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu P.5-22

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.9 SPECTROVUE Menu

Check the connection of SPECTROVUE.

[Enter]

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧿㧼㧱㧯㨀㧾㧻㨂㨁㧱
[Enter]
[Cancel]
If Maintenance cover R is closed.
[Enter]
[Cancel]

[Enter]

[Cancel]
㧰㨑㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓޓޓ‬㨇㧻㧷㨉 OK: successed, NG: failed
[Enter]
[Cancel]

[Enter]

㧿㨑㨚㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨗‫ޓ‬㧾㨑㨟㨡㨘㨠㨇㧻㧷㨉 OK: successed, NG: failed

[Enter]/[Cancel]
[Cancel]

[Enter]

㧭㨠㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓޓޓ‬㨇㧻㧷㨉 OK: successed, NG: failed

[Enter]/[Cancel]

5.5.9 SPECTROVUE Menu P.5-23

 5.5 IInspection Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.5.10 Time Check Menu

Check the date which is managed by RTC (Real Time Clock) on MAIN borad.

You can only check it in Self-diagnosis function. To setup, use Mutoh Service Assistance.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠㧝㧜㧦㨀㨕㨙㨑㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗
[Enter]
[Enter]
㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧜㧞㧛㧞㧡‫ޓ‬㧝㧤㧦㧞㧝

5.5.10 Time Check Menu P.5-24

 5.6 Ink Charging Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.6 Ink Charging Menu

In the ink charging menu, you can execute the initial wash of Print head and ink charge.
The charging items of the ink charging menu are as follows:

Charging item Contents

InitialCharge Performs after initial washing.
LittleCharge Performs after replacimg Solenoid head Assy .

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
[Enter]
=?-G[ [Enter]
㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑㧝㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘 㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
After Finishing
= ?-G[ =?-G[
[Enter]
㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑㧞㧦㧸㨕㨠㨠㨘㨑
㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
= ?-G[ After Finishing

5.5.10 Time Check Menu P.5-25

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7 Adjustment Menu Table 5-3 Diagnosis Items in Adjustment Menu (Continued)

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

This menu is used to align the printing position and correct the media feed operation.
When replacing Head, perform head wash (after this, turn off the power and replace Head), head Longstore2 Cleans Ink tubes and Print heads using Shipping "5.7.10
nozzle check,UniD adjustment、 BiD adjustment、 Side margin adjustment、 Test pattern printing. fluid to maintain the condition at the time of Longstore2 Menu"
shipping. p.5-51
Table 5-3 Diagnosis Items in Adjustment Menu
Software counter Clears various software counters. "5.7.11 Software
Diagnosis item Contents Reference initialization Counter Initialization
Menu" p.5-52
Rear ／ Edge Automatically adjusts the sensor sensitivity for "5.7.1 Rear/ Edge
Sensor adjustment Media detection. Sensor Adjustment" Feed amount check Checks whether there is an error in feed amount "5.7.12 Feed Pitch
p.5-28 per band from the printing results. Check Menu" p.5-53

Head nozzle check Checks whether the ink is normally discharged "5.7.2 Head Solid print check Performs solid nozzle print check (color selection, "5.7.13 Solid Print
from Head nozzles from the printing results. Nozzle Check Menu" nozzle selection and print direction selection are Menu" p.5-54
p.5-30 available).

Skew check Performs media feed and detects the degree of "5.7.3 Skew
skew in media feed by Sensor. Check Menu" p.5-33
Head slant check Checks Print head slant (horizontal and vertical "5.7.2 Head
direction) from the printing results. Mechanical Nozzle Check Menu"
adjustment must be performed as necessary. p.5-30
Uni-D / Bi-D When PG_Low, performs adjustments of gaps "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
adjustment Low between the nozzle rows and aligns the position in Adjustment Menu"
bi-directional printing. p.5-39
Bi-D Copy Copy All adjustment values form Bi-D Low to Bi-D
High.
(When Copying adjustment values, which are adjusted
for Bi-D High.)

Uni-D / Bi-D When PG_High, performs adjustments of gaps "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D

adjustment High between the nozzle rows and aligns the position in Adjustment Menu"
bi-directional printing. p.5-39
Top & Bottom Adjusts Top, bottom, and side margins. "5.7.7
adjustment Top&Bottom
adjustment Menu"
p.5-47
Test printing Prints out adjustment pattern ALL, adjustment "5.7.8 Test
parameters ALL, and serious error history. Printing Menu" p.5-48
Longstore Cleans Ink tubes and Print heads using Cleaning "5.7.9 Longstore
liquid. Menu" p.5-50

5.5.10 Time Check Menu P.5-26

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠
='PVGT?
= ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚 Rear/Edge Sensor Check Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧯㧾㧾㨑㨠㨡㨞㨚 CR Return Check Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗 Head Nozzle Check Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣 Skew Check Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠 Head Slant Check Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Uni-D/Bi-D Low Adjustment Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧮㨕࡯㧰‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨜㨥 Bi-D Copy Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔 Uni-D/Bi-D High Adjustment Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㨀㨛㨜㧒㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙 Top&Bottom Adjustment Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧜㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Test Print Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧝㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓㨟㨠㨛㨞㨑 Longstore Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧞㧦㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧯㨘㨑㨍㨞 Software Conter Initialization Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧟㧦㧿㨑㨚㨐㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔 Feed Amount Check Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[ = ?-G[
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧠㧦㧲㨕㨘㨘㧼㨍㨠㨠㨑㨞㨚 Solid Print Check Menu
[Cancel]
=?-G[

5.5.10 Time Check Menu P.5-27

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment (1) Calibration

TIP TIP
• Automatically Adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to proper • After adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to proper values,
values. panel displays results.
• After adjusting, measuring AD values when paper is not set. • When abnormal termination, panel displays the VR values that is final state of adjusting
Confirming threshold that is used to judge whether paper is set. process.
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen.
• Using MF-3G for adjusting sensor.
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
After setting paper, push [Enter] key.
Abnormal termination
㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓 㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞
"5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment" p.5-28
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠 GAIN
[Enter] = ?MG[
Meaning of displays
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚 VR㧦Sensor setting value
= ?MG[ =?MG[ AD㧦Sensor reflecting value
[Enter] 㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸
GAIN㧦Sensor gaining setting

=?MG[

= ?MG[ Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during‫ޟ‬Edge VR‫ޠ‬display

='PVGT? %CNKDTCVKQP/GPW
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨑
=%CPEGN? 㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
= ?MG[ =?MG[
='PVGT? 5GPUKPI2NCCVGP After removing paper, push [Enter] key.
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨕㨚㨓
/GPW
=%CPEGN?
= ?MG[ =?MG[ 㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
='PVGT?
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠 +PRWV/GPW After measuring
=%CPEGN? = ?MG[
=?MG[ THR‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬OFF‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬P_NOT
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧤‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜
= ?MG[ =?MG[ THR‫ ޓ‬㧦threshold value to
judge a paper setting or not
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧤㧞‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜 ‫ޓ‬OFF‫ ޓ‬㧦sensor reflecting value
=?MG[ when sensoe LED is OFF
‫ޓ‬P_NOT㧦sensor reflecting value
when removing a paper
Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during‫ޟ‬EdgeXXX/XXX/XXX‫ޠ‬display

㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚

5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment P.5-28

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Measuring Platen reflecting value （Sensing Platen） (3) Input

TIP NOTE
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen.
• Do not usually use this function.
• Measuring AD values at the four positions as shown below, and the AD values is
• Use only in:
displayed on the panel.
When any problems are occured at paper recognition, while adjusting the sensor at
Calibration.
Origin side
When adjustment is needed for using environment (environment light , media type and
㨄㨄㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧝
so on) of user.
Platen • You can Set the sensor parameter manually which was adjusted automatically at
Calibration.
• Setting values are displaye immediately.
Ａ Ｄ （Sensor reflecting value） ： ０ ～ 255

㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
After removing paper push [Enter] key [Cancel]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑

㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓 [Enter]

When saving setting values,

= ?-G[ push [Enter] key while
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧠‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 㧾㨑㨍㨞㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡 displaying [Edge VR].
= ?-G[ =?-G[
[Enter] or [Cancel]
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺‫ޓ‬㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚
㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
= ?-G[ =?-G[ Setting by
‫ޟ‬㧗‫ޠ‬/‫ޟ‬㧙‫ޠ‬Key
㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
=?-G[ 㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧜㨪㧞㧡㧡
㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸/㧴

9JGPRCTCOGVGTKUEJGPIGF
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

=#HVGTHKPKUJKPI?
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
[Cancel]

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑

5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment P.5-29

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu TIP

This menu is used to check if Head nozzles can discharge ink correctly from the printing results. • The following pattern will be printed.

TIP

printing direction
• CW : In this manual, it indicates the direction from origin to opposite side of the origin.
• CCW : In this manual, it indicates the direction from opposite side of the origin to origin.

To check Head nozzles, follow the procedure below.

printing direction
1. Set media as necessary.
2. After media is set, the machine prints out head nozzle check patterns in the following modes:
• 1 pass, Uni-D
• PF: 360 dpi
• CR: 360 dpi
3. Nozzle check patterns will be printed from the media origin, in the order of A to H.

opposite side of origin origin side

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠

Paper feed direction

='PVGT?
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗
='PVGT?
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Display during adjustment pattern
After printing

4. Check the printed head nozzle check patterns for the following points:
• Ink nozzle discharge (missing dots, discontinuity, meandering)
• Satellite
• Nozzle alignment in the vertical direction
• Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu P.5-30

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

Nozzle check: Prints out the pattern in the order of A to H from the paper origin side. Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction (CW direction): Prints out the pattern in the order of
H to A from the paper origin side.

Paper feed direction

Paper feed direction

Origin side Origin side

printing direction
Printing direction

㧴 㧳 㧲 㧱 㧰 㧯 㧮 㧭 0Q\\NG 㧴 㧳 㧲 㧱 㧰 㧯 㧮 㧭 0Q\\NG

Nozzle alignment in the vertical direction: Prints out the pattern in the order of A to H from the Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction (CCW direction): Prints out the pattern in the order
paper origin side. of A to H from the paper origin side.

Paper feed direction

Paper feed direction

Origin side Opposite side of Origin

printing direction
Printing direction

㧴 㧳 㧲 㧱 㧰 㧯 㧮 㧭 0Q\\NG
㧴 㧳 㧲 㧱 㧰 㧯 㧮 㧭 0Q\\NG

5. If any abnormal conditions are found in the ink discharge status of Head nozzles, perform
cleaning.

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu P.5-31

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗
[Enter]
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If paper is not set
Set Paper
Display during adjustment printing
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
After Printing
= ?-G[
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗㧚㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗㧚㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
=?-G[
[Enter] When Cleaning After finishing cleaning,
is selected adjustment pattern is printed
automatically.
= ?-G[
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧝㧦㧿㨔㨛㨞㨠

[Cancel] 㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧞㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘

㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧟㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓
=?-G[

[Enter]
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

After finishing cleaning

6. After cleaning, print out head nozzle check patterns again.

5.7 Adjustment Menu P.5-32

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.3 Skew Check Menu

Feed the paper to check the skew size using Sensor.
When you select this item from the Adjustment Menu, the printer feeds the loaded media by one pass
and checks difference of the media edge positions before and after the media feed detected by Sensor.

NOTE
Before performing skew check, ensure that the media is set correctly.
The printer determines the media setting reference position during the first detection of media
left edge. Therefore, the media that is not set correctly may cause errors as below:
• Media error occurs during skew check and printer operation stops.
• During media initial operation after power is turned on, "Undefined Paper" is frequently
displayed.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣
[Enter]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㨙 0.1㨙 increments
0.1㨙 to 10.0㨙
[Enter]
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If paper is not set
Set Paper

㧱㨤㨏㧚㧿㨗㨑㨣
Paper edge detection finishes normally
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧗㧜㧚㧜㧝㨙㨙

5.7 Adjustment Menu P.5-33

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu

This menu is used to check print head slant (horizontal direction, vertical direction) from a sample
printing. And performs mechanical adjustment if necessary.

The printer has 8 nozzle rows per head. This menu adjusts the slant of each nozzle row evenly.

TIP
• Uni-D (Uni-Direction) indicates uni-directional printing.
• Bi-D (Bi-Direction) indicates bi-directional printing.

The items for head slant is as follows

Items Contents
Head slant slant1 Head slant check in the horizontal direction
Head slant slant2 Head slant check in the vertical direction

NOTE
• When printing "Head slant: Slant1" adjustment pattern, the pattern for vertical adjustment
is also printed.
• You can use the printed "Head slant: Slant2" adjustment pattern to adjust the head slant
(vertical).

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-34

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(1) Printing in 「Head slant ： slant1」

Look at this pattern
The printer prints out head slant check patterns in the following modes: to check the alignment (vertical slant). Check the alignment (horizontal height) with these joint points.
Refer to "Check vertical slant".

• 1 pass, Uni-D/Bi-D
20mm
• PF: 360 dpi, CR: 360 dpi 5mm
• According to the width of media,the right pattern is printed on three places or less. Print direction

TIP
When printing "Head slant: Slant1" adjustment pattern, the adjustment patterns for Head
slant (horizontal height) and Head slant (vertical) are also printed. Media
feeding
direction

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter]
&
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠

[Enter] A B C

㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧦㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧝
[Enter] (1-a)Check Head slant (horizontal height).
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
Items to check are as follows.

Change to PG_LOW
A ： OK
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 B ： On a "Black" basis, shift Magenta upward.
Finish printing
C ： On a "Black" basis, shift Magenta downward.
1. When the print result has misalignment, perform machine adjustment.
"4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height)" p.4-54

TIP
From the media origin side, each path is printed in the combination shown below.
1st path: Nozzle lines A/C
2nd path: Nozzle lines A/C, A/E, and A/G
3rd path: Nozzle lines B/D, B/F, and B/H

2. After machine adjustment, print the comfirmation pattern of Head slant again.
3. When Head slant is still misaligned, perform adjustment.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-35

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(1-b)Check the vertical direction 2.Refer to Appendix B to check the print result.
Check if Head is slanted in a horizontal direction from the print result. Ԙ ԙ Ԛ
#RRGPFKZ
Follow the procedure below and check the head slant. 㧮
٤ ˜ ˜
1. Check the print result of the head slant confirmation pattern. The items to check are as follows.
• Head slant

Adjust so that the joint points are in line.

Details of the vertical pattern

i) Print with A, C, E, and G (CW direction) ① ： No adjustment required.

② ： Move Head base mounting plate downward.
③ ： Move Head base mounting plate upward.
㪚㪮㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋 "4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant)" p.4-56
3.After adjusting Head base mounting plate,confirmation pattern again.
4.If Head slant is still not adjusted, repeat printing and adjusting.
ii) Feeds the media by 1/360 inch
Media feed by
1/360 inch

iii) Print with A, C, E, and G (CCW direction) (overlaps with the pattern of i by 1 dot)

䌃䌃㪮㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷

Check with these

joint points
Appendix 㧮

iv) Enlarged joint points (Black)

1/360㩷㫀㫅㪺㪿 1/180㩷㫀㫅㪺㪿

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-36

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Printing in 「Head slant ： slant2」 TIP

This menu is used to print out a sample printing to check for head slant in the vertical direction. For the details on the following pattern II, refer to "Details of the vertical pattern".
To perform head slant check, follow the procedure below.

1. The Printer prints out head slant check patterns in the following modes:
• 1 pass, Uni-D Head slant (vertical) pattern
• PF: 360 dpi, CR: 360 dpi
Refer to "Details of the pattern"
• II onthe right : VSD 1, small dot. OO
• I on the right : VSD 1, Large dot. OO
Σ
• For I on the right, it will be printed from the Origin point in the order of A to H.
• For II on the right, it will be printed from the Origin point in the order of A to C to E to G, with
CW/CCW.
CCW
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter]

㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠
Print
Τ
[Enter]
direction
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧦㧿㨘㨍㨚㨠㧝
CW
[Enter]

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
Change to PG_LOW
OO
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
Finish printing
Media
feeding Check with these
direction joint points
Appendix 㧭

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-37

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

Details of the vertical pattern 2. Refer to Appendix A to check the print result.

Ԙ ԙ Ԛ
i) Print with A, C, E, and G (CW direction) #RRGPFKZ
㧭

㪚㪮㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋

ii) Feeds the media by 1/360 inch

Media feed by ٤ ˜ ˜
1/360 inch
① ： No adjustment required.
② ： Move Head base mounting plate downward.
③ ： Move Head base mounting plate upward.
"4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant)" p.4-56
iii) Print with A, C, E, and G (CCW direction) (overlaps with the pattern of i by 1 dot)
3. Refer to Appendix B to check the print result.

Ԙ ԙ Ԛ
䌃䌃㪮㩷㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷 #RRGPFKZ
㧮
٤ ˜ ˜
Check with these
joint points
Appendix 㧮

iv) Enlarged joint points (Black) Adjust so that the joint points are in line.

1/360㩷㫀㫅㪺㪿 1/180㩷㫀㫅㪺㪿 ① ： No adjustment required.

② ： Move Head base mounting plate downward.
③ ： Move Head base mounting plate upward.
"4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant)" p.4-56
4. After adjusting Head base mounting plate,confirmation pattern again.
5. If Head slant is still not adjusted, repeat printing and adjusting.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu P.5-38

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu Item Contents

This menu is used to adjust the gap of the nozzle rows and perform the print position of the bi- Bi-D 460 VSD1 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD1, and PG LOW/
directional printing. HIGH value
• For the gap of the nozzle rows, check the printing results of the Uni-D adjustment check Bi-D 460 VSD3 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD3, and PG LOW/
patterns and adjust the gaps. HIGH value
• For the print position of the bi-directional printing, check the printing results of the Bi-D Bi-D 460 VSD4 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD3, and PG LOW/
adjustment check patterns and adjust the positions. HIGH value
Bi-D ALL Adjust all Bi-D pattern.
TIP
• Uni-D (Uni-Direction) indicates uni-directional printing.
• Bi-D (Bi-Direction) indicates bi-directional printing. Item Contents
• Because of the Print head specification, only one adjustment value corresponds to all Set up Parameters setup for the items selected as shown on the left.
nozzle rows.
Print Prints out the patterns of the items selected on the left, with the
• The cps (Characters Per Second) is the unit of printing speed.
(Only when Uni-D is selected) current parameters.
Print 1 Prints out the patterns of the items selected on the left, with the
(Only when Bi-D is selected) current parameters and the parameters with ± 2, ± 4, ± 6, and ±
8 (1 vertical line in turn, with each parameters). Check the current
Item Contents amount of misalignment.

Uni-D 320 VSD1 Uni-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD1, and PG Print 2 Prints out the patterns of the items selected on the left, with the
LOW/HIGH value (Only when Bi-D is selected) current parameters.

Uni-D 320 VSD3 Uni-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD3, and PG Print3 Prints all Bi-D pattern in current parameter.
LOW/HIGH value (Only when Bi-D ALL is
selected)
Uni-D 320 VSD4 Uni-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD4, and PG
LOW/HIGH value
To adjust the Uni-D/Bi-D, follow the procedure below.
Uni-D 460 VSD1 Uni-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of460cps, VSD1, and PG
LOW/HIGH value (1) Set media as necessary.
Uni-D 460 VSD3 Uni-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD3, and PG
LOW/HIGH value (2) The printer prints the adjustment check patterns.

Uni-D 460 VSD4 Uni-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD4, and PG Uni-D adjustment → (2-a） → (2-e)
LOW/HIGH value Bi-D adjustment → (2-b） → (2-c) → (2-e)

Bi-D 320 VSD1 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD1, and PG LOW/
HIGH value
Bi-D 320 VSD3 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD3, and PG LOW/
HIGH value
Bi-D 320 VSD4 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD4, and PG LOW/
HIGH value

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-39

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2-a) Uni-D adjustment patterns (when Print is selected)

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠

㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low or High

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 Select 1 to 6

㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Select Print or Setup

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 If Head height is not Low

If the temperature of the pre-heater is below 47͠

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 and platen heater is below 42 C
* Pressing [Cancel] key stops control and start printing

㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print adjustment pattern

‫ޓ‬Finish printing

1. Prints out the pattern from the origin side, in the order of A to H. (Uni-D 320 VSD3)

Uni-Lo
320cps C
VSD3
b        

H G F E D C B A

Prints out the items excecuted.

UniD320‫ޓ‬VSD1‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Uni-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD1
UniD320‫ޓ‬VSD3‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Uni-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD3
UniD320‫ޓ‬VSD4‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Uni-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD4
UniD460‫ޓ‬VSD1‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Uni-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD1
UniD460‫ޓ‬VSD3‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Uni-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD3
UniD460‫ޓ‬VSD4‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Uni-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD4

a:Media feed direction

b: Adjust the setting value so that these points match.

2. If connecting points above do not match, enter adjust values under 'setup'.
"(2-e) Setup menu" p.5-44
3. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until connecting points match.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-40

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2-b) Bi-D adjustment pattern (when Print 1 is selected) 2. After printing patterns, enter adjust values under 'setup'.
（Bi-D 320 VSD3) "(2-e) Setup menu" p.5-44
3. After entering adjustment values, print again adjustment patterns, and check.
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until points match at “C”.

㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low or High

㧸㨛㨣㧣㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 Select 7 to 12

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞 Select Print or Setup

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 If Head height is not Low

If the temperature of the pre-heater is below 47͠

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 and platen heater is below 42 C
* Pressing [Cancel] key stops control and start printing

㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print adjustment pattern

‫ޓ‬Finish printing

1. Prints out the pattern on the basis of Nozzle line C. (Bi-D 320 VSD1)

%9

media feeding direction

Bi-Lo
%%9 320cps
VSD1

%9
        
-8 -6 -4 -2 C +2 +4 +6 +8

Check the set value

of the joint point that is matched
Prints out the items excecuted.
BiD320‫ޓ‬VSD1‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD1
BiD320‫ޓ‬VSD3‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD3
BiD320‫ޓ‬VSD4‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD4
BiD460‫ޓ‬VSD1‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD1
BiD460‫ޓ‬VSD3‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD3
BiD460‫ޓ‬VSD4‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD4

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-41

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2-c)Bi-D adjustment pattern （ When Print2 is selected） （Bi-D 320 VSD3） 2. After printing patterns, enter adjust values under 'setup'.
"(2-e) Setup menu" p.5-44
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠 3. After entering adjustment values, print again adjustment patterns, and check.

㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until each connecting points matches.
Select Low or High

㧸㨛㨣㧣㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select 7 to 12

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝 Select Print1 or Print2 or Setup

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set

Set Paper
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 If Head height is not Low

Change to PG_Low If the temperature of the pre-heater is below 47͠

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 and platen heater is below 42 ͠
* Pressing [Cancel] key stops control and start printing
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print adjustment pattern
Finish printing

1. Prints out the pattern from the origin side, in the order of A to H. (Uni-D 320 VSD1)

CW

media feeding direction

Bi-Lo
࡮࡮࡮ CCW 320cps
VSD1

        CW
* ) ( ' & % $ #

Check the set value

of the joint point that is matched

Prints out the items excecuted.

BiD320‫ޓ‬VSD1‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD1
BiD320‫ޓ‬VSD3‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD3
BiD320‫ޓ‬VSD4‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 320cps VSD4
BiD460‫ޓ‬VSD1‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD1
BiD460‫ޓ‬VSD3‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD3
BiD460‫ޓ‬VSD4‫ޓ‬:‫ޓ‬Bi-Lo/Hi 460cps VSD4

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-42

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2-d)Bi-D adjustment pattern （ When Print3 is selected）

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠

㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low or High

㧸㨛㨣㧝㧟㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟 Select Print3 or Setup

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If media is not set

Set Paper
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 If Head height is not Low

Change to PG_Low If the temperature of the pre-heater is below 47͠

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 and platen heater is below 42 ͠
* Pressing [Cancel] key stops control and start printing
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print adjustment pattern
Finish printing

Printing speed is different in each item.

Prints out all adjustment patterns (Print2).

Printing items are as shown below.

Item Contents
Bi-D 320 VSD1 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD1, and PG LOW/HIGH
value
Bi-D 320 VSD3 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD3, and PG LOW/HIGH
value
Bi-D 320 VSD4 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD4, and PG LOW/HIGH
value
Bi-D 460 VSD1 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD1, and PG LOW/HIGH
value
Bi-D 460 VSD3 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD3, and PG LOW/HIGH
value
Bi-D 460 VSD4 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD4, and PG LOW/HIGH
value

About adjustment pattern, refer to "(2-c) Bi-D adjustment pattern （ When Print2 is selected）
（Bi-D 320 VSD3） " p.5-42

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-43

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2-e)Setup menu Inputting Bi-D Adjusted value (Bi-D 320 VSD1)

Select the Setup menu for parameters, and then press [Enter] to renew the parameters. 㧭㨐㨖㧚㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low or High

㧸㨛㨣㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 Select 7to12

NOTE ='PVGT?
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 Select䇭Print1 or Print2 or Setup
The initial value is set to values that are suited for the manufacturer genuine ink. Press [Setting/Value+] or [Setting/Value-] key
=?MG[
to change unit to pulse.‫ޓ‬
1 pulse = 1/2880 inch
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 Pulse range: -400 VQ400
Enter setting values from panel. 㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰 䌌䌯䌷䋺䋤䋱
Inputting Uni-D Adjusted value (Uni-D 320 VSD3) 䌈䌩䌧䌨䋺䋤䋲
= ?MG[

㧭㨐㨖㧚㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low or High • After entering adjustment values, print again adjustment patterns, and check.

㧸㨛㨣㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 Select㧝to 6

='PVGT?
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧦㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 Select Print or Setup

=?-G[

㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧭㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧮㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜 ̌C̍is not displayed
‫ޓ‬because the position
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧰㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜 is reffered as the basis when adjusting.

㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧱㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜 Press [Setting/Value+] or [Setting/Value-] key

to change unit to pulse.‫ޓ‬
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧲㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜 1 pulse = 1/720 inch
Pulse range: -100 VQ100
㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧳㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜

㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜
䌌䌯䌷䋺䋤䋱
㨁㨚㨕㧙㧰‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰 䌈䌩䌧䌨䋺䋤䋲

= ?-G[

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-44

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2-f)Setup menu(Bi-D ALL)

Select the Setup menu for parameters, and then press [Enter] to renew the parameters.

NOTE
• The initial value is set to values that are suited for the manufacturer genuine ink.
• Bi-D ALL adjusts all setting values.

Enter setting values from panel.

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧮㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Select Low/High

[Enter]
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧟㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
[Enter]
[Enter]
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜 Select Print3/Setup

[>]key [Enter]

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧠㧞

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧞㧥 Press [Setting/Value+] or [Setting/Value-] key

to change unit to pulse.‫ޓ‬
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧡㧜 1 pulse = 1/2880 inch
Pulse range: -400 VQ400
㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧠㧝

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧠㧝

㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧏㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧙㧠㧞
䌌䌯䌷䋺䋤䋱
㧮㨕㧙㧰‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧰 䌈䌩䌧䌨䋺䋤䋲

[<]Key

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu P.5-45

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.6 Bi-D Copy

Copy All adjustment values form Bi-D Low to Bi-D High.
(When Copying adjustment values, which are adjusted for Bi-D High.)

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠
[Enter]

㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨜㨥
[Enter]

㧯㨛㨜㨥‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
[Cancel]
[Enter] to copy

After completing

5.7.6 Bi-D Copy P.5-46

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu 5. Enter each measured value as the parameter.

After printing and cutting the media, enter the distances of between Front sensor and Head (Top
margin), Cutter and Head (Bottom margin), and Media edge sensor and Head (print start location), and 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
adjust Top, Bottom, and Side margins. [Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧣㧦㨀㨛㨜㧒㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙
　 　 Follow the procedure below to adjust. [Enter]
㧹㨑㨐㨕㨍㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔㧦㧝㧜㧜㧜㨙㨙
1. Set media as necessary. [Enter]
2. After media is set, the detected width of the set media is displayed. 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘 䌓䌥䌬䌥䌣䌴䇭䌉䌮䌩䌴䌩䌡䌬䇭or Check by 䇸+䇹/䇸-䇹䌫䌥䌹.
[Enter]
3. After media is set, the printer prints out band feed correction adjustment patterns in the following
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
modes.
Finish printing
• Black, 1 pass, Uni-D, 360 dpi
=?MG[ Use the [㫧] key by 0.1mm to set
• If "check" is selected, black replaces magenta. 䌔䌯䌰䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭35.0䌾45.0䌭䌭
㨀㨛㨜㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㧚㧜㨙㨙 䌂䌯䌴䌴䌯䌭䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭
4. Check the printed top & bottom adjustment patterns for the measurement. = ?ࠠ࡯
㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙 䌓䌩䌤䌥䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭
Measue each margins with a scale and so on. Press down [Enter]
㧿㨕㨐㨑㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙 at "SideMargin" to
save the input value.
= ?MG[

Bottom margin 6. Perform "Print: Check", print out the Top&Bottom adjustment pattern, and cut the media.

media feeding direction

7. Measure the followings on the print result and check that the print margins are adjusted.

side margin
１ ： Top margin
２ ： Bottom margin
３ ： Side margin
8. If the margins are not adjusted, repeat (3) to (7).

Top margin

5.7.7 Top&Bottom adjustment Menu P.5-47

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu 3. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to start the selected test printing.

This menu is used to print out the following terms. 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠

[Enter]

Item Contents 㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠

[Enter]
Adjustment pattern ALL Prints adjustment patterns. [<]Key If paper is not set.
[Enter]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸 㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
Parameter ALL Prints each adjustment parameter setting value.
[>]Key [<]Key Set paper.
Log info. Prints the serious error history. 㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧭㧸㧸 㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
[>]Key [<]Key Print adjustment pattern [Enter]
S/C Log info. Prints S/C Log history
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧸㨛㨓‫ޓ‬㨕㨚㨒㨛㧚 㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
[>]Key [<]Key
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧠㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓‫ޓ‬㨕㨚㨒㨛㧚
NOTE [>]Key

If you have not registered the serial number of the machine, you must enter the number before
you can start the parameter ALL printing.

TIP
This menu provides the same functions with"5.9 Sample Printing Menu" p.5-56.

Print out the adjustment patterns to check the adjustment items.

Follow the following procedure to perform adjustment:

1. Set media as necessary.

2. After media is set, the machine prints out the following test printings.
• Adjust ALL: Prints adjustment patterns.
• Parameter ALL: Prints adjustment parameters.
• Log info.: Prints the serious error history.
• S/C Log info.:Prints theS/C Log history.

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu P.5-48

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

TIP TIP
Sample printing (parameter ALL print) Sample printing (error record)
᲻᳤᳞ᳯ᳭ᳮų᳊᳛ᳬ᳧᳟᳛ᳮ᳟ᳬ᳭
㧺㨛㧚㧳㧜㧢㨁㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖 ‫ޓޓ‬㧰㨍㨠㨑㧞㧜㧝㧝㧛㧜㧝㧛㧝㧠 㧯㨑㨘㨟㨕㨡㨟‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧠 ᳆ᳩ᳡ų᳃᳨᳠ᳩᳬ᳧᳛ᳮ᳣ᳩ᳨
㧺㨍㨙㨑 㨂㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㧜 㧰㨕㨜㨟㨣‫ޓ‬㧜㧟㨔

㧺㨛㧚㧳㧜㧢㨁㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖 ‫ޓޓ‬㧰㨍㨠㨑㧞㧜㧝㧝㧛㧜㧝㧛㧜㧢 㧯㨑㨘㨟㨕㨡㨟‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧟‫ޓޓ‬

㧖㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧫
㧖㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧫
‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧾㨍㨚㨗‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖㧖 㧺㨍㨙㨑 㨂㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㧜 㧰㨕㨜㨟㨣‫ޓ‬㧜㧟㨔
‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨇㧝㨉‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㨇㧞㨉‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㨇㧟㨉‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㨇㧠㨉

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧜‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧞㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧦㧡㧥
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 ‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧞㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧦㧡㧥
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧞㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧦㧡㧣
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 ‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧞㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧝㧦㧡㧞
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧠‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧢㧤‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧱㧺㧯㧻㧰㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧝㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧢
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 ‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧣㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧝㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧡
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧢‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧥㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨂㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧸㧻㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧜㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧟
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 ‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧣‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧥㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨂㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧸㧻㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧜㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧞
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧤‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧥㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨂㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧸㧻㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧜㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧞㧜
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 ‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧥‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧱㧥㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧻㨂㧱㧾‫ޓ‬㧸㧻㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧞㧜㧝㧜㧛㧝㧜㧛㧞㧢‫ޓ‬㧝㧜㧦㧝㧥
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧝㧜‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧺㧻‫ޓ‬㧰㨍㨠㨍‫ޓ‬
㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓ‬㧭‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧖㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬㧮‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧝㧥

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧜㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧟㧞

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧟㧜

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧠㧡

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧝㧤

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧞㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧝㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧞㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧟㧣

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧠㧣

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

‫ޓ‬㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧙㧏㧞㧙‫ޓ‬㧩‫ޓޓ‬㧙㧡㧢

‫ޓ‬㨀㨛㨜‫ޓ‬㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧟㧜㧚㧜㧜㨙㨙

‫ޓ‬㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙‫ޓ‬㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧚㧠㧜㨙㨙‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬

‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨐㨑‫ޓ‬㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧣㧚㧞㧜㨙㨙

㧖㧯㨛㨙㨜㨍㨚㨥‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨐㨑‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜˜㧝

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧟㧜㧜㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨕‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧜㧢㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨘㨜㨒‫ޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧠

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨟㨏㨍㨘㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧟

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨣㨏‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧡

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧟㧜㧜㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨕‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧜㧢㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨘㨜㨒‫ޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧞

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨟㨏㨍㨘㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧟

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨣㨏‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧡

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧟㧜㧜㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨕‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧜㧢㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨓㨘㨜㨒‫ޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧠

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨟㨏㨍㨘㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧟

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨣‫ޓޓޓ‬㨣㨏‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧡

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨜‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧟㧜㧜㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨕‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧜㨤㧜㧜㧢㧜

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨓㨘㨜㨒‫ޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧞

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨟㨏㨍㨘㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧝㧟

㧖㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㧯㨏㨣‫ޓޓ‬㨣㨏‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧩‫ޓ‬㧠㧡

When adjustment values are initial values, "*" is displayed at the head of the adjustment
variable.

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu P.5-49

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.9 Longstore Menu

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
This menu is used to clean the ink tube and print head with cleaning liquid.
Follow the procedures below when cleaning..
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧜㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓㨟㨠㨛㨞㨑㧞
1. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to determine the Head Cleaning Menu.
2. Remove all ink cartridges. 㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑㨟
Remove all cartridges and press [Enter] key to discharge ink
3. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to discharge ink.
㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧰㨕㨟㨏㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
Finish Ink Discharge
NOTE 㧵㨚㨟㨑㨞㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚
T

When performs the ink discharge only for maintenance parts replacement (Solenoid head Set the cleaning cartridge and press [Enter] key to charge cleaning liquid
Assy, head FFC, Carriage Assy, etc.), turn OFF the power now. 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
After cleaning liquid is charged
㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑㨟
4. After ink is discharged, install the cleaning cartridge. Remove the cleaning jig and press [Enter] key to discharge
cleaning liquid
5. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to charge cleaning liquid. 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
After cleaning liquid is charged
6. After cleaning liquid is charged, remove the head cleaning jig.
㧵㨚㨟㨑㨞㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚
7. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to charge cleaning liquid.
Set the cleaning cartridge and press [Enter] key to charge cleaning liquid
8. After ink is discharged, install the cleaning cartridge.
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
9. Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to charge cleaning liquid. After cleaning liquid is charged
10. After cleaning liquid is charged, remove the head cleaning jig. 㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑㨟
Remove the cleaning jig and press [Enter] key to discharge
cleaning liquid
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

5.7.9 Longstore Menu P.5-50

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.10 Longstore2 Menu

This menu is used to maintain the conditions of the heads at the time of shipping by cleaning ink tubes
and print heads with shipping fluid.
* This function is not usually used in maintenance work.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
㨇'PVGT㨉
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧜㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓㨟㨠㨛㨞㨑㧞
㨇'PVGT㨉
㧵㨚㨟㨑㨞㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚
Insert Cleaning jig, press㨇Enter㨉to charge shipping liquid
㧿㨔㨕㨜㨜㨕㨚㨓㧲㧚㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㨓
After shipping liquid charging
㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑㨟
Remove Cleaning jig, press㨇Enter㨉to discharge shipping liquid
㧿㨔㨕㨜㨜㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧰㨕㨟㨏㨔㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㨓

5.7.10 Longstore2 Menu P.5-51

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.11 Software Counter Initialization Menu Pressing [Enter] key on Operation panel in the “Counter Reset?” screen performs the software counter
initialization.
This menu is used to initialize various software counters.
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
NOTE ='PVGT?
=%CPEGN?
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧞㧦㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧯㨘㨑㨍㨞
The counters are initialized before delivery. Do not initialize them during
='PVGT?
maintenance.
㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧾㨑㨟㨑㨠㧫
='PVGT?

The software counters that can be initialized through this menu are as follows. 㨃㨍㨕㨠‫ޓ‬㧸㨕㨠㨠㨘㨑‫ޓ‬㨀㨕㨙㨑
After few minutes
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧞㧦㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧯㨘㨑㨍㨞
Counters to be initialized Initial
value
Cumulative print timer 0
Ink consumption counterK 0
Ink consumption counterC 0
Ink consumption counterM 0
Ink consumption counterY 0
Ink amount count in the cap 0
Waste ink count 0
User not-filled flag 0
Not-filled flag 1
User First Start up flag 1
Counter for plugging/unplugging 1L adapter 0

5.7.11 Software Counter Initialization Menu P.5-52

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu

This menu is used to check whether there is an error in the media feed amount for one band by
reviewing a sample printing. There are no adjustment items.
To check the feed pitch, follow the procedure below.

1. Set media as necessary.

2. Select "Adj 12: SendPitch".
3. Select the feed pitch.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
='PVGT?
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧞㧦㧿㨑㨚㨐㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔
='PVGT?
=?-G[
='PVGT?
㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧝㧞㧚㧣㨙㨙 㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
= ?-G[ =?-G[ Finish printing or [Cancel]
㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧞㧦‫ޓ‬㧢㧚㧟㧡㨙㨙 㧭㨐㨖㧚㧦㧿㨑㨚㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧟㧦‫ޓ‬㧟㧚㧝㧣㧡㨙㨙
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧠㧦‫ޓ‬㧝㧚㧡㧤㧣㧡㨙㨙
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧼㨕㨠㨏㨔㧡㧦㧳㨞㨕㨐‫ޓ‬㧸㨑㨚㨓㨠㨔
= ?-G[

4. Print out with 320cps, VSD4, and Large dots.

Feed amount
for 1 band
Paper feed direction

5.7.12 Feed Pitch Check Menu P.5-53

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.7.13 Solid Print Menu • A printed pattern is as follows.

This menu is used to perform solid nozzle print check (color selection, nozzle selection and print 100% Printing
direction selection are available). 5mm

Paper feed direction

※ The pattern is printed in order of series A and series B, series B only, series A only. Specified color nozzles of both series A and B 20mm

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
Nozzles for series B only
='PVGT?
㧭㨐㨖㧚㧝㧟㧦㧲㨕㨘㨘㧼㨍㨠㨠㨑㨞㨚
Nozzles for series A only
='PVGT?
=?MG[
㧯㨛㨘㨛㨞㧦㧷 Press [>] or [<] key to select 5mm
color to check
= ?MG[ =?MG[
㧯㨛㨘㨛㨞㧦㧯
= ?MG[ =?MG[
㧯㨛㨘㨛㨞㧦㨅
= ?MG[ =?MG[
㧯㨛㨘㨛㨞㧦㧹
= ?MG[
='PVGT?
=?-G[
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦㧭㧸㧸
Press [>] or [<] key to select
= ?-G[ =?-G[ color to check
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦㧻㧰㧰 ALL: All nozzles
ODD: Odd numbered nozzles
= ?-G[ =?-G[
EVEN: Even numbered nozzles
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦㧱㨂㧱㧺
= ?-G[
='PVGT?
=?-G[
㧰㨕㨞㧦㧯㨃 Press [>] or [<] key to select
color to check
= ?-G[ =?-G[
CW: Eject ink when CW scanning
㧰㨕㨞㧦㧯㧯㨃 CCW: Eject ink when CCW scanning
= ?-G[

5.7.13 Solid Print Menu P.5-54

 5.8 Cleaning Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.8 Cleaning Menu

This menu is used to clean Print heads.
The cleaning menu includes the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents

Short Performs economy cleaning
Normal Performs normal cleaning
Long Performs strong cleaning

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

=?-G[ [Enter]
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧝㧦㧿㨔㨛㨞㨠 Short cleaning
[Cancel]
= ?-G[ =?-G[ [Enter]
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧞㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘 Normal cleaning
[Cancel]
= ?-G[ =?-G[
[Enter]
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧟㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓 Long cleaning
[Cancel]
= ?-G[
='PVGT?
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

5.7.13 Solid Print Menu P.5-55

 5.9 Sample Printing Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.9 Sample Printing Menu NOTE

This menu is used to print out a sample printing.
If you have not registered the serial number of the machine, you must enter the number before
you can start the Parameter All printing.
Diagnosis item Contents
Adjust ALL Prints adjustment patterns.
Parameter ALL Prints out the set values of various adjustment parameters.
[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
Log info. Prints the serious error history and smart chip log.
[Enter]

S/C Log info. Prints the smart chip Log =?-G[

㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
= ?-G[ =?-G[ [Enter]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧭㧸㧸 㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧸㨛㨓‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨒㨛㧚 㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧠㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨒㨛㧚 㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
= ?-G[

[Enter]
[Enter]
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞

㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 When PG-High

㧔Change to PG-Low㧕
[Cancel] If the temperature of the preheater is below 47͠ and
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧤ࠑ㧯 platen heater1,2 are below 42 C
㧔After finishing warming up㧕 * Pressing [Cancel] key stops control and start printing
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
㧔After printing㧕
㧯㨔㨍㨚㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧳㨍㨜‫ޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔 When PG-.QY
㧔Change to PG-High㧕 If the temperature of the preheater is below 47͠ and
[Cancel]
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧝ࠑ㧯 platen heater1,2 are below 42 C
* Pressing [Cancel] key to start printing while warming
㧔After finishing warming up㧕
up the heaters.
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
㧔After printing㧕
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸

TIP
This is the same function as the"5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-48.
For the screen and sample print of each item, refer to"5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" p.5-48.

5.7.13 Solid Print Menu P.5-56

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.10 Parameter Menu 5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu

This menu is used to set the adjustment parameter and perform initialization. This menu is used to initialize the adjustment parameters. The parameters that can be initialized
The parameter menu includes the following items. through this menu are as follows.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference • Uni-D/ Bi-D Parameter、 Mechanical parameter、 Servo、 Printhead、 Wiper、 CR motor、 PF
motor、 Pump、 Cutter
Initialization Initializes the adjustment parameters. "5.10.1 Parameter • Initialization of all items
Initialization Menu" p.5-57
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
Update Updates the adjustment parameters. "5.10.2 Parameter
='PVGT?
Update Menu" p.5-59
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧝㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑
='PVGT?

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 =?㧷㨑㨥
='PVGT?
='PVGT? 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Uni-D‫ޔ‬Bi-D Initialize Menu

=?-G[ = ?㧷㨑㨥 =?㧷㨑㨥

='PVGT?
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧝㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑 Parameter Initialization Menu 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔
=%CPEGN? =?㧷㨑㨥 ='PVGT?
= ?-G[ =?-G[ = ?㧷㨑㨥
='PVGT?
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑 Parameter Update Menu 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧹㨑㨏㨔㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫
=%CPEGN? = ?㧷㨑㨥 =?㧷㨑㨥
= ?-G[
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
= ?㧷㨑㨥 =?㧷㨑㨥
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐
NOTE =?㧷㨑㨥
= ?㧷㨑㨥
To backup the parameter or recover the backup parameter, start up the printer with “Board 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞

Manager Mode” and use the printer with Mutoh Service Assistance installed on, via LAN = ?㧷㨑㨥 =?㧷㨑㨥
cable. 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞

"4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software" p.4-5 = ?㧷㨑㨥 =?㧷㨑㨥
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞
= ?㧷㨑㨥 =?㧷㨑㨥
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜
= ?㧷㨑㨥 =?㧷㨑㨥
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧜㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞
= ?㧷㨑㨥 =?㧷㨑㨥

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧝㧦㧭㧸㧸
= ?㧷㨑㨥

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu P.5-57

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(1) Uni-D/Bi-D
This menu is used to perform the initizlization of the Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment parameters.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
='PVGT?
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧝㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑

[>]Key
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔
[<]Key

[<]Key [Enter]
Low 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫
or [Enter]
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
High 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧜㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧝㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧞㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧠㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧸㧸
[>]Key

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu P.5-58

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu (1) Rear/Edge Sensor

This menu is used to update the adjustment parameters. The parameters that can be updated through
[Cancel]
this menu are as follows. 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑

Rear/Edge sensor,Head rank,Uni-D/ Bi-D,Mechanical parameter,filled flag,Serial [Enter]

No.,DebugBit,Dot control,Heater flag,Ink type
When saving setting values,
= ?-G[ push [Enter] key while
NOTE 㧾㨑㨍㨞㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡 displaying [Edge VR].
= ?-G[ =?-G[
The updated parameters will not be stored in the flash memory unless the system power is
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺‫ޓ‬㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
turned OFF.
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
= ?-G[ =?-G[ Setting by
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 ‫ޟ‬㧗‫ޠ‬/‫ޟ‬㧙‫ޠ‬Key
㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
[Enter] 㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧜㨪㧞㧡㧡
[Cancel] =?-G[
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑 㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸/㧴
[Enter]

[>]Key [Enter] 9JGPRCTCOGVGTKUEJGPIGF

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑 Rear/Edge Menu 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
[Cancel]
[>]Key [<]Key [Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㧾㨍㨚㨗 HeadRank Menu 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[>]Key [<]Key
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣 Uni-D/Bi-D Low Menu =#HVGTHKPKUJKPI?
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
[<]Key [Cancel]
[>]Key
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔 Uni-D/Bi-DHigh Menu 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑
[>]Key [<]Key
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧹㨑㨏㨔㨍㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 MechaParameter Menu
[>]Key [<]Key

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧲㨘㨓 Charge Flag Menu

[>]Key [<]Key
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠 Debug Bit Menu
[>]Key [<]Key
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚 Dot Control Menu

[>]Key [<]Key
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞‫(ޓ‬㨘㨓 Heater flg Menu

[>]Key [<]Key
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧜㧦㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㨀㨥㨜㨑 Ink Type Menu
[<]Key

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-59

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Head Rank

NOTE
This menu is used to update the head rank parameters.
The head rank is used to determine Print head driving voltage and correct the head temperature. • When entering the head rank, once the eight-digit number is entered, it will proceed to the
After head rank is entered, the system shifts to the Ink Charge Menu. next screen.
• The sticker of head rank information is attached to the part shown below.
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧾㨍㨚㨗
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧵㧰㧙㧝㧛㧟㧦㧝㧣㧱㧣㧱㧢㧥㧢
[Enter] [Enter]

㧵㧰㧙㧞㧛㧟㧦㧥㧤㧤㧤㧢㧤㧝㧤
[Enter]
㧵㧰㧙㧟㧛㧟㧦㧝㧥㧜㧥㧝㨀㧜㧳 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧵㧰‫ޓ‬㧵㨙㨜㨡㨠‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞
Sticker of Head Rank
[Enter] Error will occur if input value is wrong.
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
Initial Ink charge will not be executed.
㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨇㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞㨉
[Cancel] Head ID will be updated.
[Enter]
㨇㧷㧯㧹㨅㨉㧺㨛‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㨞㨕㨐㨓㨑 When ink cartridges are not inserted
[Enter] after inserting the ink cartridges
㨇㧷㧯㧹㨅㨉㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧱㨙㨜㨠㨥 When there is no ink
[Enter] after changing the ink cartridges
㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
After Charging

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-60

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(3) Uni-D/Bi-D 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑

This menu is used to update the Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment parameters.
= ?-G[
The setting items for update menu for Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment parameters are as follows
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔

Item Contents =?-G[

[Cancel] [Enter]
Uni-D 320 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 320cps and VSD1
= ?-G[
='PVGT?
Uni-D 320 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 320cps and VSD3 Low 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 Uni-D
or
Uni-D 320 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 320cps and VSD4 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
High
Uni-D 460 VSD2 Uni-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 460cps and VSD1 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
Uni-D 460 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 460cps and VSD3
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
Uni-D 460 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 460cps and VSD4
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
Bi-D 320 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 320cps and VSD1 ='PVGT?
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝 Bi-D
Bi-D 320 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 320cps and VSD3
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
Bi-D 320 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 320cps and VSD4
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
Bi-D 460 VSD2 Bi-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 460cps and VSD1 㧸㨛㨣㧝㧜㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧟㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝
Bi-D 460 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 460cps and VSD3 㧸㨛㨣㧝㧝㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟
Bi-D 460 VSD2 Bi-D adjustment PG_Low/High of 460cps and VSD4 㧸㨛㨣㧝㧞㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
㧸㨛㨣㧝㧜㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧢㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠
=?-G[

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-61

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(The following shows a case when “Uni-D 320 Low VSD3” is selected.) (The following shows a case when “Bi-D 320 Loe VSD4” is selected.)

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter] [Enter]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
[Enter] [Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣‫ޓޓޓޓ‬ 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣‫ޓޓޓޓ‬
[Enter] [Enter]
㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟 㧸㨛㨣‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠 Low 㧩㧏㧝
Low 㧩㧏㧝
[Enter] High㧩㧏㧞
High㧩㧏㧞
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧭㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧮㨕㧰‫ޓ‬㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠‫ޓ‬۲㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 * Press [Setting/Value +]
or [Setting/Value -] key
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧮㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 to change the set value.
* Press [Setting/Value +] or [Setting/Value -] key 1count 1/ 2880inch
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 to change the set value. When parameter is chenged Range: -400 to 400
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧱㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 1count 1/ 720inch
Range: -100 to 100 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧲㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 [Enter]
* “C” is not displayed because the value is the basis.
㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧳㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

㨁㨚㨕㧰㧟㧞㧜‫ޓ‬㨂㧟‫ޓ‬۲㧝‫ޓ‬㧴㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜
[Cancel] [After finishing]
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
[Enter]
When Values are changing, display confirming message
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣‫ޓޓޓޓ‬
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧞㧦㨁㨚㨕㧛㧮㨕‫ޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣‫ޓޓޓޓ‬

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-62

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(4) Mechanical Parameter (5) Ink filled flag

Update the machine position parameters. This menu is used to update the ink parameters. The setting items are as follows.

Item Initial wash Initial Charge

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter] User/Init:Not Charge × ×
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
User/ : Charge ○ ×
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧠㧦㧹㨑㨏㨔㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 User/Init: Charge ○ ○
= ?㧷㨑㨥 [Enter] Use the [㫧] key by 0.1mm to set
䌔䌯䌰䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭35.0䌾45.0䌭䌭
㨀㨛㨜㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㧚㧜㨙㨙 䌂䌯䌴䌴䌯䌭䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙 䌓䌩䌤䌥䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭
Press down [Enter] ='PVGT?
㧿㨕㨐㨑㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙 at "SideMargin" to
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
save the input value.
=?㧷㨑㨥
='PVGT?
[Enter] 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧡㧦 * Press [Setting/Value +] or [Setting/Value -] key
='PVGT? to change the settings
[Cancel]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫 When parameter ̌User/ : Charge̍
㨁㨟㨑㨞㧛㧵㨚㨕㨠㧦㧺㨛㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑
is changed. ̌User/Init:Not Charge̍
[Enter] [Cancel] ='PVGT? ̌User/Init: Charge̍
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫 When parameter is changed
='PVGT?
[After finishing]
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧢㧦㧹㨑㨏㨔㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 After updating

NOTE
Before selecting "Reset", make sure that Ink cartridges are installed.

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-63

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(6) Debug Bit Update

NOTE
This menu is used to update the debug bit.
The debug bit is used for testing. This menu is not used for maintenance operation.

TIP
The debug bit is displayed in binary digits. The setting values and initial values at the time of
shipping are as follows:
• At the time of shipping: 00000000
• Initial value: 00000000

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨍㨐㨍㨠㨑
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧢㧦㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠

[Enter]

= ?MG[
㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 * Debug Bit (Set digit by digit)
Press [Settting/Value] or
㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
[Setting/Value] key
㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 to change the value.
㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜㧜
㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜㧜

㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖㧜
㧰㨑㨎㨡㨓㧮㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧖
=?MG[
[Enter]
When the parameters are changed.
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 [Cancel]

After Updating

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-64

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(7) DotCtrl.
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
Setup the waveform and dot size when printing. ='PVGT?
When OFF is set, they are determined automatically to match printing. 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
='PVGT?
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧥‫ޓ‬㧦㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚
NOTE
= ?MG[ ='PVGT?
This menu is not used for maintenance operation. 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㧲㧲
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿
TIP 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂

• Ｌ ： Large 　 (1bit ／ dot） 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸

• M ： MIddle(1bit ／ dot） 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹

• S ： Small(1bit ／ dot） 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿

• V ： Variable(2bit ／ dot） 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸‫ޓ‬
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸‫ޓ‬
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸‫ޓ‬
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂

=?MG[

㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
='PVGT?
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
#HVGT7RFCVKPI

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-65

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(8) Heater Flag Update

This menu is used to update the heater flag.

NOTE
• When setting the heater flag “Off,” heater warmup is not performed during adjustment
printing or waiting.
• Since the setting of the heater flag is not saved, the setting returns to "Flag On" every time
the power is turned off.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨍㨠㨑㨞
='PVGT?
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
='PVGT?
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧤㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧲㨘㨓

='PVGT?

= ?-G[
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧲㨘㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㨚
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧲㨘㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㨒㨒
=?-G[

9JGPRCTCOGVGTKUEJCPIGF
='PVGT?

#HVGT7RFCVKPI

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-66

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(9) Ink type

This menu displays the ink currently used.

TIP
Initial value : VJ-MSINK.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
='PVGT?
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
='PVGT?
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧜㧦㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㨀㨥㨜㨑

=%CPEGN? ='PVGT?

㧵㨚㨗‫ޓ‬㨀㨥㨜㨑㧦㨂㧶㧙㧹㧿㧵㧺㧷

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-67

 5.11 Servo Setting Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.11 Servo Setting Menu [Cancel]

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛

This menu is used to change the servo settings. [Enter]

[<]key
[Cancel]
㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛㧝㧦㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㨃
NOTE 㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛㧞㧦㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧯㨃
㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛㧟㧦㧠㧢㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㨃
Because this is a menu for evaluating problems of the printer (noise, vibration) and
improving the image quality (measures for vertical unevenness), basically do not change 㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛㧠㧦㧠㧢㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧯㨃
these parameters. [>]key
[Enter]
㧔When selecting 320cps CW 㧕

=?MG[
The menu items for servo setting are as follows.
㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㧳㧼
㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㧳㧵
Servo setting items
㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㧳㧸㧼㧲
Items Contents
㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦㧼㨃㧹‫ޓ‬㧿㨏㨍㨘㨑
320cps CW Servo setting of CR CW direction 、 320cps 㧟㧞㧜㨏㨜㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦ȁ㧯
320cps CCW Servo setting of CR CCW direction 、 320cps [>]key
460cps CW Servo setting of CR CW direction 、 460cps [Enter]
460cps CCW Servo setting of CR CCW direction 、 460cps 㧔When selecting GP 㧕
Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
㧳㧼㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨤㧢㧜㧜㧜
[setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
Servo Adjustment Items
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
Items Contents When parameter has been changed.
[Enter]
Proportional gain Proportional gain setting
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
Integral gain Integral gain setting
After updating
Low path filter Low path filter setting
PWM scale PWM scale setting 㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

ωC ωC setting The minimum / maximum / count value for each item is shown below.

Initial values of Servo setting Items Values of Setting Items

Item GP Gi GLPF PWM ωC Items Min. Max. Count
320cps CW 0 ｘ 5000 0 ｘ 0050 220 13 45 GP （Propotional gain） 0x2000 0x7800 0x200
320cps CCW 0 ｘ 5000 0 ｘ 0050 220 13 45 GI （Integral gain） 0x0002 0x0800 1
460cps CW 0 ｘ 7000 0 ｘ 0020 220 13 45 GLPF （Low-pass filter） 0 255 1
460cps CCW 0 ｘ 7000 0 ｘ 0020 220 13 45 PWM （PWM scale） 10 15 1
ωC （ ｗ C） 30 60 5

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-68

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12 Endurance Running Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑

This menu is used to perform endurance running of printer mechanicals. ='PVGT?

The endurance running menu includes the following items. =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧝㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞 䌃䌒䇭Motor
=%CPEGN?
Diagnosis item Contents Reference = ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧞㧦㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞 䌐䌆䇭Motor
CR Motor Assy Performs carriage stroke to perform the "5.12.1 CR Motor = ?-G[ =?-G[
=%CPEGN?
endurance running of CR motor Assy. Assy Endurance Menu" ='PVGT?
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧟㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞 Cutter
p.5-70 =%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
PF Motor Assy Performs media feeding operation to "5.12.2 PF Motor 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧠㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜 Pump
perform the endurance running of PF motor Assy Endurance Menu" = ?-G[ =?-G[
=%CPEGN?
Assy. p.5-71 ='PVGT?
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧡㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨏㨗 HeadLock
=%CPEGN?
Cutter Performs cutter driving endurance "5.12.3 Cutter = ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
Endurance Menu" p.5-72 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧢㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑 Nozzle
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
Pump Performs endurance running of Pump motor "5.12.4 Pump ='PVGT?
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧣㧦㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㧸㨕㨒㨑
Assy. Endurance Menu" p.5-73 Total
= ?-G[ =?-G[ =%CPEGN?
Head lock Performs endurance running of Carriage "5.12.5 Head Lock ='PVGT?
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧤㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗 Check
lock. Menu" p.5-74 = ?-G[ =%CPEGN?

Nozzle print Performs sequential printing to perform the "5.12.6 Print Head
endurance running of Print head. Endurance (Nozzle Print)
Menu" p.5-75

General Performs endurance running on CR axis "5.12.7 General

endurance (CR motor Assy, Bearing, Tube, etc) and PF Endurance Menu" p.5-76
axis (PR motor Assy, etc) simultaneously.

Confirmation Confirms the number of endurance running "5.12.8 Endurance

cycles. Running Check Menu"
p.5-77

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu P.5-69

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12.1 CR Motor Assy Endurance Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑

[Enter]
This menu is used to perform carriage stroke to perform the endurance running of CR motor Assy .
The available settings are shown below. [Cancel] [Enter]
CW-speed Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
[setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
[Cancel]
Item Contents Values Remark [Enter]
CCW-speed Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
[setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
Running speed Set Carriage running speed (CW direction, 320、 460、 600 Unit ： cps [Cancel] [Enter]
(CW, CCW) CCW direction). 㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧤㧠㧤㨙㨙 travel distance Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
[Cancel] [Enter] [setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
Travel distance Travel distance of Carriage 800 ～ 1848 mm Endurance Count Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
[setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
[Enter]
Number of Set the number of endurance running cycles. － 1 ～ 10000 -
Performing endurance
endurance running
[Enter] or [Cancel]
cycles

CAUTION
When performing the CR motor Assy endurance running, install Ink cartridges.
If the CR motor Assy endurance running is performed without ink cartridges, ink
inside the tube may leak through the ink holder during Carriage movement.

TIP
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Carriage continuously repeats endurance
running until it is canceled from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-digit number).
If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter displays 99999999.

5.12.1 CR Motor Assy Endurance Menu P.5-70

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12.2 PF Motor Assy Endurance Menu

This menu is used to perform media feeding operation to perform the endurance running of PF motor
Assy . 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
The available settings are shown below. [Enter]

Set item Contents Set value Remark [Cancel] [Enter]

[Enter]
Enter a media feed amount by using ±.
Media feed amount Set the media feed 0.1 to 100 Unit: mm or
Range : 0.1mm to 100.0 mm
amount per endurance [Cancel] [Cancel] [Enter]
running cycle. Endurance Count

Number of endurance Set the number of -1 to 10000 - [Enter]

running cycles endurance running Performing endurance
cycles. [Enter] or [Cancel]

TIP
• The following table shows the motor transfer parameters to media feed amount.

Speed 35cps

Acceleration 0.1G

Deceleration 0.1G

• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, the PF motor Assy continuously repeats
endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-digit
number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter displays
99999999.

5.12.2 PF Motor Assy Endurance Menu P.5-71

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu

Performs media cutting by the designated cut method for the designated number of times.

TIP
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Cutter continuously repeats endurance
running until it is canceled from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-digit number).
If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter displays 99999999.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧟㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
=?MG[
㧯㨡㨠㧦㧿㨕㨚㨓㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠࡯㧞㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
㧯㨡㨠㧦㧿㨕㨚㨓㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠࡯㧟㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
㧯㨡㨠㧦㧰㨛㨡㨎㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠࡯㧞㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
㧯㨡㨠㧦㧰㨛㨡㨎㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠࡯㧟㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
= ?MG[
[Enter] Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
‫ޓ‬or [setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
[Cancel] [Enter]
㧼㨍㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨦㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜㨙㨙 50mm㨪3000mm

㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count

㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㨃㨍㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㨟 Confirming Waiting time

[Enter]
㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ޓ‬ Performing endurance
Completing endurance or [Cancel]
㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu P.5-72

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu Pump motor Assy endurance running sequence is as follows.

This menu is used to perform endurance running for Pump motor Assy . 1. Pump motor Assy endurance running starts.
You can drive Pump motor Assy according to your desired settings.
2. Pump phase detection is performed.
The available settings are shown below.
3. Rotates at the specified suction speed. This rotation is counted as one cycle.
Step 2 above is repeated the number of times specified as follows:
Set item Contents Set value
Super high : 4000 step
Running speed Set the running speed of Pump Super high / High / Normal /
motor Assy . Low High : 3000 step
Normal : 2000 step
Number of endurance running Set the number of endurance -1 to 10000
cycles running cycles. Low : 1000 step
4. Pump release is performed.
TIP 5. Pump motor Assy endurance running ends.
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Pump motor Assy continuously
repeats endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-digit
number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter displays
99999999.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
='PVGT?
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧠㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜
='PVGT?
=?-G[
='PVGT?
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦㧿㨡㨜㨑㨞㧴㨕㨓㨔
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦㧴㨕㨓㨔
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘
[Enter] = ?-G[ =?-G[
‫ޓ‬or ='PVGT?
[Cancel] 㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦㧸㨛㨣
= ?-G[

Endurance Count
Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜
[setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
Performing endurance ='PVGT?
㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜
Completing endurance or [Cancel]
㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu P.5-73

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12.5 Head Lock Menu

This menu is used to perform endurance running of Carriage lock.
The available settings are shown below.

Set item Contents Set value Remark

Number of endurance Set the number of endurance -1 to 10000
-
running cycles running cycles.

TIP
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Carriage rock continuously repeats
endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-digit
number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter displays
99999999.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧡㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨏㨗
[Enter]
[Enter] Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜
‫ޓ‬or [setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
[Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㨃㨍㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㨟 Confirming Waiting time

Performing endurance
㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ޓ‬
Completing endurance or [Cancel]
㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.5 Head Lock Menu P.5-74

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12.6 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu

This menu is used to perform sequential printing to perform the endurance running of Print head.
The available settings are shown below.

Set item Contents Set value Remark

Number of endurance Set the number of endurance -1 to 10000
-
running cycles running cycles.

TIP
If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Print head repeats endurance running
until [Cancel] is pressed.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧢㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑
[Enter]
Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 [setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
[Enter]
‫ޓ‬or [Enter]
[Cancel] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜 Performing endurance
Completing endurance or [Cancel]
㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.6 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu P.5-75

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12.7 General Endurance Menu TIP

This menu is used to perform endurance running on the CR line (CR motor Assy , Bearing, Tube, etc) • In the general endurance menu, the following operations are performed as one cycle of
and PF line (PR motor Assy , etc) simultaneously. endurance running:
The available settings are shown below. The counter indicates above-mentioned set number, and the count number counts the
same value as the only CR motor assemby endurance, etc.
Set item Contents Set value Remark • Carriage stroking: 1 stroke
Running speed (CW, Set Carriage running speed (CW 320,460,600 Unit: cps • Media feed: 1 cycle
CCW) direction, CCW direction). • If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Carriage continuously repeats
stroking until it is canceled from Operation panel.
Media feed amount Set the media feed amount per 0.1 to 100 Unit: mm
endurance running cycle. • The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-digit
number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter displays
Number of endurance Set the number of endurance -1 to 10000 - 99999999.
running cycles running cycles.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
[Enter]

[Cancel] [Enter]
CW-speed
[Cancel] [Enter]
CCW-speed
[Cancel] [Enter]
Media feed amount
[Cancel] [Enter]
Endurance count
[Enter]
Performing endurance running
[Enter] or [Cancel]

5.12.7 General Endurance Menu P.5-76

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.12.8 Endurance Running Check Menu

This menu is used to confirm the number of endurance running cycles.
The number of endurance running cycles is stored in NVRAM in the system. Therefore, even if a
serious error occurs during endurance running, you can confirm the number of the performed cycles
just before the occurrence of the serious error.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
='PVGT?
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧤㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗
='PVGT?
[Enter] =?MG[
‫ޓ‬or
[Cancel] 㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜
㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧣㧣
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨏㨗㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧣㧣
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧣㧣
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧸㨕㨒㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧤㧤
= ?MG[

5.12.8 Endurance Running Check Menu P.5-77

 5.13 Media Feed Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.13 Media Feed Menu

This menu is used to feed media into the printer frontward or backward.
The mechanical initialization should be done if it is not performed yet.
Hold down a[Enter] key for two second to cut media.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧜㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐
[Cancel] [Enter]
=?MG[㧦(TQPV(GGF
㧲㨞㨛㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ࡯ޓ‬㧮㨍㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓ‬㧗 = ?MG[㧦$CEM(GGF
Hold down [Enter] key
for two second to cut.

TIP
This is the same function as the"6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu" p.6-13.

5.12.8 Endurance Running Check Menu P.5-78

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.14 ExControl Menu

This menu is used to diagnose the following items on HEATER CONT board Assy .

Items Contents Items

Version Firm、 Board Rev.
Sensors Pre-Heater thermistor,Platen Heater thermistor1/2、 After
Heater Thermistor 1/2
Heater Pre-Heater,Platen Heater,After Heater,ALL

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
='PVGT?
=?-G[
='PVGT?
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧝㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚 8CTUKQP/GPW
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧞㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 5GPUQT/GPW
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧟㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞 *GCVGT/GPW
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[

5.12.8 Endurance Running Check Menu P.5-79

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.14.1 Version Menu

This menu is used to check the firmware version of the controller side, and the version of Controller
board. The firmware version (AP version) is displayed as “XX.XX”. The controller board version is
displayed in hex format (2 digits).

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
='PVGT?
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧝㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚
='PVGT?
=?-G[
㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚㧦㧭㧼‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧝㧜
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚㧦㧼㧯㧮‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜˜㧜㧜
= ?-G[

5.14.1 Version Menu P.5-80

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.14.2 Sensor Menu

This menu is used to display the status of the following sensors on Controller board.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
='PVGT?
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧞㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞
='PVGT?
[Enter] =?MG[
‫ޓ‬or
[Cancel] 㧝㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧞㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧟㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧝‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧠㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧞‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧡㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧢㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
= ?MG[

5.14.2 Sensor Menu P.5-81

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.14.3 Heater Menu

This menu is used to check if Pre heater, Platen heater, and Drier (After heater) correctly operate.
When selecting Pre, Platen, After, or ALL (Pre, Platen, and Driers are controlled simultaneously), the
heater temperature is controlled with the target temperature of 50°C.
When the temperature reaches the target, the temperature will be maintained.
　

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧞㧦㧱㨤㨏㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
[Enter]
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧠㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]
=?MG[
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧦㧼㨞㨑
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧦㧭㧸㧸
= ?MG[
[Enter]

=?MG[
㧯㨔㨗㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧯㨔㨗㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧯㨔㨗㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧯㨔㨗㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧞‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧯㨔㨗㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
㧯㨔㨗㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
= ?MG[

5.14.3 Heater Menu P.5-82

 5.15 PaperInitial Menu VJ1624E-M-03

5.15 PaperInitial Menu

This menu is used to set the media detection.
The default value is the same as that of the normal operation mode (chart mode).

Select either Top & Width, Width, or Off. When Off is selected, you can set the media width in the
media width setting menu.

The available settings are shown below.

Items Contents
Top & Width Normal media detection mode
Width Detects media width.
Off Does not detect media.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧞㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘
='PVGT?
[Enter] = ?MG[
‫ޓ‬or
[Cancel] 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㧦㨀㧻㧼㧒㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㧦㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㧦㧻㨒㨒
=?MG[

When setting ‫ޟ‬OFF‫ޠ‬

Input media width
Change the value (unit to count) by pressing
㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧢㧞㧡㨙㨙 [setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
1000mm to 1625mm

5.14.3 Heater Menu P.5-83

 VJ1624E-M-03

6 Maintenance Mode 2
6.1 Introduction .................................................................. 6- 2

6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 ............................ 6- 2

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2.................. 6-2

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2.......................... 6-3

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu.......................................... 6- 4

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu ..................................... 6-5

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu................................ 6-11

6.3.3 Counter Print Menu ........................................... 6-12

6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu ............................................. 6-13

P.6-1
 6.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

6.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on the maintenance mode 2. 1. If the system is in the operation mode or the
setup menu mode, press the [Power] key to turn
The maintenance mode 2 provides the user with functions of displaying and initializing the life the power off.
counters. It is used in the manufacturing process, adjustment, and maintenance. 2. While holding down [<] key, [Setting/Value-]
The maintenance mode 2 is implemented in the system firmware. All functions are available from the key and [>] key on Operation panel
operation panel. simultaneously, press [Power] key.
"8.2.3 Operation Panel" p.8-4
The operation panel displays the
maintenance mode 2 menu.
TIP
This manual is made based on firmware Ver.2.00.

6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2

This section explains how to start up and operate the maintenance mode 2 as well as provides the list
of available diagnosis items.

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2

Before using the maintenance mode 2, make sure that the maintenance menu is displayed on Operation
panel.
To run the maintenance menu, switch the display to the normal operation status or setup menu display
status.

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2 P.6-2

 6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 VJ1624E-M-03

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 3. To save the changed setting, press [Enter] key on
Operation panel.
Before using the maintenance mode 2, make sure that the maintenance menu is displayed on Operation *The setting is saved and the next diagnosis item is
panel. displayed.
To run the maintenance menu, switch the display to the normal operation status or setup menu display
status.
NOTE
TIP If you press [Cancel] key, or, [Setting/value +] key or
[Setting/value -] key, instead of [Enter] key, the
For details of operating procedure, refer to the flow chart of each diagnosis item. modification is not stored.

1. Press either [<] or [>] of Operation panel to select the item

to be diagnosed, and press [Enter] key. 4. To quit diagnosis, press [Cancel] key on Operation panel.
• Determine the diagnosis item *The system returns to an upper hierarchy of the diagnosis
• When the diagnosis item has a submenu, shift to the menu.
next hierarchy of menus.

2. If the set value is displayed on the LCD of Operation panel,

the value can be changed.
5. When quitting Self-diagnosis menu, press [Power] key.
Press either [Setting/value +] or
[Setting/value -] to change the value.

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 P.6-3

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu

The maintenance mode 2 menu includes the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Indication Displays the life counter. "6.3.1 Counter
Indication Menu" p.6-5
Init Counter Initializes the life counter. "6.3.2 Counter
Initialization Menu" p.6-11
Print Prints the life counter. "6.3.3 Counter Print
Menu" p.6-12
MediaFeed Feeds media into the printer frontward or "6.3.4 Paper Feed
backward.Cut media. Menu" p.6-13

=?-G[
='PVGT?
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧝㧦㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚 Counter Indication
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧞㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㨑㨞 Counter Initialization
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[ ='PVGT?
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Counter print
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[ ='PVGT?
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧠㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐 Paper feed
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 P.6-4

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu

This menu is used to display the life counters.
It consists of the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Mainte. Print Number,CR Motor,PF Motor,Pump "6.3.1 Counter
,Head,Cleaning,Wiper,CutNumber,Cutte Indication Menu" p.6-5
rSol,UnlockPos.
Print Num,Area,Effect "6.3.2 Counter
Initialization Menu" p.6-11
Ope.Time Running time for each activation mode "6.3.3 Counter Print
Normal Menu" p.6-12
Diag
Mainte

=?-G[
='PVGT?
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚 Maintenance Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[
='PVGT?
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧞㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[ =?-G[ ='PVGT?
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧟㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 Ope.Time Menu
=%CPEGN?
= ?-G[

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-5

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(1) Maintenance Menu

=%CPEGN?
This menu is used to display the life counters. 㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚
='PVGT?
='PVGT?
=?MG[
NOTE
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧺㨡㨙㨎㨑㨞㧦㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
• Cleaning count does not rely on the cleaning type. (Including ink charge and economy ink
㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
charge)
㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
• CR motor is counted every time the print head moves sideways (left to right, right to left).
㧼㨡㨙㨜㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
• Number of Pump wheel rotations: The conversion of the number of Pump wheel rotations
from the number of Wiper motor driving steps is as follows: 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧷㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
1 rotation of Pump wheel = 330 steps (2-phase excitation conversion) 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧷㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Displayed as a decimal.
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㨅㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Diagnosis item Contents Unit
㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㨅㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
PrintNumber Displays the total number of printed copies. copy 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧹㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
CR Motor Displays the life counter of CR motor. scanning count 㧴㨑㨍㨐‫ޓ‬㧹㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
PF Motor Displays the life counter of PF motor. 10m
㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Pump Displays the life counter of Pump unit. Number of
rotation 㧯㨡㨠㧺㨡㨙㨎㨑㨞㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞㧿㨛㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
HeadK1、 K2 Displays the life counter of Head unit (K). Number of
average 㨁㨚㨘㨛㨏㨗㧼㨛㨟㧚㧦‫ޓޓ‬㨄㧚㨄㨄㨄㨙㨙 Unadjusted㧦x.xxxmm
HeadC1、 C2 Displays the life counter of Head unit (C). discharge shots Other than unadjusted㧦99.999mm㨪-99.999mm
per nozzle (mega = ?MG[
Displays the life counter of Head unit (Y). dot)
HeadY1、 Y2
HeadM1、 M2 Displays the life counter of Head unit (M).

Cleaening Displays the life counter of Cleaning unit. Number of

cleanings

Wiper Displays the life counter of Wiper. Number of

wiping

CutNumber Displays the life counter of Cutter. Number of

cutting

CutteSol. Displays the life counter of Solenoid. Number of

Solenoid
downing
UnlockPos. Displays the position of Unlocking the Head lock.. 0.001ｍ ｍ

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-6

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Print Menu (2-a)Num

Confirming printing information. Check the number of printed copies per print mode. (Excluding the inner patterns.)

Diagnosis item Contents Diagnosis item Contents Unit

Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed copies per mode Total Num Displays the counter value of the total number of printed Copies
copies of all modes
Area Displays the counter value of the print area per mode
QX 　 Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies
Effect Number of the printed copies per effect copies of Quality 1 to 4

GX 　 Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies

copies of Graphics1 to 4
=%CPEGN?
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧞㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 BX 　 Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies
='PVGT? copies of Banner 1 to 4
='PVGT?
=?MG[ Other Num Displays other counter values of the number of printed Copies
copies
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧭㨞㨑㨍
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠 =%CPEGN?
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙
= ?MG[ ='PVGT?
='PVGT?
=?MG[
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Displays as a decimal.
㧳㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧝‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧟‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧻㨠㨔㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
= ?-G[

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-7

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2-b)Area
Check the print area per print mode. (Excluding the inner patterns.)

Diagnosis item Contents Unit

Total area Displays the counter value of the total print area of all ㎡
modes

QX 　 area Displays the counter value of the print area of Quality 1 ㎡

to 4

GX 　 area Displays the counter value of the print area of Graphics ㎡

1 to 4

BX 　 area Displays the counter value of the print area of Banner 1 ㎡

to 4

Other area Displays other counter values of the print area ㎡

=%CPEGN?
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦
='PVGT?
='PVGT?
=?MG[
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧟‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧽㧠‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Displayed as a decimal.
㧳㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧟‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧳㧠‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧝‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧟‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧮㧠‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧻㨠㨔㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨍㨞㨑㨍㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
= ?MG[

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-8

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(2-c)Effect Diagnosis item Contents Unit

Check the number of the printed copies per effect. (Excluding the inner patterns.)
Fine&Fog2 Number of printings in Fine&Fog2 copies

Fine&Fog3 Number of printings in Fine&Fog3

Diagnosis item Contents Unit
A-S.F&W Number of printings in A-S.F&W
None 1 Number of printings in None1 copies
B-S.F&W Number of printings in B-S.F&W
None2 Number of printings in None2

None3 Number of printings in None3

=%CPEGN?
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠
Wave1 Number of printings in Wave1 ='PVGT?
='PVGT?
Wave2 Number of printings in Wave2 =?MG[
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Wave3 Number of printings in Wave3
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fog1 Number of printings in Fog1 㧺㨛㨚㨑㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fog2 Number of printings in Fog2 㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

Fog3 Number of printings in Fog3 㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fuzz1 Number of printings in Fuzz1 㧲㨛㨓㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨛㨓㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fuzz2 Number of printings in Fuzz2
㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fuzz3 Number of printings in Fuzz3 㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Wow1 Number of printings in Wow1
㨃㨛㨣㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 Displays as a decimal
maximam value:99999999
Wow2 Number of printings in Wow2 㨃㨛㨣㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
When exceeding
㨃㨛㨣㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜 the maximum value:99999999
Wow3 Number of printings in Wow3 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

Fine&Wave1 Number of printings in Fine&Wave1 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fine&Wavw2 Number of printings in Fine&Wave2 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fine&Wavw3 Number of printings in Fine&Wave3
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fine&Fuzz1 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz1 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧠㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧡㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fine&Fuzz2 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz2
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧢㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fine&Fuzz3 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz3 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧝㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧞㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fine&Fuzz4 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz4 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧟㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

Fine&Fuzz5 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz5 㧭㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜

㧮㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜
Fine&Fuzz6 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz6 = ?MG[

Fine&Fog1 Number of printings in Fine&Fog1

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-9

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

(3) Ope.Time
Confirming Operation time.

Diagnosis item Contents Unit

Total Operation time of All modes. minutes

Normal Operation time of User mode.

Diag. Operation time of Self Diagnostic mode.

Mainte. Operation time of Maintenance mode 2.

=%CPEGN?
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧟㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑
='PVGT?
='PVGT?
=?MG[
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚
㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚
㧰㨕㨍㨓㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㧜㨙㨕㨚

= ?MG[

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu P.6-10

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧞㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㨑㨞
This menu is used to initialize the life counters. ='PVGT?
The parameters that can be initialized in this menu are as follows. =?-G[ ='PVGT?
=%CPEGN? 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧺㨡㨙 㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
= ?-G[ =?-G[
Diagnosis item Contents
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧵㨚㨒㨛㧚
Print Num Initializes the total print counter. = ?-G[ =?-G[

PrintInfo. Initializes the number of printed copies per mode, print area per mode, and 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧭㧸㧸
the number of printed copies per effect = ?-G[ =?-G[
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨀㨕㨙㨑㨞
All Initialize Timer,Life counter,Mechanical counter,Mechanical adjustment
= ?-G[ =?-G[
values,Head ID.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞
CR Motor Initializes the CR motor life counter. = ?-G[ =?-G[
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㨛㨠㨛㨞
PF Motor Initializes the PF motor life counter.
= ?-G[ =?-G[
HeadUnit Initializes the head nozzle life counter. 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧴㨑㨍㨐㨁㨚㨕㨠

Wiper Initializes the wiper life counter. = ?-G[ =?-G[

㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㨃㨕㨜㨑㨞
Pump Initializes the Pump unit life counter. = ?-G[ =?-G[

Cutter Initializes the Cutter life counter. 㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧥㧦㧼㨡㨙㨜

= ?-G[ =?-G[
Unlock Pos. Initializes the position of unlocking Head lock.
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧜㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞
Shipping Batch initializing only before shipping = ?-G[ =?-G[
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧝㧦㨁㨚㨘㨛㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧼㨛㨟㧚
= ?-G[ =?-G[
㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚㧝㧞㧦㧿㨔㨕㨜㨜㨕㨚㨓
=?-G[

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu P.6-11

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

6.3.3 Counter Print Menu

This menu is used to print the life counter values.

[Cancel] [Enter]

[Cancel] [Enter]

After media is set

After Printing

6.3.3 Counter Print Menu P.6-12

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1624E-M-03

6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu

This menu is used to feed media into the printer frontward or backward.
To cut media, press down the [Enter] key for more than two seconds.
The mechanical initialization should be performed, if it is not performed yet.

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧠㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐
=%CPEGN? ='PVGT?
[–] key: Feeds frontward
㧲㨑㨑㨐㧦࡯㧛㧗‫ޓ‬㧯㨡㨠㧦㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 [+] key: Feeds backward
Press down the [Enter] key
for more than two seconds
to cut the media

TIP
This is the same function as the"5.13 Media Feed Menu" p.5-78.

6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu P.6-13

 VJ1624E-M-03

7 Maintenance
7.1 Introduction .................................................................. 7- 2

7.2 Periodical Services ...................................................... 7- 3

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts................................ 7-3

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement.... 7-4

7.3 Part Life Information .................................................... 7- 5

7.4 Jigs and Tools .............................................................. 7- 6

7.4.1 Required Tools.................................................... 7-6

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding .................................................... 7- 8

7.6 Transportation of Product ......................................... 7- 10

P.7-1
 7.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

7.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information about the periodical services, part life, lubrication/bonding, and
transport.

WARNING

Before starting any maintenance work, always perform the following operations.
• Turn the printer power OFF.
• Remove Power cable from Power outlet.
Not doing so may cause electric shock or damage to the electric circuit.
• Unplug the cables connected to the printer.
Failure to do so could result in damage to the printer.

CAUTION

• Make sure there is sufficient space around the printer when performing
maintenance work.
• When servicing the machinery inside with some covers removed, pay special
attention not to be injured by the driving mechanisms.
• Maintenance must be done by two or more persons for the following work.
• When disassembling or reassembling the printer and Dedicated stand
• When packing the printer for transportation

P.7-2
 7.2 Periodical Services VJ1624E-M-03

7.2 Periodical Services

This section describes the periodical services required for this printer.
The periodical services ensures stable plotting quality of the printer.
Perform periodical inspections according to "7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts" p.7-3 and
perform cleaning and part replacement as necessary.

TIP
• Operation manual
• Exploded View

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts

The parts in the following table require replacement once per year.

Maintenance part names Contents Q’t Replacement

(Maintenance part y procedure
numbers)

VJ1614 Regular Period Joint screw M6 8 "3.7.9 Replacing

Maintenance Kit Solenoid Head
(DG-41555) O ring M6 8 Assy" p.3-143
Connector Valve Head 8

Valve Head 4

Pump Cap assembly 1 "3.8.5 Replacing

Maintenance Assy"
Cap Head assembly 1 p.3-168
Cap spring

Cap slider 1

Flam , Cap 1

Cap spring 1

Cleaner Head 1 " A necessary jigs

and tools are as
follows." p.3-166

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts P.7-3

 7.2 Periodical Services VJ1624E-M-03

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement

Table 7-1 Periodical Inspection Part List

Part Timing Check point Action

Media guide F Several times • Media dust accumulation Clean it.
Platen front surface per year • Foreign objects
• Damages If ink deposits are
present, remove them
with a dampened cloth
and wipe the area with
a clean dry cloth.

Timing fence Several times • Media dust accumulation Clean it.

(CR encoder detection per year • Foreign objects
slit plate) • Damages If any damage is
found, replace the part.
Paper rear sensor front Several times • Media dust accumulation Clean it.
surface per year • Foreign objects
Daily maintenance Several times • Ink deposits If the stain is left, tell
check point by the user per year • Foreign objects the user to clean it
(Platen, pressure roller, • Damages periodically according
wiper, outer surface of to the explanation of
the print head) • Daily cleaning the User’s Manual.
(Parts should be
replaced more often if
stain is left.)
Pressure roller Several times • Ink deposits Clean it.
per year • Foreign objects
• Damages Refer to "7.5
• Lubrication Lubrication/
Bonding" p.7-8 for
lubrication if
necessary.

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement P.7-4

 7.3 Part Life Information VJ1624E-M-03

7.3 Part Life Information Table 7-2 List of Parts Life Expectancy (Continued)(Continued)

This section shows how to check the life of the service parts. Part Life Warning How to Replacement References
To know the life of the service parts, check the maintenance counter from the counter display menu in expectanc display restore parts
the maintenance mode. y

Cap 172,900 Check Life Counter Replace as "3.8.5

Pump steps [Pump] clear necessary Replacing
TIP Unit Maintenance
"6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu" p.6-5 Assy" p.3-168

Part life information of this printer is shown in the table below.

Table 7-2 List of Parts Life Expectancy

Part Life Warning How to Replacement References

expectanc display restore parts
y

CR 4,370,000 Check Life Counter At the first "3.6.2

motor passes [CR motor] clear warning: Replacing CR
• CR motor Motor Assy" p.3-
• CR Return 104
pulley "3.6.3 Replacing
(Check Ink tube CR Return Pulley
as well.) Assy" p.3-108
At the next "3.6.9 Replacing
warning: Ink tube" p.3-121
• Replace CR "3.6.8 Replacing
cable after CR_FFC" p.3-
above parts is 117
replaced.

PF 21Km Check Life Counter Replace as "3.5.3

motor [PF motor] clear necessary Replacing PF
Motor Assy" p.3-
77

Print 6 × 109 Check Life Counter Replace as "3.7.10

head (6 thousand [Head] clear necessary Replacing Print
million) Head" p.3-148
dots

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement P.7-5

 7.4 Jigs and Tools VJ1624E-M-03

7.4 Jigs and Tools Table 7-3 Tools for Part Replacement(Continued)

This section provides lists of jigs and tools required for service operations. Part
No. Name Remarks
number
7.4.1 Required Tools 11 E ring holder (E-6) Generic Name: JIS E-56
product Manufacturer: Iwata Denko Co., Ltd

(1) Tools for Part Replacement 11 Penlight Generic -

product

Table 7-3 Tools for Part Replacement 12 Tube cutter Generic For replacing solenoid heads and ink tubes
product
Part
No. Name Remarks 13 Scale Generic For replacing Steel belt. Longer than 3 meters
number
product is recommended.
1 Phillips driver No.2 Generic More than 250 mm shaft length is
product recommended.

2 Phillips driver No.2 Generic Less than 50 mm shaft length is

product recommended.

3 Phillips driver No.1 Generic -

product

4 Flat-head driver Generic For replacing E rings

product

5 Box driver Generic For replacing CR board assemblies

product

6 Ratchet Generic -
product

7 Long-nose pliers Generic -

product

8 Tweezers Generic -
product

9 Hex wrench Generic -

(1.5 to 6 mm) product

10 Hex wrench Generic For screws retaining Head base.

（2.5mm） product More than 150mm shaft length and not L-
tyoe are recommended.

10 E ring holder (E-2.5) Generic Name: JIS E-2.5

product Manufacturer: Iwata Denko Co., Ltd

7.4.1 Required Tools P.7-6

 7.4 Jigs and Tools VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Tools for Adjustment

Table 7-4 Tools for Adjustment

Part
No. Name Remarks
number
1 Personal computer Generic Network interface connector (RJ-45) should
product be equipped.
(10M/100M Ethernet I/F)

2 Network interface Generic Cross-type cable

cable product * Use stratight-type cable to connect HUB.

3 Dedicated network - MUTOH Service Assistance

software

4 Tension gauge Generic Max. 40 N (4,080gf) for measurement

product Manufacturer: Ohba Keiki Seisakusho Co.,
Ltd.

5 Tension gauge Generic Max. 2N (204gf) for measurement

product Manufacturer: Ohba Keiki Seisakusho Co.,
Ltd.

6 MF-3G Exclusive For Paper edge sensor, for print accuracy

use media adjustment

7 PG height check tool DG-43196 For Print head height adjustment

(1.3mm/1.4mm)
(Exploded View : Other)

8 Steel belt tension DG-43197 For adjusting Steel belt tension

attachment (Exploded View : Other)

9 Cutter adjustment Jig DG-43194 For Installiing Cutter

(Exploded View : Other)

10 Photometer Bracket DG-43195 For Installing Photometer Bracket.

adjuating Jig (Exploded View : Other)

11 level Generic For confirming Installation Environment

product

7.4.1 Required Tools P.7-7

 7.5 Lubrication/Bonding VJ1624E-M-03

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding Table 7-5 Lubricant List (Continued)

This section covers the lubrication/bonding information. Parts Item Manufacturer Type
After disassembling/assembling this printer, always perform necessary lubrication/bonding referring CRdrive Pressure cam Apply to cam part. Dow Corning MOLYKOT
the following table. section Toray E(R)EM-
(Continued) Co.,Ltd. 60L
CAUTION GREASE
• Only use specified lubricants to the printer. The use of unauthorized lubricants Roller guide Apply to the front Dow Corning MOLYKOT
may damage the components and shorten the printer life. surface of Roller Toray E E PASTE
• Pay attension not to lubricate too much on a part. guide. Co.,Ltd.
Drive pulley Apply to Drive Dow Corning MOLYKOT
pulley. Toray E(R)EM-
Co.,Ltd. 60L
Table 7-5 Lubricant List
GREASE
Parts Item Manufacturer Type Cursor Head U/D collar Apply to head U/D Dow Corning MOLYKOT
section collar. Toray E(R)EM-
PF drive Up/down gear on Apply to gear. Dow Corning MOLYKOT
section pressure lever Toray E(R)EM- Co.,Ltd. 60L
Co.,Ltd. 60L GREASE
GREASE Head U/D cam Apply to head U/D Dow Corning MOLYKOT
cam. Toray E(R)EM-
CR drive Y rail machining Apply to the hole Dow Corning MOLYKOT
section diagram securing Y drive Toray E(R)EM- Co.,Ltd. 60L
base. Co.,Ltd. 60L GREASE
GREASE Rack Apply to Gear. Dow Corning MOLYKOT
Apply to the hole Dow Corning MOLYKOT Toray E(R)EM-
securing the return Toray E(R)EM- Co.,Ltd. 60L
pulley bracket. Co.,Ltd. 60L GREASE
GREASE PG warm wheel Apply to Gear. Dow Corning MOLYKOT
Y rail and Roller While inserting Dow Corning MOLYKOT Toray E(R)EM-
guide Roller guide, apply Toray E E PASTE Co.,Ltd. 60L
to the downside of Co.,Ltd. GREASE
Roller guide.

Pressure level Apply to the contact Dow Corning MOLYKOT

adjustment gear surface of Pressure Toray E(R)EM-
level adjustment Co.,Ltd. 60L
rack on Y rail.
GREASE

7.4.1 Required Tools P.7-8

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding VJ1624E-M-03

Table 7-5 Lubricant List (Continued)

Parts Item Manufacturer Type

Head base Head mouting Apply to the position Dow Corning MOLYKOT
section plate of the screw hole Toray E(R)EM-
securing shoulder Co.,Ltd. 60L
screw.
GREASE
Head slide base Apply to the part Dow Corning MOLYKOT
contacting with the Toray E(R)EM-
CR cursor. Co.,Ltd. 60L
GREASE
PF drive Set screw Apply screw-locking Three Bond 1401
section agent to the coupling Co., Ltd.
set screw.

CR drive CR Following After adjusting Steel Three Bond 1401

section Movement Belt belt, apply screw- Co., Ltd.
pulley adjusting locking agent.
screw

Others Screw Apply to the area Three Bond 1401

screw-locking agent Co., Ltd.
is applied.

The areas Attach acetate tapes Not specified -

sharpened edge is to the tape wires or
likely to emerge harnesses where
sharpened edge is
likely to emerge.

7.4.1 Required Tools P.7-9

 7.6 Transportation of Product VJ1624E-M-03

7.6 Transportation of Product

This section describes how to transport the product.
Before transporting the product, you must package it in the same manner as it was delivered using
protective materials and packaging materials so that the product will not be subject to excessive impact
and vibrations during the transportation.
Refer to Installation Manual

7.4.1 Required Tools P.7-10

 VJ1624E-M-03

8 Product Overview
8.1 Introduction .................................................................. 8- 2

8.2 Part Names and Functions .......................................... 8- 2

8.2.1 Front Section....................................................... 8-2

8.2.2 Rear Section ....................................................... 8-3

8.2.3 Operation Panel .................................................. 8-4

8.3 Printer Status................................................................ 8- 6

8.3.1 Operating Status Type ........................................ 8-6

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status................................. 8-7

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language .................................. 8-9

P.8-1
 8.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

8.1 Introduction Table 8-1 Part Names and Functions of Front Section (Continued)
No. Name Function
This chapter explains the features, part names and functions of this printer.
3 Front cover Keeps the operator safe from the drive parts of the printer while it is
operating.
8.2 Part Names and Functions Opened and closed when media is set or jammed.
It is normally closed.
Part names and functions are explained below.
4 Dedicated stand Used to set the printer on the level surface of the floor.

8.2.1 Front Section 5 Media guide Feeds the media smoothly when printing and/or setting the media.
The heater (Dryer) for drying ink is installed inside.

7 3 11 2 6 Platen Installed inside the front cover.

The heater (platen heater) for drying ink is installed.
6

11
7 Pressure roller Installed inside the front cover.
Presses the media from above and holds it when printing.
9
8 Media cut groove Installed inside of the front cover.
9
8 Used to cut printed media straight.
5
9 Maintenance cover Protects users from the mechanical parts inside the printer in the
following cases:
1 - Cleaning the cleaning wiper
- Cleaning around the print head
This cover must usually be closed.
13
10 Adjuster Used to keep the printer level.

14 11 Media holding plate Installed inside of the front cover.

12 Connector Used to install spectrophotometer (SPECTROVUE VM-10).

13 Waste fluid Tank Used for collecting waste ink discharged from the printer.
4 10 12 10 4

14 Waste fluid valve Open and close when discharging the waste fluid from the waste fluid
tank.
It is normally closed.
Table 8-1 Part Names and Functions of Front Section
No. Name Function

1 Media set lever Fixes or releases the media.

• Lower the lever to fix the media.
• Raise the lever to release the media.
2 Operation panel Used for setting operational conditions, the status of the printer, and
other functions.

8.2.1 Front Section P.8-2

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1624E-M-03

8.2.2 Rear Section

2 4

5 6 1

Table 8-2 Part Names and Functions of Rear Section

No. Name Function

1 Roll media holders Holds the roll media.

Includes flanges where roll media is attached, and the levers that
fixes the roll media holders.
2 Media feed slot Insert media from here when feeding media.

3 Ink cartridge slot Install the ink cartridges.

4 Media guide Used for feeding media smoothly when the media is set or printed.
The heater (Pre-heater) to warm media is installed.

5 AC inlet Connector toconnect a Network Interface connector.

6 Networa interface Not used for this printer.

connector

8.2.2 Rear Section P.8-3

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1624E-M-03

8.2.3 Operation Panel (1) Operation Keys

Operation panel is used to set operational conditions, display the status of the printer, and set other
functions. TIP
The names and functions of the operation keys and status lamps are explained below.
Some keys have multiple functions and names depending on the printer status (normal or
setup menu display). See "8.3 Printer Status" p.8-6 for more details.
TIP
Operation manual
No. Name Normal Setup menu display

1 [Menu] Changes LCD monitor display to setup Changes the setup menu display
key menu status. status to normal status.
8,9 10
2 [Enter] key Restarts printing when it is pressed - Selects the menu to be set and
while the printer pauses printing. shifts to the next hierarchy.
- Determines and saves the
parameter value.
[Cleaning] Hold down the key for over 2 seconds -
key to start cleaning the printer head.
17
13 3 [Pause] key Pauses printing. —
14 15 [Cancel] .When printing: Returns to the previous menu
16 key When pressed for more than two hierarchy.
11
6 seconds, forcefully terminates printing Changes made in the setting are
12
and deletes one file of the remaining discarded.
1 data. .Shifts from Setup menu display to
5 .When receiving or analyzing data: Normal.
When pressed for more than two
seconds, deletes the data already
received and analyzed.

4 [<]Key — －
[Nozzle Press and hold this key for two seconds —
Check]Key or more to perform Nozzle Check
printing.

3 4 7 2 5 [>]Key Sets Cleaning Mode. Down the menu level in the

.The lamp of Cleaning Mode that you directory tree.
set lights up in green.

[Cleaning] When pressed for more than two —

Key seconds, cleaning starts.

8.2.3 Operation Panel P.8-4

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1624E-M-03

No. Name Normal Setup menu display No. Name Color Statu Function
s
6 [Backward Media is fed in the reverse direction. —
↑]Key 11 Highlam Green Lamp The head height is set to High.
p ON
[+]Key — Changes to the previous item in the
displayed menu. Lamp The head height is set to Low.
.The setting is changed to the OFF
reverse direction.
.The numeric value is increased 12 Lowlamp Green Lamp The head height is set to Low.
during numerical input. ON

Lamp The head height is set to High.

7 [Forward↓] Media is fed in the forward direction. —
Key OFF

[–]Key .Changes to the previous item in the 13 Take Green Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Take-up".
―
displayed setting. Uplamp ON
.The setting is changed to the Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Off" or "Auto cut".
forward direction. OFF
.The numeric value is decreased
during numerical input. 14 Auto Green Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Auto cut".
Cutlamp ON
8 [Power]Ke Turns the printer ON and OFF. Turns the printer ON and OFF.
y Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Off" or "Take-up".
OFF

(2) LCD Monitor and Status Lamps 15 Longlam Green Lamp Cleaning mode is set to Long.
p ON When the Normal lamp is also on, Cleaning mode is set to
No. Name Color Statu Function Short.
s
Lamp Cleaning Mode is set to Normal.
9 Powerla Blue On The printer is switched on. OFF
mp
Blinki An error has occurred. The contents will be displayed on LCD 16 Normalla Green Lamp .Cleaning Mode is set to Normal.
ng monitor. mp ON When the Long lamp is also on, Cleaning mode is set to
Short.
Off The printer is switched off.
Lamp Cleaning Mode is set to Strong.
10 Errorlam Orang On - The printer is analyzing received data. OFF
p e - The printer is printing data.
17 LCD — — Displays operation status of the printer or an error message.
Blinki The printer is receiving data. display
ng section
Off The printer is not receiving, analyzing or printing data.

8.2.3 Operation Panel P.8-5

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1624E-M-03

8.3 Printer Status (4) Maintenance Mode 2

Indicates that each setup concerning to the life counter on this printer can be operated by using
The status of the printer is explained below. Operation panel. Names and functions of Operation panel keys are the same as those of setup menu
display.
8.3.1 Operating Status Type
TIP
(1) Normal
"6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2" p.6-2
Indicates that the printer can print when media is loaded.
Each setup concerning printing can be operated by using Operation panel.

TIP
『Operation manual

(2) Setup Menu

Each setup concerning printing can be operated by using Operation panel.
The settings required for normal printing are usually made on the printer driver or application, but can
also be made using Operation panel.

TIP
『Operation manual

(3) Self-Diagnosis Function

Indicates that each settings concerning printing using Operation panel. Names and functions of
Operation panel keys are the same as those of setup menu display.

TIP
"5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode" p.5-4

8.3.1 Operating Status Type P.8-6

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1624E-M-03

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status (3) Self-Diagnosis Function

Follow the steps below to switch the operation conditions. Display the self-diagnosis menu on Operation panel to use the self-diagnosis function.
The self-diagnosis menu is completely independent from the normal operation mode or setup menu
display mode. Switch to the self-diagnosis menu display mode, following the steps below:
(1) Normal Status →　Setup menu display
Press the [Menu] key of Operation panel when the printer is in a normal status.
1. When the printer is in the operation mode or in
• [Menu 1: Setting>] is displayed on Operation panel and transits to a setup menu status. the self-diagnosis menu mode, press the
[Power] key to turn off the printer.
TIP 2. While holding down the [Setting value - ],
[Setting value + ], and [>] keys on Operation
Operation manual panel simultaneously, press the [Power] key.

The system will transit to the self-diagnosis

menu display mode.
(2) Setup Menu display → Normal Status
When the setup menu is displayed, operate either of the following. Operation panel transits to the
normal status display.

• Press [Cancel] key on Operation panel.

• When in the setup menu status, leave the printer without any key operations for 3 minutes.
Normal Status

[Cancel] key
[Menu] key or no key response for 3 minutes
[Menu] key

Setting menu will be displayed.

TIP
Despite of the operation described as above, while displaying the CR maintenance menu,
Operation panel does not go back to the normal status.
Operation manual

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status P.8-7

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1624E-M-03

(4) Maintenance Mode 2 Display status

Display the maintenance mode 2 menu on Operation panel to use the maintenance mode.
The maintenance mode 2 is completely independent from the normal operation mode and setup menu
display mode. Switch to the maintenance mode menu display mode, following the steps below.

1. When the printer is in the operation mode or

in the setup menu mode, press the [Power]
key to turn off the printer.
2. While holding down the [>], [Setting value
-], and [<] keys on Operation panel
simultaneously, press the [Power] key.

The system will transit to the maintenance

mode 2 menu display mode.
Backward feed

Forward feed

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status P.8-8

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1624E-M-03

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language 4. Select the length either from mm or inch then press [Enter] to determine.

This section explains how to select the language displayed on Operation panel.
Follow the steps below to select the language. [+] key
Choose the language to be displayed
with the [+] key[ - ] key.
NOTE [ - ] key [+] key

For this printer, you can choose the following:

Language: Japanese or English [ - ] key
Temperature: Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F). [Enter]
Length:mm or inch [+] key
• Selecting mode is displayed in only first start up. Choose the temprature to be displayed
with the [+] key/[ - ] key.
[ - ] key [+] key

[ - ] key
1. Press [Power] key on Operation panel while [Enter]
pressing [Cancel] key.
[+] key
㧸㨑㨚㨓㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨙㨙 Choose the length to be displayed
with the [+] key/[ - ] key.
[ - ] key [+] key
㧸㨑㨚㨓㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨕㨚㨏㨔
[ - ] key

Backward feed
[Enter]

Printer starts initial operation.

5. The printer starts initial operation.

Forward feed

2. Select the language either from English or Japanese then press [Enter] to determine.

3. Select the temperature either from Celsius or Fahrenheit then press [Enter] to determine.

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language P.8-9

 VJ1624E-M-03

9 Specifications
9.1 Introduction .................................................................. 9- 2

9.2 Product Specifications ................................................ 9- 2

9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications..................................... 9-2

9.3 Interface Specifications ............................................... 9- 3

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications......................... 9-3

9.4 Options/Supplies List .................................................. 9- 4

9.4.1 Supplies .............................................................. 9-4

9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer................................ 9- 5

P.9-1
 9.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

9.1 Introduction Item Specifications

This chapter explains the specifications of the product, optional parts, supplies, and user support. Interface Network Interface (Ethernet IEEE802.3)

9.2 Product Specifications Ink Supply method Supplied through tubes from four-color independent
cartridges
Cartridges Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow: 220ml ± 5ml each
9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications or 440ml ± 5ml (1000ml ± 5ml when the optional
high capacity pack adapter is used)
Item Specifications
Environmental Operation Temperatures: 20 °C to 32 °C
Model name VJ-1624 conditions environment Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation
printing method On-demand piezo drive
Printing accuracy Temperatures: 22 °C to 30 °C
Motor driving method Firmware servo / DC motor drive
warranty range Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation
Media feeding method Multi-point pressure grid roller method

Media fixing method Pressurizing roller manual-down method Rate of change Temperature: within 2°C per hour
Humidity: within 5 % per hour
Media supply and ejection Roll media: Rear feeding / front ejection
Archiving condition Temperature: -20 °C to 60 °C
Roll media Outer diameter 150 mm (5.91 inch) or less (Ink not filled) Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
Storage life: six months
Media core diameter 2inch/3 inch
Archiving condition Temperature: -10 °C to 40 °C
Weight 30 kg (66.14 lb.) or less
(Ink filled) Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
Max. length 50 m (1969 inch) Storage life: four days (32 °C or higher)
Max. width 1625 mm (64 inch) Power source Voltage AC 90V ～ 132V
Max. thickness 0.3mm （PG_Low） Frequency 50Hz / 60Hz ± 1Hz
1.3ｍ ｍ （PG_High）
Power consumption During printing MAIN ： under 1100W
Max. print length 1615mm HEATER ： under 1200W
Printing margins Top: 15 mm, Bottom: 5 mm, Left: 5-25 mm, Right: During standby 55W
5-25 mm
Media cutting method Horizontal manual cut system Outer dimensions Height 1261mm （Including dedicated Stand）
Head height adjustment Two adjustable positions of Normal/High Width 2698mm

CPU 64Bit RISC CPU Depth 885mm

Menory 128MB Weight 160kg （Including dedicated Stand）

Command MH-RTL （RTL-PASS）

9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications P.9-2

 9.3 Interface Specifications VJ1624E-M-03

9.3 Interface Specifications

This section explains the specification of the interfaces Supported for this printer.

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications

Item Specifications
Network type Ethernet IEEE802.3

Network I/F 10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX Auto-switching

(RJ-45 connector twist pair cable)
MDI / MDI-X Auto-switching

Corresponding protocol TCP/IP

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications P.9-3

 9.4 Options/Supplies List VJ1624E-M-03

9.4 Options/Supplies List

9.4.1 Supplies

(1) Ink Cartridges

NOTE
• For more information about the options and the supply items, contact your local
MUTOHdealer. 『Operation Manual』
• For problems resulting from using a non-genuine ink will exempt the warranty.

(2) Roll Media

NOTE
• For more information about the options and the supply items, contact your local
MUTOHdealer. 『Operation Manual』
• For problems resulting from using a non-suggested media will exempt the warranty.

(3) Other

NOTE
• For more information about the options and the supply items, contact your local
MUTOHdealer. 『Operation Manual』

9.4.1 Supplies P.9-4

 9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer VJ1624E-M-03

9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer NOTE

• Avoid the following temperature and humidity conditions. Otherwise, printed images
WARNING may appear different from what you expectation.
• Do not place the printer in a location under the following conditions. Doing so may • Places where sudden changes in temperature and humidity are expected, even though
cause the product to fall, become damaged, or cause injury. the condition is within the range specified
• Unstable surfaces • Places where direct sunlight or excessive lighting are expected
• Slanted areas • Places where air conditioners blow directly
• Locations that are subject to vibration from other product • MUTOH recommends that the printer should be installed where air conditioning can be
Confirm the horizontal with a level when installation envbironment might inclined, adjusted easily.
and set up the printer in horizontal place.
• Do not stand on the printer or place any heavy objects on it.
Doing so may cause it to fall over, become damaged, or cause injury.
• Do not cover the ventilation hole of the printer with cloth, such as a blanket or table
cloth. Doing so could prevent the printer from ventilating and cause fire.
• Keep the printer away from humid and dusty areas. Failure to do so may result in
electrical shock or fire.

(1) Installation Environment Requirements

Choose a place for printer installation following the requirements of the table below.

Floor loading capability 2940Pa (300kgf/m2) or over

Electrical Voltage AC90V ～ 132V

specificati
ons Frequency 50/60Hz ± 1Hz

Environme Operation Temperatures: 20 °C to 32 °C

ntal environment Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation
conditions
Printing accuracy Temperatures: 22 °C to 30 °C
warranty range Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation

Rate of change Temperature: within 2°C per hour

Humidity: within 5 % per hour

Storage Temperature: -10 °C to 40 °C

environment Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
(when ink is filled) Storage life: four days (32 °C or higher)

9.4.1 Supplies P.9-5

 9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer VJ1624E-M-03

(2) Required Space

Install the printer on a flat surface that fulfills the following conditions.

• The place to install printer with the dedicated stand should have enough loading capacity.

NOTE
For the printer and the dedicated stand, refer to"9.2 Product Specifications" p.9-2.

a= 600 mm
b=1000 mm
c=1000 mm
d=1000 mm
e=1550 mm

e
a
d

b c

* Do not use the printer without dedicated stand.

9.4.1 Supplies P.9-6

 VJ1624E-M-03

10 Appendix
10.1 Introduction ................................................................ 10- 2

10.2 Maintenance Part List ................................................ 10- 2

P.10-1
 10.1 Introduction VJ1624E-M-03

10.1 Introduction
Table 10-2 X Rail Assy2
This chapter provides referential information such as service data.
Part Name No. Explod Remark
ed
10.2 Maintenance Part List View
Flushing Sponge DG-40318 A-282 including1set
The following table lists the maintenance parts per unit (as of Jan 23th, 2012).
Lever Sensor Cable Assy DG-43026 A-259 -
The part number below is identical to that of the exploded view.
CR HP Sensor. Lever Sensor DF-49471 A-255 For Lever sensor

Table 10-1 X Rail Assy (Board box) Table 10-3 X Rail Assy3 （PF Section）

Part Name No. Explod Remark Part Name No. Explod Remark
ed ed
View View

AC Inlet Assy DG-43177 A-299 - PF_ENC scale DG-40320 A-65 -

AC Inlet. Large 15A DF-48402 A-293 - PF Speed Reduction Pulley Assy DG-42991 A-64 -

AC Inlet (Main side)-Fuse Box DG-43039 A-305 including 1 piece X speed Reduction Belt DF-43883 A-90 -
Cable Assy PF Encoder Assy DG-43011 A-98 -
Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy DG-43025 A-320 - PF Motor Relay 　 Assy DG-43042 A-85 -
Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy DG-43030 A-323 - PF Motor Assy DF-49020 A-81 -
Power Board Assy DG-43172 A-321 -
Cooling FAN (24V)Assy DG-42943 A-313 -
MAIN Board Assy DG-42958 A-316 - Table 10-4 X Rail Assy4 （Platen）
SODIMM 128M Assy DF-49715 A-318 - Part Name No. Explod Remark
Fuse DF-49683 A-303 including1piece ed
View
Ａ-297
Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy DG-43029 A-190 - Vacuum Fan Assy DG-40311 A-123 including 1 piece

MAIN DC Cable Assy DG-43178 A-319 - Platen Non-Reflecting Tape(9mm) DG-42222 A-141 Including 2 pieces

CNT_PS Cable Assy DG-43035 A-191 - Media Holder 2 Assy DG-43181 A-157 Including 1 piece

MAIN-CNT Cable Assy DF-49672 A-192 -

Fuse(H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy DG-43040 A-195 -

P.10-2
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-5 XRailAssy5

Part Name No. Explod Remark

ed
View
VJ16 After Heater Assy DG-40350 A-208 Including 1 set
A-214
A-222
Thermistor Assy DG-43001 A-210 For After Heater
（Including 1 set）
A-217
AFT_T1 Relay Assy DG-43018 A-212 -
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-43019 A-213 -
AFT_H Relay Assy DG-43017 A-209 -
Cooling Fan 24V Assy DF-49022 A-200 -
HEATER RELAY 3 Board Assy DG-43169 A-193 -
HEATER CONT Board 2 Assy DG-41105 A-188 -
CNT-relay FFC1(VJ26) DG-40321 A-196 -
PRE_T2 Relay Assy DG-43023 A-238 -
Thermistor Assy DG-43001 A-236 For Pre Heater
（Including 1 set）
A-239
P_REAR Sensor Assy DG-43010 A-170 -
PRE_T1 Relay Assy DG-43022 A-237 -
VJ16 Pre Heater Assy DG-40351 A-233 -
A-240 -
A-241 -
PRE_H1 Relay Assy DG-43020 A-234 -
PRE_H2 Cable Assy DG-43021 A-235 -
CTL Board-HEATER Relay Board DG-43041 A-197 -
ACCableAssy

P.10-3
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-6 YRail Assy

Part Name No. Explod Remark

ed
View
CR Return Pulley Assy DF-43868 B-86 -
B-87 -
B-88 -
B-89
B-90 -
T Fence (64) DF-43901 B-39 -
CR HP Sensor. Lever Sensor DF-49471 B-43 For CR Origin sensor
CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43004 B-45 -
CR Motor (Direct Pulley) Assy DG-43182 B-69 -
CR_FFCAssy DG-42992 B-119 Including １ piece
Steel Bare Assy (VJ-1604) DG-41917 B-118 -
Pressure Roller DF-46666 B-26 Including 1 piece
VJ1624_CR Belt Assy DG-43002 B-97 -

P.10-4
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-7 Cursor Assy1(Continued)

Table 10-7 Cursor Assy1 Part Name No. Explod Remark
Part Name No. Explod Remark ed
ed View
View VJ1624_Cursor Assy(Continued) DG-42995 C-41 -
VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy DG-40326 C-21 Including 1set C-42 -
C-22 C-51 -
C-23 C-53 -
C-24 C-54 -
CR HP Sensor. Lever Sensor DF-49471 C-33 For PG_origin Sensor
C-55 -
（Including 1 piece）
PG Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43012 C-34 - C-56 -

VJ1624_Cursor Assy DG-42995 C-1 - C-57 -

C-6 - C-58 -
C-7 - C-59 -
C-8 - C-60 -
C-13 - C-65 -
C-14 - C-66 -
C-15 - C-76 -
C-16 -
Head Assy DG-42987 C-101 -
C-27 -
C-100 -
C-28 -
C-102 -
C-25 -
C-106 -
C-22 -
C-23 - C-105 -

C-24 - Solenoid Head Assy DG-41543 C-104 -

C-107 -
C-26 -
C-108 -
C-39 -
C-109 -
C-43 -
Connector_Solenoid Head DG-41915 C-107 -
C-44 - Assy_Maintenance
C-46 - O Ring M6 DF-46671 C-108 Including 100 pieces
C-45 - Head FFC (VJ-1608H) DG-42385 C-112 Including 1 piece
C-40 -

P.10-5
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-8 CursorAssy2 Table 10-9 Cursor Assy3

Part Name No. Explod Remark Part Name No. Explod Remark
ed ed
View View
CR Encoder Assy DG-42947 C-163 - Photometer Junction Board DG-43038 C-146 -
Assy(VJ1624)
CR Board Assy DG-42959 C-177 - C-147 -
C-148 -
C-148 -
C-149 -
C-150 -
C-151 -
C-152 -
C-153 -
Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43024 C-130 -
Cutter Solenoid Spring Assy DF-49062 C-129 -
Cutter Solenoid Assy DF-42234 C-127 -
P_EDGE Sensor Assy DG-42946 C-140 -
Cutter Spring DG-43484 C-134 -
VJ1624_Cursor Assy DG-42995 - Table 10-7"Cursor
Assy1"(p.5)

P.10-6
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-10 Maintenance

Part Name No. Explod Remark

ed
View
VJ16 Wiper Assy DG-41001 D-2 -
Cap Head Assy DG-41179 D-51 -

VJ16 Flushing Box Assy DG-40355 D-25 -

D-26 -
D-27 -
D-61 90mm × 1
D-64 -
Wiper Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43027 D-3 -
Pump Motor Cable Assy DG-43036 D-55 -
VJ16 Maintenance Assy DG-41000 D-1 -
D-51 -
D-52 -
D-53 -
D-54 -

P.10-7
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-11 I/HAssy1(Cartridge） (Continued)

Table 10-11 I/HAssy1(Cartridge） Part Name No. Explod Remark
ed
Part Name No. Explod Remark
View
ed
View Ink ID Board Assy DF-43968 E-84 -
O RingM6 DF-46671 E-100 Including 100 piece E-85
Cartridge Holder Assy1 DG-42997 E-59 Common parts
Cartridge Holder Assy2 DG-42998 E-84
Cartridge Holder Assy3 DG-42999 E-85
Cartridge Holder Assy4 DG-42300 E-86
E-87
E-88
E-89
E-90
E-91
E-92
E-97
E-98
E-99
E-103
E-95
E-110 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy 1

E-111 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy 2

E-112 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy 3

E-113 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy 4

E-106 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy 1

E-107 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy 2

E-108 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy 3

E-109 Dedicated part for Cartridge Holder Assy 4

P.10-8
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-12 IHAssy2 （SubTank） (Continued)

Table 10-12 IHAssy2 （SubTank） Part Name No. Explod Remark
Part Name No. Explod Remark ed
ed View
View JUNC_FFCAssy DG-43037 E-160 -
2 way solenoid Assy(VJ16) DG-41092 E-55 - TANK_H/L Cable Assy1 DG-43005 E-35 For K
E-56 - TANK_H/L Cable Assy2 DG-43006 E-36 For C
E-57 - TANK_H/L Cable Assy3 DG-43007 E-37 For M
E-49 20mm × 4 pieces、 TANK_H/L Cable Assy4 DG-43008 E-38 For Y
25mm × 4 pieces
Two-way Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43003 E-61 -
Sub Tank Assy DG-41093 E-21 -
E-22 -
　 E-23 -
E-24 -
E-25 -
E-26 -
E-27 -
E-28 -
E-30 -
E-31 -
E-32 -
E-33 -
E-34 -
E-40 -
E-47 -
Sub Tank Under Spoge Assy DG-41096 E-14 -
E-15
CR HP Sensor. Lever Sensor DF-49471 E-28 Including 1piece
（For SubTankHigh/Low Sensor）
O Ring M6 DF-46671 E-27 Including 100 pieces
E-31
JUNC_ID Cable Assy DG-43009 E-159 -
JUNCTION Board Assy DG-42966 E-157 -

P.10-9
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-13 Cover Assy1 （Front）

Part Name No. Explod Remark
ed
View
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 H-207 For Front Cover Sensor R,L
H-184 （Including 1 piece ）
Cover R Cable Assy DG-43034 H-192 -
Cover L Cable Assy DG-43033 H-215 -
Vacuum Fan Assy DG-40311 H-16 For Exhaust Fan
Exhaust Fan Cable Assy DG-43032 H-21 -

Table 10-14 Cover Assy2 （R side）

Part Name No. Explod Remark
ed
View
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 H-39 For Maintenance Cover Sensor R
Panel FFCAssy DG-42994 H-66 -
Panel Unit Assy DG-42984 H-63 -
Cover R Cable Assy DG-43034 H-192 -

Table 10-15 Cover （L side）

Part Name No. Explod Remark
ed
View
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 H-117 For Maintenance Cover L
Cover L Cable Assy DG-43033 H-215 -

P.10-10
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-16 Roll Media Holder Assy

Table 10-16 Roll Media Holder Assy
Part Name No. Explod Remark
Part Name No. Explod Remark ed
ed View
View VJ16 Roll media holder L Assy 2 DG-41173 G-14 -
VJ16 Roll media holder R Assy 2 DG-41174 G-1 - （Continued） G-15 -
G-2 - G-18 -
G-3 - G-19 -
G-4 - G-20 -
G-5 -
Table 10-17 Stand
G-6 -
G-7 - Part Name No. Explod Remark
ed
G-8 - View
G-9 -
Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy DG-43031 A-341 -
G-12 -
Waste Fluid Level Switch (VJ16) DG-41091 K-28 -
G-13 -
Waste Fluid Bottle Assy DG-43501 K-27 -
G-14 -
Caster Assy DG-42207 F-4 Including 50 pieces
G-15 - F-11
G-18 -
G-19 -
G-20 -
VJ16 Roll media holder L Assy 2 DG-41173 G-1 -
G-2 -
G-3 -
G-4 -
G-5 -
G-6 -
G-7 -
G-8 -
G-9 -
G-12 -
G-13 -

P.10-11
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

Table 10-18 Other

Part Name No. Exploded Remark

View
VJ Tube3-4(3m) DG-42724 - -
VJ Tube3-4(1m) DG-42722 - -
VJ Tube 2-3(1m) DG-42725 - -
Solenoid Head Washing Kit (VJ Ink) DG-41787 - -
VJ1614 Regular Period Maintenance DG-41555 C-109 Including 8 pieces
Kit
C-108 Including 8 pieces
C-107 Including 8 pieces
C-104 Including 4 pieces
D-1 The Exploded view (separate
sheet) is under Maintenance
D-51
D-52
D-53
D-54
D-2
PG height check tool DG-43196 - Jig for Print head height
adjustment
(1.3mm/1.4mm)
Steel belt tension attachment DG-43197 - Jig for adjusting Steel belt
tension
Cutter adjustment Jig DG-43194 - Jig for Installiing Cutter
Photometer Bracket adjuating Jig DG-43195 - Jig for Installing Photometer
Bracket.

P.10-12
 10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1624E-M-03

The following is the list of the maintenance parts for take-up unit .
The maintenance numbers correspond to those of the Exploded view’s.
Table 10-20 Take-up unit 2

Table 10-19 Take-up unit 1 Part Name No. Explod Remark

ed
Part Name No. Explod Remark View
ed
View Holder roller L DG-40474 M-124 Including 3 pieces

VJ take-up motor Assy DG-40471 M-10 - VJ Take up Scroller 16 DG-40477 M-165 -

M-11 - M-166 -

M-12 - M-167 -

M-14 - M-168 -

Drive roller DG-40472 M-28 - M-170 -

M-29 - M-171 -

Holder roller DG-40473 M-35 - M-172 -

M-36 - Power Supply Cable 15A (USA) DG-42392 M-203 -

（A)
M-37 -
M-38 -
M-39 -
M-40 -
Drive Collar DG-40475 M-166 -
M-167 -

CR_HP Sensor、 Lever Sensor DF-49471 M-86 -

VJ take-up CNT board Assy DG-40478 M-92 -

Power Supply （External Take Up) DF-44506 M-93 -

VJ take-up SW board Assy DG-40479 M-99 -
W_ON sensor Relay Assy DG-40480 M-105 -
W_OFF sensor Relay Assy DG-40481 M-106 -
AC Cable Assy DG-40482 M-107 -
DC Cable Assy DG-40483 M-108 -

P.10-13
　 Self Diagnosis Function Configuration 1~2 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Self Diagnosis Function Configuration 1~2

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-1P.11-p.Ex-1
　 Self Diagnosis Function Configuration 3 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Self Diagnosis Function Configuration 3

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-2P.11-p.Ex-2
　 Electric Wiring Diagram 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Electric Wiring Diagram

㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪋㪎
㧶 㪚㪩㩷㪜㫅㪺㫆㪻㪼㫉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
%QPPGEVGF 㪧㪦㪮㪜㪩㩷㪪㪮 㪧㪸㫅㪼㫃㩷㪝㪝㪚㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪪㪦㪛㪠㪤㪤㩷㪈㪉㪏㪤㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪋㪍
㧶㧝 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪐㪋 㧶 㧶 㧶
㪧㪶㪜㪛㪞㪜㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪧㪸㫅㪼㫃㩷㪬㫅㫀㫋㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪝㪄㪋㪐㪎㪈㪌 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪐㪉 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪉
&+//
/ 㧶 㪧㪞㩷㪦㫉㫆㪾㫀㫅㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉
0QV%QPPGEVGF 㪧㪞㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㩷
, 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪐㪉 , 㪚㪩㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪋
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪌㪐 㪚㫌㫋㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㧶 㪚㫌㫋㫋㪼㫉㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪐㪉 ,
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪍
7PRQRWNCVGF 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪧㪬㪤㪧 㧶 %.-&8,6#)
㪧㫌㫄㫇㩷㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 5;56'/(2)5,6#) 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪐㪉 㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪊㪏㪌 4%0
, , 㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷㪟㪼㪸㪻
%QPHKI%0
+52,6#) 㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪊㪏㪌 4%0
, 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪐㪉 ,
AC 㧰㧯 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪋
%2.&
㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㧶 㪚㪩㪶㪝㪝㪚㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪊㪏㪌 (%0
㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪩㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㧶
㧺 㧗㧡㨂 㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪶㪩
㪪㪜㪥㪪㪈 㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪊㪏㪌 (%0
㧶
㧸 㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪟㪼㪸㪻㩷㪝㪝㪚䋨㪭㪡㪄㪈㪍㪇㪏㪟㪀
㧗㧝㧞㨂 㪤㪘㪠㪥㪫㪜㪶㪩
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪊
AC_HEATER 㧗㧞㧠㨂 㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㧶 㧶 㪟㪼㪸㪻㩷㪝㪘㪥㪉
㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹
㪚㪦㪭㪜㪩㪶㪣
.㧺 㧗㧠㧞㨂
㪚㫆㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㫎㫀㫋㪺㪿㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㧶 㪟㪼㪸㪻㩷㪝㪘㪥㪈 㪧㪿㫆㫋㫆㫄㪼㫋㪼㫉㩷㪡㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐㩿㪭㪡㪈㪍㪉㪋㪀
㪤㪘㪠㪥㪫㪜㪶㪣
㪦㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪇 㧶 㪧㪞㪶㪦㪩㪞
㧶
㪧㪶㪩㪜㪘㪩㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㪚㪩㪄㪡㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪧㪿㫆㫋㫆
㧶 㧶 㧶 㫄㪼㫋㪼㫉

㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㪝㪘㪥㪈䋨㪤㪘㪠㪥㪀 㧶

㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋㩷㩿㪤㪸㫀㫅㩷㪪㫀㪻㪼㪀㪄㪝㫌㫊㪼㩷㪙㪦㪯㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㪝㪬㫊㪼㪄㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㪙㫃㫆㪺㫂㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪎 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪶㪝㪝㪚㪘㫊㫊㫐 , 㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪈㪘㫊㫊㫐

㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪌 , 016
㪮㪠㪧㪜㪶㪪㪦㪣 , 㪤㪘㪠㪥㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 , , 'PF
㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
㪝㫌㫊㪼 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪐 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪶㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪝㪈㩿㪈㪌㪘㪀 㪩㪜㪭㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪌㪏 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪶㪝㪝㪚㪉 , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋 , 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪈㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪝㪉㩿㪈㪌㪘㪀 㩷㪡㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥 SUB_TANK H
㧶 㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪈㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪌
㩷㩷㪝㪞㪶㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 , 㪡㪬㪥㪚㪶㪠㪛㪉 㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 SUB_TANK L
㧶
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪉㪐㪍㪍 䋲㪪㪦㪣
, 㪠㪥㪢䇭㪠㪛
㧲㧳 㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪉㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪭㪸㫃㫍㪼㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻 㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪋㪉 㪧㪝㩷㪤㫆㫋㫆㫋㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 , 016
, / 㪧㪝㪶㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
'PF
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪈 㪧㪝㩷㪜㫅㪺㫆㪻㪼㫉㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
, , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
㪣㪘㪥 㧶 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪉㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㪙㫃㫆㪺㫂㪄㪧㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㪚㪩㩷㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪫㪼㫉㫄㫀㫅㪸㫃㩷㪙㫃㫆㪺㫂㪄㪚㪥㪫㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㪬㪪㪙 , / 㪚㪩㪶㪤㫆㫋㫆㫉
SUB_TANK H
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪇 㧶 㧶 㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪉㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪍
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪈㪎㪏 㪘㪻㫊㫆㫉㫇㫋㫀㫆㫅㩷㪝㪸㫅㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 SUB_TANK L
㪧㫆㫎㪼㫉㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 , 㪭㪸㪺㫌㫄㪶㪝㪘㪥䋱㩿㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㪀
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋㩷㩿㪤㪸㫀㫅㩷㪪㫀㪻㪼㪀㪄㪝㫌㫊㪼㩷㪙㪦㪯㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㧯㧺 㧯㧺 㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪏 䋲㪪㪦㪣
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪈㪎㪉
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪐 㪩㪜㪭㪶㪘㪚㪫 㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪊㪘㫊㫊㫐
㪝㫌㫊㪼 㪤㪘㪠㪥㪄䌄䌃㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 , , 016
㪭㪸㪺㫌㫄㪶㪝㪘㪥㪉 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
㪝㪊㩿㪈㪌㪘㪀
㪘㪚㩷㪠㫅㫃㪼㫋 㪝㫌㫊㪼㩿㪟㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㪀㪄㪩㪣㪰㩷㪘㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼 'PF
㪝㪋㩿㪈㪌㪘㪀 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪋㪇 .8&5 &GDWI%0 219
㪭㪸㪺㫌㫄㪶㪝㪘㪥㪊 , 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛
㩷㩷㪝㪞㪶㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㧶 㧶 㧶 㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪊㪘㫊㫊㫐
㧲㧳
㪤㪘㪠㪥㪄㪚㪥㪫 㪚㪥㪫㪄㪧㪪 SUB_TANK H
2NCVGP*GCVGT4 , , ,
㪭㪸㪺㫌㫄㪶㪝㪘㪥㪋䋨㪦㫇㫇㫆㫊㫀㫋㪼㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼㩷㫆㪽㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅䋩 㧶 㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪊㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪎
㩷㩷㩷㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪝㪄㪋㪐㪍㪎㪉 㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
Plt_Heat 'ZVGPUKQP%CDNG#UU[ SUB_TANK L
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 㪛䌇㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪌
㩷䇭㫊㫀㪻㪼 Plt_Heat㧞 J2 #%176 㪚㪩㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪋
PLT_H1 Cable Assy ,
2NCVGP*GCVGT. 㧶 㧶
Plt_Heat 䋲㪪㪦㪣
㪦㫇㫇㪅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 'ZVGPUKQP%CDNG#UU[ 21910
J5 㪠㪆㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪋㪘㫊㫊㫐
㩷㩷㫆㪽㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 Plt_Heat㧞 PLT_H2 Cable Assy 㪟㪜㪘㪫㪜㪩㩷㪩㪜㪣㪘㪰 , #%+0
&%+0 㧶 㪮㫀㫇㪼㫉㩷㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪎
, ,
016
㪠㪥㪢㪶㪚㪸㫉㫋㫉㫀㪻㪾㪼
PRE_H1㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪇
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅䇭㫊㫀㪻㪼
㪦㫇㫇㪅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 Pre_Heat
J7 㩷㩷㪊㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㪚㪫㪣㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㪄㪟㪜㪘㪫㪜㪩㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻
'PF

㩷㩷㩷㩷㫆㪽㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 PRE_H2 Cable Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪈 J8 䇭䇭䇭䇭䇭㪘㪚㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷䌁䌳䌳䌹 㪠㪥㪢㪶㪠㪛

,
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅䇭㫊㫀㪻㪼
㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪈㪍㪐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪋㪈䇭䇭 ,70%6+10219 , 㪣㪼㫍㪼㫉㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪍
,
㪠㪥㪢㩷㪠㪛㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪋㪘㫊㫊㫐

, ':6#%176
㪦㫇㫇㪅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 Aft_Heat J9 61,70%6+10 㧶 SUB_TANK H
AFT_H㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪎 , 㪫㪘㪥㪢㪶㪟㪆㪣㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪊㪘㫊㫊㫐 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪏
㩷㩷㩷㩷㫆㪽㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 SUB_TANK L
㪮㪸㫊㫋㪼㩷㪝㫃㫌㫀㪻㩷㪪㪼㫅㫊㫆㫉㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
Platen_䌴䌨䌲䌭 ,
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅䇭㫊㫀㪻㪼 J12 , 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪇㪊㪉㪈 , 4'.#;‫ޓ‬# 㧶 㪘㪚㪄㪦㪬㪫 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪈
PLT_T1 Cable Assy 䋲㪪㪦㪣
Platen_䌴䌨䌲䌭
㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪇㪊
㪦㫇㫇㪅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 J13 㪚㪥㪫䊷㫉㪼㫃㪸㫐 㪫㫎㫆㪄㫎㪸㫐㩷㪪㫆㫃㪼㫅㫆㫀㪻㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
PLT_T2㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㧶 㪩㪜㪣㪘㪰㩷㪙
㩷㩷㩷㫆㪽㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅 㪝㪝㪚㪈㩿㪭㪡㪉㪍㪀 㪩㪪㪭㪠㪥㪈 㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪊㪉
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅䇭㫊㫀㪻㪼 J15
,
Pre_䌴䌨䌲䌭 㧶 㪝㪜㪜㪛㪄㪤 㪜㫏㪿㪸㫌㫊㫋㩷㪝㪸㫅㩷㪚㪸㪹㫃㪼㩷㪘㫊㫊㫐
PRE_T㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪉
㧶
㪩㪪㪭㪦㪬㪫㪈 㧶 㪟㪜㪘㪫㪜㪩㩷㪚㪦㪥㪫
J15 㧶 㪝㪜㪜㪛㪄㪪
㪦㫇㫇㪅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼
㩷㩷㩷㫆㪽㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅
Pre_䌴䌨䌲䌭
PRE_T㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪉㪊
㧶
㪩㪪㪭㪠㪥㪉 㧶 㩷㩷㩷㪙㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㪉㩷㪘䌳䌳䌹 㪮㪠㪥㪛㪄㪤
㧶
J17
㪦㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅䇭㫊㫀㪻㪼 After_䌴䌨䌲䌭
AFT_T1㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪏
,
㪩㪪㪭㪦㪬㪫㪉 㧶 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪈㪈㪇㪌 㧶 㪮㪠㪥㪛㪄㪪

㪦㫇㫇㪅㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼
㩷㩷㫆㪽㩷㫆㫉㫀㪾㫀㫅
After_䌴䌨䌲䌭

㪚㫆㫆㫃㫀㫅㪾㪝㪘㪥
AFT_T2㩷㪩㪼㫃㪸㫐㩷Assy 㪛㪞㪄㪋㪊㪇㪈㪐 J18

J10
,
㪜㪯㩷㪫㪟㪩㪤㪈

㪜㪯㩷㪫㪟㪩㪤㪉
㧶 㧶
%QPHKI%0
㧶 㪪㪤㪘㪩㪫㩷㪚㪘㪩㪛 Electric Wiring Diagram
㧶 㧶 㪛㪼㪹㫌㪾
2011.11.24 Rev.B Model Name : VJ-1624

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-3P.11-p.Ex-3
　 Exploded View Board Box 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Board Box
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B-119
A A-6
A
H-66
A-5
Power Board Assy A-5
DG-43172 E-160

MAIN_DC Cable Assy

A-321
DG-43178
A-290
A-291

A-6
Terminal BlocḱPower Cable Assy A-322
B DG-43030 A-319 CNT_PS Cable Assy B
DG-43035
A-191 A-192
MAIN-CNT Cable Assy
DF-49672
A-323 to P/S CN001 A-318
SODIMM128MAssy A-290
A-310 DF-49715
A-190 to H_CONT
C A-312 A-317 C
Terminal BlocḱCNT Cable Assy A-331
DG-43029 A-162
MAIN Board Assy A-291
A-311
A-309 DG-42958
A-316
to Fuse Holder
F1/F2
A-320 A-163
Cooling Fan 24V Assy A-1
A-313 DG-42943
A-315
D A-314 D
A-292
A-292

A-333

A-325
A-329 A-324 A-294

E A-303
E
A-330

A-292
A-300
A-289
A-304
A-302

A-297 Fuse Holder A-351

F Fuse F1/F2 F
DF-49683 A-326
A-351

AC Inlet Assy
Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy A-320 A-295 A-301 DG-43177
DG-43025 A-298 A-293
to H_Relay Fuse Holder to Fuse Holder
A-299
AC Inlet Assy
Fuse (H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy
F3/F4 F1/F2 DG-43177
DG-43040 A-296
G to Fuse Holder G
F3/F4 A-305
A-195 AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy
㨄Rail Assy1㧔Board BOX㧕
T

A-306 DG-43039
N
O

AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy A-307

R
F

DG-43039 A-308 A-306 2012.1.23 Rev.C Model Name:VJ-1624

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-4P.11-p.Ex-4
　 Exploded View X Rail Assy2 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View X Rail Assy2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

㪘㪄㪊㪋㪐
A A
㪘㪄㪊㪋㪏

㪘㪄㪉㪏㪇
㪘㪄㪉㪏㪈 㪘㪄㪊㪋㪎

㪘㪄㪉㪎㪐

㪘㪄㪉㪎㪏 㪘㪄㪉㪈 㪘㪄㪊㪋㪍

B Flushing Sponge B
DG-40318
㪘㪄㪉㪏㪉 㪘㪄㪈㪏 㪘㪄㪉㪇㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷
㪘㪄㪉㪎㪎 㪘㪄㪈㪎
㪘㪄㪉㪏㪊
Lever Sensor Cable Assy
㪘㪄㪉㪈 DG-43026
㪠㪄㪊㪏
㪘㪄㪉㪌㪐
C 㪘㪄㪉㪌㪌 㪘㪄㪉㪎㪈 C
㪘㪄㪉㪎㪉

㪘㪄㪉
㪘㪄㪉㪌㪏
㪘㪄㪉㪋㪎 㪘㪄㪉㪍㪈
㪙㪄㪊㪇
㪘㪄㪊
㪘㪄㪉㪌㪋
㪘㪄㪈㪐 㪘㪄㪉㪍㪉
㪘㪄㪋
CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor 㪘㪄㪉㪍㪊
D DF-49471 D
㪘㪄㪉㪌㪊 㪘㪄㪉㪍㪋

㪘㪄㪉㪋㪏

㪘㪄㪉㪍㪏 㪘㪄㪉㪍㪇 㪘㪄㪉㪍㪌

㪘㪄㪈
㪘㪄㪉㪍㪍

㪘㪄㪎 㪘㪄㪉㪍㪎
E E
㪘㪄㪏 㪘㪄㪉㪌㪍
㪘㪄㪉㪍㪐
㪘㪄㪎
㪘㪄㪉㪎㪇
㪘㪄㪊㪊㪌 㪟㪄㪐㪍 㪟㪄㪐㪎

㪘㪄㪊㪊㪍 㪘㪄㪊

F F
㪘㪄㪍 㪘㪄㪐

㪘㪄㪌 㪘㪄㪈㪈
㪘㪄㪊
㪘㪄㪌
㪘㪄㪈㪍㪉
㪘㪄㪍 㪘㪄㪊
㪘㪄㪈㪍㪊 㪘㪄㪉

G G
X Rail Assy2
T
N
O
R
F

㪘㪄㪈㪇 2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-1624

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-5P.11-p.Ex-5
　 Exploded View X Rail Assy 3( PF Section) 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View X Rail Assy 3( PF Section)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A-101

A A-59 A
A-58 A-97

PF-ENCscale PF Speed Reduction Pulley Assy

A-100 A-67
A-66
A-65 DG-40320
DG-42991
A-92 A-93 A-91
A-57 A-64
A-56
A-98
A-84
B A-55 A-83 PF EncoderAssy B
A-73 DG-43011
A-94
A-28 A-90 A-72
A-30 B-7
A-29
B-11 X speed Reduction Belt
DF-43883 A-76
B-10 PF Motor Relay Assy
B-14 DG-43042
A-27 A-75 A-74 A-85
A-29 A-99
A-82
C A-26 A-81 A-54 C

B-8
PF Motor Assy
DF-49020

A-36 A-53
B-9
A-48

A-35
D D
B-7

B-11 B-10
A-29
A-29
A-30
A-47
A-28
A-45 A-27
B-14
B-8
A-46
E E
A-26

A-46 B-9
A-43
A-42

A-41

F A-44
F
A-19

G G
T
N

X Rail Assy3㧔PF Section㧕

O
R
F

2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name㧦VJ-1624

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-6P.11-p.Ex-6
　 Exploded View Y Rail Assy 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Y Rail Assy

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B-118 DG-41917
A B-125
Steel Bare Assy(VJ-1604) A

B-120
CR Return Pulley Assy B-122
DF-43868 (224cm˜4pieces) B-112

DG-42724
B-89
VJ Tube 3-4(3m) B-121
B B-93 B-57 B-109 B
B-59
B-90 B-87 B-58
B-91 B-104
B-92 DG-42992
B-60 B-110 B-123 CR_FFCAssy
B-88 B-82 B-56
(Including 1 piece)
B-86 B-55 B-108 B-124 B-119(5 pieces㧕
B-93 B-81
B-107
B-83
B-84
B-85 B-111
C B-7
B-13 T Fence(64) C
DF-43901
B-103
B-12 B-39
B-28 B-102
B-27 CR_HP Sesnor,Lever Sensor B-113
DF-49471
B-9 B-104
B-20 B-43 B-114
B-48
B-44 B-45
B-50 B-42 B-115
B-49
D B-41 D
B-47
B-21 CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy
B-40 DG-43004
B-46

B-24
B-75

B-25 B-2
B-67
B-29 B-66 B-69
B-23
DG-43182
E B-65 CR Motor (Direct Pulley)Assy E
B-1
B-22
B-72
B-68
B-26 B-34
B-71 B-76
B-2 B-13 B-70
B-2 B-33
B-73
B-31 B-32 B-12
B-74
F B-97 B-19 F
B-18

B-30
VJ1624_CR Belt Assy B-7
DG-43002 B-9

G Pressure Roller C-67 G

DF-46666
T

Y Rail Assy
N
O
R
F

2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name㧦VJ-1624

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-7P.11-p.Ex-7
　 Exploded View X Rail Assy 4(Platen) 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View X Rail Assy 4(Platen)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

㪘㪄㪈㪋㪈

R
A
DG-42222

E
R
A Platen Non-Reflecting Tape㧔9mm) A
㪘㪄㪈㪌㪎 (Including 2 pieces)

DG-43181
Media Holder2Assy
㪘㪄㪈㪋㪇

B 㪘㪄㪈㪐 B

㪘㪄㪈㪌㪏 㪘㪄㪈㪌㪌
㪘㪄㪈㪊㪊
㪘㪄㪈㪌㪐 㪘㪄㪈㪌㪋
㪘㪄㪈㪋㪉
C 㪘㪄㪈㪍㪇 C
㪘㪄㪈㪈㪐
㪘㪄㪈㪋㪏 㪘㪄㪈㪋㪍
㪘㪄㪈㪊㪌 㪘㪄㪈㪋㪎
㪘㪄㪈㪋㪐
㪘㪄㪈㪊㪋
㪘㪄㪈㪍㪈

㪘㪄㪈㪊㪈 㪘㪄㪈㪌㪎
㪘㪄㪈㪋㪊

㪘㪄㪈㪈㪎
D 㪘㪄㪈㪉㪏
DG-43181 D
Media Holder 2Assy
㪘㪄㪈㪉㪐 㪘㪄㪈㪈㪋

㪘㪄㪈㪉㪉
㪘㪄㪈㪊㪇 㪘㪄㪈㪈㪌
㪘㪄㪈㪊㪍
㪘㪄㪈㪈㪏
㪘㪄㪈㪋㪋
㪘㪄㪈㪋㪌 㪘㪄㪈㪈㪐
㪘㪄㪈㪉㪉
E 㪘㪄㪈㪊㪎 E
㪘㪄㪈㪌㪍

㪘㪄㪊㪌㪇 㪘㪄㪈㪉㪋
㪘㪄㪈㪉㪊
㪘㪄㪈㪊㪌
㪘㪄㪈㪊㪉
㪘㪄㪊㪌㪇
㪘㪄㪈㪌㪊
F 㪘㪄㪈㪊㪋
F
㪘㪄㪈㪉㪌

㪘㪄㪈㪉㪈

㪘㪄㪈㪉㪇

㪘㪄㪈㪌㪈

G G
㪘㪄㪈㪌㪉

㪘㪄㪈㪌㪇 㪘㪄㪈㪈㪍 X Rail Assy4 (Platen)

2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-8P.11-p.Ex-8
　 Exploded View X Rail Assy 5 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View X Rail Assy 5

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-9P.11-p.Ex-9
　 Exploded View Cursor Assy1 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Cursor Assy1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
㪚㪄㪈㪈㪇䋨㪈㪏㪺㫄㬍㪏䋩
DG-42725
VJ tube2-3(1m)
㪚㪄㪈㪇㪐
A A
DF-46671 㪚㪄㪈㪍㪌
㪚㪄㪈㪇㪏
O Ring M6

㪚㪄㪈㪇㪎
DG-43012
DG-41915 PG Origin Sensor Cable Assy
Head Assy
DG-42987 Connector_Solenoid_Head Assy㧔Maintenance㧕
㧔Not Including C-103) 㪚㪄㪊㪋
㪚㪄㪈㪇㪌
DG-41543
B Solenoid Head Assy B
DF-49471
DG-42385 CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor
Head FFC㧔VJ-1608H) 㧔Including 1 piece)
㪚㪄㪈㪇㪋 㪚㪄㪋㪍
㧔*VJ1624 Cursor Assy also contains Cutter section. 㪚㪄㪊㪊
㪚㪄㪈㪍㪌
‫ޓޓ‬Refer to Exploded View ‫ޟ‬Cursor Assy3‫)ޠ‬
㪚㪄㪋㪊
㪚㪄㪈㪇㪍 㪚㪄㪈㪇㪉 㪚㪄㪈㪍
㪚㪄㪈㪈㪉 㪚㪄㪉㪎
C 㪚㪄㪈㪇㪇 㪚㪄㪈㪋 㪚㪄㪍㪎
C
㪚㪄㪈㪊 㪚㪄㪋㪋
㪚㪄㪈㪌
㪚㪄㪊㪐
㪚㪄㪋㪌 㪚㪄㪍 㪚㪄㪍㪌

㪚㪄㪈㪇㪊 㪚㪄㪉㪏 㪚㪄㪏 㪚㪄㪋㪍

to CR Board
㪚㪄㪋㪊

㪚㪄㪋㪉
VJ1624_Cursor Assy 㪚㪄㪈㪇㪈 㪚㪄㪎
DG-42995 㪚㪄㪋㪇
D 㪚㪄㪋㪈
D
㧔Not Including C-67㧕
㪚㪄㪏
㪚㪄㪈㪊 㪚㪄㪍㪎
㪚㪄㪎㪉
㪚㪄㪌㪎 㪚㪄㪈㪍 㪚㪄㪍
㪚㪄㪍㪍 㪚㪄㪎
㪚㪄㪎㪋 㪚㪄㪌㪐
㪚㪄㪎㪌
㪚㪄㪏㪊 㪚㪄㪋㪈
㪚㪄㪐㪊 㪚㪄㪌㪏 㪚㪄㪈

㪚㪄㪐㪉 㪚㪄㪌㪈 㪚㪄㪍㪇 㪚㪄㪈㪋 㪚㪄㪈㪌 㪚㪄㪈㪊

E 㪚㪄㪏㪉 㪚㪄㪈㪋 E
㪚㪄㪋㪉
㪚㪄㪌㪊 㪚㪄㪈㪌
㪚㪄㪋㪇
㪚㪄㪌㪋 㪚㪄㪈㪊 㪚㪄㪈㪍
㪚㪄㪎㪐
㪚㪄㪍㪍 㪚㪄㪈㪋
㪚㪄㪉㪏
㪚㪄㪈㪍 㪚㪄㪈㪌 㪚㪄㪉㪍
㪚㪄㪎㪌
㪚㪄㪎㪊 㪚㪄㪋㪎
㪚㪄㪐㪋 VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy
㪚㪄㪌㪍 DG-40326
㪚㪄㪌㪊 㪚㪄㪌㪉
F F
㪚㪄㪏㪈 㪚㪄㪉㪉
㪚㪄㪌㪌 㪚㪄㪉㪌
㪚㪄㪏㪇
㪚㪄㪏㪏 㪚㪄㪌㪋 㪚㪄㪉㪊 VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy
㪚㪄㪎㪏 DG-40326
㪚㪄㪎㪍 㪚㪄㪌㪌
㪚㪄㪉㪋 㪚㪄㪉㪉
㪚㪄㪐㪈
㪚㪄㪎㪎 㪚㪄㪌㪍
㪚㪄㪉㪌
㪚㪄㪉㪊

G 㪚㪄㪉㪈 㪚㪄㪉㪋 G
㪚㪄㪐㪇
㪫

㪚㪄㪏㪐
Cursor Assy1
㪥
㪦
㪝㪩

㪚㪄㪏㪐
2012.1.24 Rev.C Model Name㧦VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-10P.11-p.Ex-10
　 Explded View Cursor Assy2 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Explded View Cursor Assy2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C-169 C-194

A A
C-164
CR Encoder Assy C-188
DG-42947

C-189 C-180
C-163

B C-186 B

C-158 C-179
C-158
C-166
C-167

C C
C-180
C-168 C-178
C-187
C-157
C-178
C-161
C-185 CR Board Assy
DG-42959
C-160 C-158 C-193
D C-165 C-176
C-177 D
C-173
C-113 C-175

C-160 C-159 C-175

C-176

C-162
C-173 C-173

E C-174
E
C-172

B-122

C-192

C-173
F F
C-191

DG-42725
VJ tube 2-3(1m)
C-110(18cm˜8)
G G
C-111 Cursor Assy2
T
N
O
R
F

䌔䌯䇭㪧㫉㫀㫅㫋㩷㪟㪼㪸㪻 2012.1.24 Rev.C Model Name㧦VJ-1624

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-11P.11-p.Ex-11
　 Explded View Cursor Assy3 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Explded View Cursor Assy3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A

C-137

B VJ1624 Cursor Assy B

DG-42995
C-126 㧔*VJ1624 Cursor Assy also contains Carriage section.
‫ޓޓ‬Refer to Exploded View ‫ޟ‬Cursor Assy1‫)ޠ‬

C-136
P_EDGE Sensor Assy
DG-42946
Cutter Solenoid Assy
C DF-42234 C

C-138
Strong Solenoid Spring Assy C-120 C-141
DG-43292 C-127
C-118
C-120 C-199
C-129
D C-140
D
Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy
DG-43024
C-139
C-130 C-131
C-119
Cutter Spring
DG-43484 C-135

C-152
E C-134 E
C-141

Photometer JUNCTION Board Assy(VJ1624)

DG-43038 C-153 C-123

C-128
C-124

C-125 C-121
F C-147 C-201 F
C-149
C-122

C-148 C-151

C-132

FR
O
C-133

N
C-146 C-200
G G

T
C-150 Cursor Assy3
2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name㧦VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-12P.11-p.Ex-12
　 Explded View Maintenance Assy 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Explded View Maintenance Assy

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

㪛㪄㪋㪋

A 㪛㪄㪋㪊 A
VJ16 Flushing Box Assy 㪛㪄㪋㪍
㪛㪄㪊㪌
DG-40355
㪛㪄㪊㪋
㪛㪄㪋㪉
㪛㪄㪋㪌
㪛㪄㪉㪍
㪛㪄㪊㪈

㪛㪄㪉㪎

B 㪛㪄㪎㪉 B

㪛㪄㪉㪌 㪛㪄㪈㪋
㪛㪄㪉㪏㩷 㪛㪄㪊㪉
㪛㪄㪈㪌
㪛㪄㪊㪇
㪛㪄㪊㪊

㪛㪄㪈㪏
㪛㪄㪈㪌
C 㪛㪄㪈㪎 C
㪛㪄㪈㪋
㪛㪄㪍㪈㩿㪐㪇㫄㫄㪀

㪘㪄㪈

㪛㪄㪍㪈㩿㪎㪇㫄㫄㪀 㪛㪄㪈㪊
㪛㪄㪍㪋

D D
㪛㪄㪍㪌
㪛㪄㪈㪍
VJ16 Wiper Assy
6Q:TCKN DG-41001 Cap Head Assy
㪛㪄㪍㪈㩿㪎㪇㫄㫄㪀 㪛㪄㪉 DG-41179
㪛㪄㪍㪋
㪛㪄㪎㪊 㪛㪄㪎㪌 㪛㪄㪌㪈

㪛㪄㪍
E 㪛㪄㪍㪉㩿㪈㪈㪇㫄㫄㪀 E
㪛㪄㪍㪊
㪛㪄㪌㪊 㪛㪄㪋
㪛㪄㪎㪌 㪛㪄㪌㪉 㪛㪄㪎
㪛㪄㪍㪍

㪛㪄㪏 㪛㪄㪎
㪛㪄㪍㪎

㪛㪄㪏
㪛㪄㪌㪋
F 㪛㪄㪍㪉㩿㪈㪏㪌㫄㫄㪀 F

㪛㪄㪊 Wiper Origin Sensor Cable Assy

DG-43027

㪛㪄㪎㪌
㪛㪄㪌㪌
Pump Motor Cable Assy
DG-43036

G G

㪛㪄㪌㪍 VJ16 Maintenance Assy Manitenance Assy

T
N
O

㪛㪄㪎㪌 㪛㪄㪈 㪛㪄㪌㩷㩷㩷 㪛㪄㪌㩷㩷㩷 DG-41000

R
F

2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name㧦VJ-1624

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-13P.11-p.Ex-13
　 Explded View I/H Assy 1 (Cartridge) 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Explded View I/H Assy 1 (Cartridge)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E-131
Cartridge HolderAssy1 E-120
(For K)
DG-42997
E-117 E-123
Cartridge HolderAssy2 (For C) E-87
A DG-42998 A
Cartridge HolderAssy3 (For M)
DG-42999 E-122
E-104
Cartridge HolderAssy4 (For Y) INK ID Board Assy
DG-43000 DF-43968
E-121
E-84
E-89
E-83
DF-46671 E-119
O Ring M6 E-88
B E-114 E-123 B

E-102
E-100 E-90
F-86 E-134

E-99 E-91 E-118

E-85
E-96 E-94
C E-133 C
E-97 E-92 E-124 E-121
E-101
E-106(For K)
E-107(For C)
E-132 E-132
E-108(For M)
E-98
E-103 E-109(For Y) E-134
E-93
E-103 E-68

D E-104 D
E-67
E-110㧔For K) E-68
E-111㧔For C㧕
E-112㧔For M㧕 E-130
F-115 E-129
E-67
E-95 E-113㧔For Y㧕
E-71

E E-131
E-66
E
E-77

E-69

E-129
E-66

F F

E-105 E-66

DG-42722

R
E-60

E
A
E-130

R
VJ tube 3-4(1m) 㧔39cm˜4㧕 E-66
E-65
G E-70 G
I/H Assy 1(Cartridge)
E-78
E-76 2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name㧦VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-14P.11-p.Ex-14
　 Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank) 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Explded View I/H Assy 2(Sub Tank)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

㪜㪄㪌㪐
㪜㪄㪌㪍
㪜㪄㪍㪇
(39cm˜㧕
A A

㪜㪄㪌㪎 㪜㪄㪌㪋

㪜㪄㪍㪌
DG-41092
2 way Solenoid Assy(VJ16)

B 㪜㪄㪉㪈 㪜㪄㪋㪇 B
㪜㪄㪌㪌 㪜㪄㪌㪏
(2cm˜) 㪜㪄㪌㪎
DF-46671 DG-43003
㪜㪄㪊㪋 O RingM6 㪜㪄㪋㪏
DG-43009 㪜㪄㪋㪐 Two-way solenoidCableAssy
JUNC_IDCable Assy (2.5cm˜)
㪜㪄㪍㪈

㪜㪄㪈㪌㪐 㪜㪄㪋㪍
㪜㪄㪉㪊
㪜㪄㪋㪎
㪜㪄㪉㪉
C 㪜㪄㪊㪉 C
㪜㪄㪈㪌㪎 㪜㪄㪊㪊
DG-42966
㪜㪄㪈㪌㪏 JUNCTION Board Assy 㪜㪄㪋㪊 㪜㪄㪉㪎

㪜㪄㪊㪈 㪜㪄㪊㪇

㪜㪄㪋㪈 㪜㪄㪊㪋 㪜㪄㪊㪈

DG-42722 DF-49471
㪜㪄㪈㪌㪊 㪜㪄㪈㪌㪉 VJ tube3-4(1m) CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor
㪜㪄㪋㪉 㪜㪄㪊㪉
㪜㪄㪉㪍
㪜㪄㪋㪈 㪜㪄㪋㪍
D 㪜㪄㪈㪋㪐 K 49cm D
C 47cm
M 45cm 㪜㪄㪋㪎
Y 40cm
㪜㪄㪊㪐
㪜㪄㪈㪌㪊 㪜㪄㪊㪊
DF-46671
㪜㪄㪋 O Ring M6
㪜㪄㪋㪏
㪜㪄㪈㪍㪇 㪜㪄㪉㪏
㪜㪄㪉㪋 㪜㪄㪉㪌
DG-43037
E JUNC_FFC Assy E
㪜㪄㪈㪌㪈 DG-41093 DF-49471
Sub Tank Assy CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor
㪜㪄㪋 㪜㪄㪉
㪜㪄㪊
㪜㪄㪊㪌
㪜㪄㪊㪍
㪜㪄㪈㪌㪉 㪜㪄㪊㪎
㪜㪄㪈 㪜㪄㪊㪏

DG-43005
F 㪜㪄㪈㪌
TANK_H/LCableAssy1 (For K) F
㪜㪄㪈㪌㪇 DG-43006
TANK_H/LCableAssy2
(For C)
㪜㪄㪌 DG-43007
㪜㪄㪈 DG-41096 TANK_H/LCableAssy3 (For M)
㪜㪄㪌 Sub Tank Under Sponge Assy
DG-43008 (For Y)
㪜㪄㪈㪋 TANK_H/LCableAssy4

G 㪜㪄㪈㪌㪈 G
㪜㪄㪏
㪜㪄㪐 IHAssy2 (Sub Tank)
㪜㪄㪎
㪜㪄㪈㪍
2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-15P.11-p.Ex-15
　 Exploded View Cover Assy1(Front) 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Cover Assy1(Front)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

DG-43033
DG-42956 Cover L Cable Assy
H-209 H-211 Cover Switxh Assy H-215
H-211 H-214
A H-207
A
DG-43032
Exhaust Fan Cable Assy
To H-117 H-197

H-21 H-18
H-213 H-20
H-200 DG-40311
Vacuum Fan
H-212
B B
H-201
H-210
H-209 H-16
H-208

H-196 H-17
F-198
H-19
C H-199 H-202 C

H-235
H-237

H-14 H-6
H-13 H-15
D D
H-236 H-178 DG-42956
H-190 Cover Switch Assy
H-5 H-189 DG-43034
H-179 Cover R Cable Assy
H-162

H-184
H-14 H-172 H-176

E H-165 H-192 E
H-185

To H-39
H-3 H-4
H-235
H-167
H-191
H-164 H-188
H-237 H-177
H-186
F H-175 F

H-173
H-174
H-187 H-188

G G
H-166
H-163
H-165
Cover Assy1 (Front)
2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-16P.11-p.Ex-16
　 Exploded View Cover Assy2(Rside) 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Cover Assy2(Rside)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

㪟㪄㪈㪇㪎
㪟㪄㪈㪇㪍 㪟㪄㪏㪉
DG-42984
A Panel Unit Assy 㪟㪄㪐㪋
A
㪟㪄㪐㪌
㪟㪄㪏㪐

㪟㪄㪏㪈 㪟㪄㪏㪊

㪟㪄㪏㪈

㪟㪄㪐㪉 㪟㪄㪎㪍 㪟㪄㪏㪊

B B
㪟㪄㪍㪉 㪟㪄㪏㪐
㪟㪄㪍㪊 㪟㪄㪉㪈㪐 㪟㪄㪉㪉㪈
㪟㪄㪍㪇 㪟㪄㪏㪉
㪟㪄㪐㪊
DG-42994 㪟㪄㪍㪈 㪟㪄㪉㪉㪉
Panel FFC Assy 㪡㪄㪈㪎 㪟㪄㪉㪉㪇
㪟㪄㪎㪊 㪟㪄㪎㪏

㪟㪄㪎㪌
㪟㪄㪏㪏

C 㪟㪄㪍㪋 㪟㪄㪉㪉㪉
㪟㪄㪏㪐 C
㪟㪄㪍㪍 㪟㪄㪎㪈
㪟㪄㪎㪋

㪟㪄㪉㪉㪈 㪟㪄㪐㪈
㪟㪄㪎㪎
㪟㪄㪐 㪟㪄㪐㪈
to Main J5
㪟㪄㪐㪇
㪟㪄㪊
㪟㪄㪈㪇

D D
㪟㪄㪍㪌 㪟㪄㪋
㪟㪄㪍㪉
㪟㪄㪊㪏 㪟㪄㪎㪉
㪟㪄㪌㪋 㪟㪄㪐㪎
DG-42956 㪟㪄㪐㪈
Cover Switch Assy
㪟㪄㪌㪌 㪟㪄㪊㪐

㪟㪄㪎㪉
㪟㪄㪐㪍
㪟㪄㪌㪊 㪟㪄㪋㪇 To MAIN J13
E 㪟㪄㪊㪎
E
㪟㪄㪈

㪟㪄㪊㪇
To H-184

㪟㪄㪈㪇㪇
㪟㪄㪉㪎
DG-43034
F Cover R Cable Assy 㪟㪄㪈㪐㪉 F

㪟㪄㪌㪈

㪟㪄㪊㪉 㪟㪄㪉㪐
㪟㪄㪌㪉 㪟㪄㪋㪌
㪟㪄㪉㪌
G 㪟㪄㪈㪇㪈 G
㪟㪄㪉㪏

㪟㪄㪋㪍 㪟㪄㪊㪈 㪟㪄㪉㪍 㪟㪄㪉 Cover Assy2(㧾 side)

2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-17P.11-p.Ex-17
　 Exploded View Cover Assy3(L side)) 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Cover Assy3(L side))

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H-157

H-148
H-156
A A

H-145

H-150
H-144

H-116 H-151
H-149
B B
H-145

H-7

H-115
C H-140
C
H-136 H-116

H-138 H-137
H-145
H-8

H-227 H-147
D H-146 D
H-229
H-141
H-230

H-139
H-137 H-228
E H-130
H-121
H-6 E
H-113 H-229
H-131 H-230

H-129

F F
H-122

H-5
H-114
To MAIN J14
F-127

H-112 To H-207

G H-128
G
DG-42956
Cover Switch Assy H-117
DG-43033
Cover L Cable Assy
Cover Assy3 (L side)
H-192
2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-18P.11-p.Ex-18
　 Exploded View Roll Media Holder Assy 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Roll Media Holder Assy

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
㪞㪄㪉㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷

A 㪞㪄㪈㪉 A
㪞㪄㪏

㪞㪄㪉㪇
㪞㪄㪈㪋 㪞㪄㪈㪐

㪞㪄㪈㪌
B 㪞㪄㪊
B

㪘㪄㪉㪊㪇

㪞㪄㪋
㪞㪄㪈

㪞㪄㪐

C C

㪞㪄㪈㪊
㪞㪄㪈㪏

㪞㪄㪈㪋
D D
㪞㪄㪉㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷

㪞㪄㪈㪌

VJ16 Roll media holder L Assy2

DG- 41173
E E
㪞㪄㪏

㪞㪄㪊
㪞㪄㪈㪏

F F
㪞㪄㪈 㪞㪄㪈㪊

㪞㪄㪉㪇
㪞㪄㪈㪐 VJ16 Roll media holder R Assy2
DG- 41174

R
㪞㪄㪋

E
A
R
G 㪞㪄㪐 G

㪞㪄㪈㪉
Roll Media Holder Assy
2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name㧦VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-19P.11-p.Ex-19
　 Exploded View Stand 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Stand
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Exploded View

F-1
A A
F-16

DG-43031
Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy
A-341
B B
F-26
DG-43469
Waste Fluid Level Switch 2Assy

K-28

F-2

F-15
C C
K-27

F-14 DG-43501
Waste Fluid Bottle Assy
DG-42207 F-6
Caster Assy
㧔Including 50 pieces)

F-4
D D
F-26 F-16

F-5 F-3
F-8 F-20

F-19
E F-9 E

F-30

F-13

F F-11 F-10 F
DG-42207
Caster Assy Stand
F-12
㧔Including 50 pieces)
2012.1.26 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-20P.11-p.Ex-20
　 Exploded View Other 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Other
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Exploded View

A A

DG-43196 DG-43197 DG-43194 DG-43195

PG height adjustment Jig Steel belt Tension attachment Cutter adjusting Jig Colorimeter Bracket adjustment Jig

Solenoid Head Washing Kit㧔VJ Ink㧕

DG-41787

B B

C C

D D

E E

DG-42724 DG-42722 DG-42725 DG-41555

VJ Tube 3-4(3m) VJ Tube3-4(1m) VJ Tube 2-3(1m) VJ1614 Regular Period Maintenance

F F

Other
2012.1.24 Rev.B Model Name:VJ-1624
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-21P.11-p.Ex-21
　 Exploded View Take Up Assy1 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Take Up Assy1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exploded View
M-219 M-100
M-36 M-116 DG-40479 M-100
A M-101 A
M-231 VJ take-up SW board Assy M-99
M-38 M-37
M-107
M-98
M-35 M-39

DG-40473
Holder Roller M-113 to WIND CNT
M-40
DG-40483 JP1
to TAKE UP2 M-63
M-62 DC cable Assy M-100

to TAKE-UP P/S CN2

M-108
M-68 to WIND CNT
B M-64 B
JP3
M-66 M-227
M-61 DG-40482
M-115 AC Cable Assy
M-213
DG-40472 M-91
Drive roller M-6 M-109
M-95 M-110
M-71
DG-40478
M-92 VJ take-up CNT Board Assy
M-114 M-93
M-116
M-219
M-29
C M-69 DF-44506 C
M-28 M-25 M-94 Power Supply (External Take Up)
M-26
M-46 M-103
M-84
DG-40471
M-70 M-48 M-10 VJ take-up motor Assy
M-66
M-100
M-83 M-11
M-12
M-50 M-65 M-51
M-14
M-49 to WIND CNT
M-5 M-74 M-20
JP2
M-79
M-53
D M-24 D
M-81
M-75 M-16
M-237
M-80
M-2 M-5 M-241 M-236
M-3
M-238
M-240
M-103 M-66 M-46
M-213 M-48
DG-40481 M-41
M-52 M-226
W_OFF sensor Relay Assy
M-175
M-54 M-17
E to WIND CNT M-18
JP5 M-227 E
M-213 M-106 M-225
M-82
to WIND CNT M-239 M-45
M-213 JP6
M-86 M-25

M-30
M-177 M-47
M-1

M-105 M-15
DF-49471 M-84
F M-86 M-85 CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor M-87 F
M-26
M-80 M-31 Take Up Assy1
T
N

DF-49471
O
R

DG-40480 CR_HP Sensor,Lever Sensor M-5

F

W_ON sensor Relay Assy 2012.1.24 Rev.B ModelName:VJ-16TUP30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-22P.11-p.Ex-22
　 Exploded View Take Up Assy2 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Exploded View Take Up Assy2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exploded View
M-126 M-160
A DG-40474 M-158
Holder roller L
A
M-125 M-124 M-151
M-148 M-157
M-213

M-127 M-156
M-123

M-128
B M-159 B
M-130 M-157
M-129
M-159
M-158

M-121 M-148

M-148

M-147
C M-160 C
M-150
M-171
DG-40477
VJ Take Up Scroller 16

M-168
M-213
M-170 M-165

D M-201
M-151 D
M-172
M-144
M-172

M-141
M-170
to TAKE UP1
M-168 DG-40475 M-142
DG-42392 Drive collar
Power Supply Cable 15A(USA) M-143

E M-171
M-203(A)
E
M-167

M-166

F F
Take Up Assy2
T
N
O
R
F

2012.1.24 Rev.B /QFGN0COG:VJ-16TUP30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-23P.11-p.Ex-23
　 Head_FFC Folding instruction 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Head_FFC Folding instruction
(QNFKPIKPUVTWEVKQPU

γ(QNFVJG((%YKVJTGHGTGPEGVQTKIJVKNNWUVTCVKQPU
7PKVOO

δ/CTMQHԛYKVJDNCEMHGNVRGP
RQUKVKQPU න૏㧦OO

ε㧕((%KURKNGFWRKPQTFGTQHԘԙԚCPFԛHTQOVJG    
‫ޓޓ‬DQVVQOUQVJCVVJGHQNFKPINKPG#CTGCNKIPGF

OQWPVCKPHQNF Head side # 0162TKPVGF CR side

XCNNG[HQNF
Ԙ


  


# ԙ 2TKPVGF

     

# Ԛ 016RTKPVGF


       

# ԛ 2TKPVGF

#EGVCVG6CRGCPF(GTTKVG%QTG/GCPUQH#VVCEJOGPV ‫ޓ‬016'

γ
δ 9JGPCEGVCVGVCRGKUCVVCEJGF +PVJGHQNNQYKPIRCTVYJGTG &KUVCPEGQHGCEJ((%QHVJG

γ‫ޓ‬#VVCEJCEGVCVGVCRG
YKFVJOO㧕
OCMGUWTG((%UCTGPQV ((%ԚCPF((%ԛCTGRKNGFWR %4DQCTFEQPPGEVKQPUKFGKUOO
㨯VJGVWTPQHΣψΤ OKUCNKIPOGPV VJGPDGPFVJGO
‫ޓޓ‬㨯KVVYKUVTQWPF㧕

δ‫ޓ‬#VVCEJHGTTKVKEEQTGVQVJGRQUKVKQPQHδ㧚 㧟 㧠   

#EGVCVGVCRG Τ
(GTTKVGEQTG ࡮#HGTTKVGEQTGKUUGVVQ
࡮VCRGCEGVCVGVCRGCV
VJGDQVVQOGPFRQUKVKQP
CPCEGVCVGVCRGVQRGPF
OK
QHVJGOCTMKPI ࡮2WVQPGRKGEGQH((%VJTQWIJVJG
࡮KVVYKUVTQWPF HGTTKVGEQTGHTQOVJG%4$QCTF
Σ EQPPGEVKQPUKFG

࡮((%ԚCPF((%ԛNGPIVJGPCHQNF
QPEGCPFCVVCEJCHGTTKVGEQTG

NG

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-24P.11-p.Ex-24
　 CR_FFC Folding instruction 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
CR_FFC Folding instruction

γ /CTMVQVJGRTKPVGFUKFGQHRQUKVKQPUQHԘVQԜD[DNCEMHGNVRGP

δ(QNF((%UYKVJTGHGTGPEGVQVJGTKIJVKNNWUVTCVKQPU

ε㧕 7PKV㧦OO
((%KURKNGFWRKPQTFGTQHԘԙԚCPFԛHTQOVJGDQVVQOUQVJCVVJGHQNFKPINKPG#CTGCNKIPGF
/QWPVCKPHQNF
8CNNG[HQNF CR board side MAIN board side
/CTMVQVJGRTKPVGFUKFG

7PKVOO
   
TGKPHQTEGFRNCVG
YKFVJOO

J1 A 0162TKPVGF J7
TGKPHQTEGFRNCVG
YKFVJOO
7PKVOO
   

J2 A J8
0162TKPVGF

7PKVOO
   

J3 A J9
0162TKPVGF

7PKVOO
   

J4 A J10
0162TKPVGF

7PKVOO
   

J5 A J11
0162TKPVGF

ᵈ⸥

5VCEM((%CHVGTDGPFKPIKVQPGD[QPG

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-25P.11-p.Ex-25
　 Panel_FFC Folding instruction 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
Panel_FFC Folding instruction

γ(QNFVJG((%YKVJTGHGTGPEGVQHQNNQYKPIKNNWUVTCVKQPU
න૏㧦OO
OQWPVCKPHQNF
XCNNG[HQNF

7PKVOO
   

Panel side NOT Printed

TGKPHQTEGOGPVDQCTF
YKFVJOO 

 

NOT Printed

NOT Printed

 

NOT Printed MAIN board side

TGKPHQTEGOGPVDQCTF
YKFVJOO

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-26P.11-p.Ex-26
　 JUNC_FFC Folding instruction 　 　 　 　 VJ1624E-M-03
JUNC_FFC Folding instruction

γ(QNF((%UYKVJTGHGTGPEGVQVJGHQNNQYKPIKNNWUVTCVKQPU
න૏㧦OO
OQWPVCKPHQNF
XCNNG[HQNF

7PKVOO
  

㪡㪬㪥㪚㪫㪠㪦㪥㩷㪹㫆㪸㫉㪻㩷㫊㫀㪻㪼 NOT Printed

TGKPHQTEGOGPVDQCTF
YKFVJOO

 

NOT Printed MAIN board side

TGKPHQTEGOGPVDQCTF
YKFVJOO

　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 p.Ex-27P.11-p.Ex-27